[go: up one dir, main page]

TW202441289A - Compound, composition, method for expressing sensitivity-enhancing effect, and preparation method - Google Patents

Compound, composition, method for expressing sensitivity-enhancing effect, and preparation method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202441289A
TW202441289A TW112138810A TW112138810A TW202441289A TW 202441289 A TW202441289 A TW 202441289A TW 112138810 A TW112138810 A TW 112138810A TW 112138810 A TW112138810 A TW 112138810A TW 202441289 A TW202441289 A TW 202441289A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
formula
compound
group
represented
compound represented
Prior art date
Application number
TW112138810A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
松本正裕
飯沼雅崇
大松禎
佐藤�
越後雅敏
Original Assignee
日商三菱瓦斯化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/JP2023/015256 external-priority patent/WO2023195546A1/en
Application filed by 日商三菱瓦斯化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商三菱瓦斯化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202441289A publication Critical patent/TW202441289A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C211/00Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton
    • C07C211/43Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C211/44Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to only one six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C211/52Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to only one six-membered aromatic ring the carbon skeleton being further substituted by halogen atoms or by nitro or nitroso groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C211/00Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton
    • C07C211/43Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C211/44Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to only one six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C211/53Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to only one six-membered aromatic ring having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the amino groups further bound to a hydrocarbon radical substituted by amino groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C33/00Unsaturated compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C33/40Halogenated unsaturated alcohols
    • C07C33/46Halogenated unsaturated alcohols containing only six-membered aromatic rings as cyclic parts
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C35/00Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C35/48Halogenated derivatives
    • C07C35/52Alcohols with a condensed ring system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/02Ethers
    • C07C43/20Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C43/23Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring containing hydroxy or O-metal groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/30Compounds having groups
    • C07C43/315Compounds having groups containing oxygen atoms singly bound to carbon atoms not being acetal carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C49/00Ketones; Ketenes; Dimeric ketenes; Ketonic chelates
    • C07C49/76Ketones containing a keto group bound to a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C49/84Ketones containing a keto group bound to a six-membered aromatic ring containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C69/00Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
    • C07C69/62Halogen-containing esters
    • C07C69/63Halogen-containing esters of saturated acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C69/00Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
    • C07C69/76Esters of carboxylic acids having a carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C69/00Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
    • C07C69/96Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D303/00Compounds containing three-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D303/02Compounds containing oxirane rings
    • C07D303/12Compounds containing oxirane rings with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly or doubly bound oxygen atoms
    • C07D303/18Compounds containing oxirane rings with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly or doubly bound oxygen atoms by etherified hydroxyl radicals
    • C07D303/20Ethers with hydroxy compounds containing no oxirane rings
    • C07D303/24Ethers with hydroxy compounds containing no oxirane rings with polyhydroxy compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D303/00Compounds containing three-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D303/02Compounds containing oxirane rings
    • C07D303/48Compounds containing oxirane rings with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D309/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D309/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D309/08Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D309/10Oxygen atoms
    • C07D309/12Oxygen atoms only hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom directly attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. tetrahydropyranyl ethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D317/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D317/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07D317/44Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D317/46Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C07D317/48Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring
    • C07D317/62Methylenedioxybenzenes or hydrogenated methylenedioxybenzenes, unsubstituted on the hetero ring with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to atoms of the carbocyclic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D317/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D317/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07D317/72Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 spiro-condensed with carbocyclic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D319/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D319/101,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes
    • C07D319/141,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D319/161,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C07D319/18Ethylenedioxybenzenes, not substituted on the hetero ring
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Indole Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a compound represented by following formula (1): (in formula (1), RG is a group comprising at least one cyclic structure, I is an iodine atom, R 1may be the same or different, and is a monovalent functional group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, and does not comprise a polymerizable unsaturated bond, n is an integer of 1 to 5, and m is an integer of 1 to 5).

Description

化合物、組成物、表現增感效果的方法及製造方法Compound, composition, method for showing sensitization effect and manufacturing method

本發明是有關於一種化合物、組成物、表現增感效果的方法及製造方法。The present invention relates to a compound, a composition, a method for exhibiting a sensitizing effect and a manufacturing method.

近年來,在半導體元件、液晶顯示元件的製造中,由於微影技術的進步,急速進展半導體(圖案)、畫素的微縮化。因此,期望用於對應微縮化的材料。例如,專利文獻1公開一種抗蝕劑組成物,其含有具有複數個芳香環交聯的結構,且具有碘原子的化合物。該抗蝕劑組成物具有優異的耐蝕刻性。此外,專利文獻2公開一種具有聚合性基和碘原子的化合物。包含該化合物的抗蝕劑組成物可以形成具有優異CD均勻性的抗蝕圖形。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] In recent years, in the manufacture of semiconductor elements and liquid crystal display elements, due to the progress of lithography technology, the miniaturization of semiconductors (patterns) and pixels has been rapidly advanced. Therefore, materials corresponding to miniaturization are expected. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses an anti-etching agent composition, which contains a compound having a structure with multiple aromatic rings cross-linked and having iodine atoms. The anti-etching agent composition has excellent etching resistance. In addition, Patent Document 2 discloses a compound having a polymerizable group and an iodine atom. The anti-etching agent composition containing the compound can form an anti-etching pattern with excellent CD uniformity. [Prior technical document] [Patent document]

[專利文獻1]國際公開第2020/040161號 [專利文獻2]日本專利特開2021-188040號公報 [Patent document 1] International Publication No. 2020/040161 [Patent document 2] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2021-188040

[發明所欲解決之課題][The problem that the invention wants to solve]

期望開發可對應微縮化的微影用組成物,較佳為對抗蝕劑用組成物有用的化合物。鑑於上述情況,本發明的課題在於提供一種作為微影用組成物而有用的化合物、包含該化合物的組成物、使用該化合物之表現增感效果的方法,以及該化合物的製造方法。 [用以解決課題之手段] It is desired to develop a lithography composition that can correspond to miniaturization, preferably a compound useful for an anti-etching agent composition. In view of the above situation, the subject of the present invention is to provide a compound useful as a lithography composition, a composition containing the compound, a method of using the compound to exhibit a sensitization effect, and a method for producing the compound. [Means for solving the problem]

發明者等發現,具有特定結構的化合物解決前述課題。The inventors discovered that compounds with specific structures can solve the above-mentioned problems.

亦即,本發明包含以下的態樣。 [1] 一種化合物,由下述式(1)所表示: (式中,RG為包含至少1個環狀結構的基, I為碘原子, R 1為可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵的1價官能基, n為1~5的整數, m為1~5的整數。) [2] 如上述化合物,其中前述RG為源自可以具有取代基之苯、萘、蒽、芘、雜芳香環或多環脂環的基, 前述R 1為選自: 選自由羥基及具有保護基之醚基所組成的群組之R f,以及 可以具有取代基之碳數為0〜30的烴基R g中的一種。 [3] 如上述化合物,其中前述R f是選自由1個以上的羥基,及具有可藉由酸、鹼或熱脫去的保護基的醚基所組成的群組之R f’。 [4] 如上述化合物,其中RG為源自可以具有取代基之苯、萘、蒽、菲、芘、茀或金剛烷的基。 [5] 如上述化合物,其中RG為源自可以具有取代基之苯、萘或金剛烷的基。 [6] 如上述化合物,其中R 1選自-OR 2、-COOR 3、-CH 2-OR 4或-CHO, 其中, R 2為氫原子、可以具有取代基之碳數為1~30的烷基或碳數為1~30的芳基, R 3為氫原子、可以具有取代基之碳數為1~29的烷基或碳數為1~29的芳基, R 4為氫原子、可以具有取代基之碳數為1~29的烷基或碳數為1~29的芳基。 [7] 如上述化合物,其中R 1具有保護基。 [8] 如上述化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,Z為I、R 1或用於成為二聚物的連接基, I、R 1與式(1)中的定義相同, A為具有保護基的基, R為不是官能基的有機基, R 1、A、R在可以結合的位置進行結合, r1~r4為0~5的整數,且1個苯中的r1~r4的合計為苯的價數以下); (式中,I、A、R 1的定義如同前述, R”為氫原子或R 1以外的有機基, s1為1~7,s2~s3為0~7,s4為1~7的整數;然而,s1~s4的合計為萘的價數以下,且以s2及s3的至少任一者成為1以上的方式來選擇); (式中,I、R 1、R”的定義如同前述, t1為1~10,t2為1~9的整數,t3為1~14的整數;然而,t1~t3的合計為金剛烷的價數以下)。 [9] 如上述化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、Z、R、R 1及A與式(Bz)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、A、R”與式(N)中的定義相同, x、y為0或1,然而至少任一方為1, s4’表示可與萘的1、7、8位結合之R”的數量,其為1~3的整數); (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(Ad)中的定義相同,D之中一方為I,D之中另一方為R 1)。 [10] 如上述化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、Z、R、R 1、A與式(Bz)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、A、x、y、s4’與式(n)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(Ad)中的定義相同)。 [11] 如上述之化合物,其中前述R 1為羥基、羧酸基、酯基或羥烷基, 當前述A為-O-R a-O-R b所表示的A’時(R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基;R b為1價的碳數為1~3的直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或者為2價環狀烷基並與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環),包含1以上的該A’。 [12] 如上述之化合物,其中RG為源自可以具有取代基之苯的基。 [13] 如上述之化合物,其中當RG為含苯的基,且存在複數個R 1時,該R 1不包含烷氧基(然而具有保護基的情況除外)與醛基的組合、該烷氧基與羥基的組合以及羥基與醛基的組合, 當RG為含萘的基,且存在複數個R 1時,該R 1不包含羥基與羧酸基的組合。 [14] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式(Bz4)所表示: (式中,I、R、A及Z與式(Bz)中的定義相同; R 1’為除羥基以外之可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵的1價官能基, r1’、r2’、r4’為0~5的整數,且r1’、r2’、r4’的合計為苯的價數以下)。 [15] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式(Bz4-1)所表示: (式中,I、R、Z及R 1’與式(Bz4)中的定義相同; r1’、r2’、r4’為0~5的整數,且r1’、r2’、r4’的合計為苯的價數以下)。 [16] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式(Bz4-2)所表示: (式中,I與式(Bz4)中的定義相同, r4’為0~4的整數,r5’為0~4的整數)。 [17] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示; [18] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R、Z、A及R 1與式(Bz)中的定義相同, A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-CO-O-R b所表示; R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基;R b為1價的碳數為1~3的直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或者為2價環狀烷基並與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環)。 [19] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1、A與式(Bz)中的定義相同, A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-CO-O-R b所表示; R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基;R b為1價的碳數為1~3的直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或者為2價環狀烷基並與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環; Z’為I、R 1或氫原子)。 [20] 如上述之化合物,其中RG為源自可以具有取代基之萘的基。 [21] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1、R”、A、x、y、s4’與式(n)中的定義相同)。 [22] 如上述化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(n)中的定義相同, A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-CO-O-R b所表示; R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基;R b為1價的碳數為1~3的直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或者為2價環狀烷基並與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環)。 [23] 如上述之化合物,其中前述R 1為羥基、羧酸基、酯基或羥烷基。 [24] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1、A、A’、x、y與式(n)中的定義相同)。 [25] 如上述之化合物,其中RG為源自可以具有取代基之金剛烷的基。 [26] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(Ad)中的定義相同)。 [27] 如上述之化合物,其中前述R 1為羥基、羧酸基、酯基或羥烷基。 [28] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1與式(Ad)中的定義相同)。 [29] 一種組成物,其包含如上述之化合物。 [30] 如上述之組成物,其用於微影。 [31] 如上述之組成物,其包含2種以上之由前述式(1)所表示的化合物。 [32] 如上述之組成物,其進一步包含下述式(DM0-1)或下述式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物或該些的組合: (式中,RG、I、R 1與式(1)中的定義相同, Q為結合分子間的基所引起的基或單鍵, n’為0~5且為n以下的整數, m’為1~5且為m以下的整數, b為1~4的整數)。 [33] 如上述之組成物,其中前述式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物為由下述式(DM1a)、(Dn1)或(Da1)所表示的化合物,前述式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物為由下述式(BP1a)、(Bn1)或(Ba1)所表示的化合物: (式中,Z為I、R 1或用於成為二聚物的連接基, I、R 1與式(1)中的定義相同, A為具有保護基的基, R為不是官能基的有機基, R 1、A、R在可以結合的位置進行結合, r1~r4為0~5的整數,且1個苯中的r1~r4的合計為苯的價數以下); (式中,I、R 1、A與式(DM1a)中的定義相同, R”為氫原子或R 1以外的有機基, I、R 1、A、R”在可以結合的位置進行結合, Q與式(DM0-1)中的定義相同, s1為1~7,s2~s3為0~7,s4為1~7的整數;然而,s1~s4的合計為萘的價數以下,且以s2及s3的任一者成為1以上的方式來選擇; nd為1~4的整數); (式中,I、R 1與式(Dn1)中的定義相同, R”為氫原子或R 1以外的有機基, R d為單鍵或-O-(醚鍵), t1為1~10,t2為1~9的整數,t3為1~13的整數;然而,t1~t3的合計為金剛烷的價數以下); (式中,I、Z、R、R 1、A與式(DM1a)中的定義相同, r1、r2、r3為0~5的整數, a1及r4a為0~4的整數, a1、r4a滿足a1+r4a≤r4;其中,r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、A與式(Dn1)及(Da1)中的定義相同, s2~s4與式(Dn1)中的定義相同, s1b為0~6的整數,且為滿足s1b≤(s1-1)的整數;其中,s1與式(Dn1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(Dn1)及(Da1)中的定義相同, t2及t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同, t1b為0~9的整數,且為滿足t1b≤(t1-1)的整數;其中,t1與式(Da1)中的定義相同)。 [34] 如上述之組成物,其包含前述式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物。 [35] 如上述之組成物,其中式(1)、式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物滿足以下的關係: 0.1≧[式(DM0-1)化合物的量(mol)]÷[式(1)化合物的量(mol)]≧0.000001。 [36] 如上述之組成物,其包含式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物。 [37] 如上述之組成物,其中式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物為:式(BP1a)所表示,且Z不為I的化合物、式(Bn1)、或式(Ba1)所表示的化合物。 [38] 如上述之組成物,其中式(1)、式(DM0-1)、式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物滿足以下的關係式: 0.1≧([式(DM0-1)化合物與式(BP0-1)化合物的總量(mol)])÷[式(1)化合物的量(mol)]≧0.000001。 [39] 如上述之組成物,其中前述式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物為下述式(DM1a-Dt)、(DM1a-Dt2)、(Dn1-Dt)、(Dn1-Dt2)、(Da1-Dt)、(Da1-Dt2)、(Ba1-tl)、(Ba1-x)或(Ba1-eb)所表示的化合物,前述式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物為下述式(BP1a-Dt)、(Bn1-Dt)或(Ba1-Dt)所表示的化合物: (式中,Z、R、R 1、A、r1、r2、r3、r4a與式(BP1a)中的定義相同); (式中,Z、I、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同); (式中,Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同); (式中,R 1、R”、A、s2~s4與式(Bn1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、A、R”、Q、s1~s4與式(Dn1)中的定義相同); (式中,R 1、A、R”、Q、s2~s4與式(Dn1)中的定義相同); (式中,R 1、R”、t2、t3與式(Ba1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同); (式中,R 1、R”、R d、t2~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同)。 [40] 如上述之組成物,其中前述式(1)的RG為源自可以具有取代基之苯的基。 [41] 如上述之組成物,其中前述式(1)的RG為源自可以具有取代基之萘的基。 [42] 如上述之組成物,其中式(1)的RG為源自可以具有取代基之金剛烷的基。 [43] 如上述之組成物,其在放射線照射時表現增感效果。 [44] 如上述之組成物,其中金屬雜質的含量為未滿1ppm。 [45] 一種表現增感效果的方法,其為使用上述之化合物,在微影用組成物的放射線照射時表現增感效果的方法。 [46] 如[45]之方法,其中使用2種以上的前述化合物。 [47] 一種上述之化合物的製造方法,其具備向包含前述RG基的化合物,引入碘原子或R 1基的步驟。 [48] 一種上述之化合物的製造方法,其為前述式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法, 前述式(1)所表示的化合物為式(Bz)所表示者, (式中,I、Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同);該製造方法包含: 1)準備式(MB)所表示的化合物的步驟; (式中,I、R 1、R、r1、r2與式(Bz)中的定義相同,且R 1、R、OH在可以結合的任意位置進行結合); 2)將該化合物進行碘化的碘化步驟; 3)向該化合物引入保護基的保護基引入步驟;以及 4)將該化合物進行還原的還原步驟。 [49] 如[48]之化合物的製造方法,其中,前述保護基引入步驟包含使用無機鹼向式(MB)的羥基引入保護基的步驟。 [50] 一種上述之化合物的製造方法,其為前述式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法, 前述式(1)所表示的化合物為式(Bz)所表示者, (式中,I、Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同);該製造方法包含: 1)準備式(Bz4)所表示的化合物的步驟, (式中,I、R、A、Z與式(Bz)中的定義相同, R 1’為可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵的1價之除羥基以外的官能基, r1’、r2’、r4’為0~5的整數,且r1’、r2’、r4’的合計為苯的價數以下); 2)將該化合物進行碘化之碘化步驟進行1次或2次以上的步驟。 [51] 一種上述之化合物的製造方法,其為前述式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法, 前述式(1)所表示的化合物為式(Bz)所表示者, (式中,I、Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同);該製造方法包含: 1)準備式(Bz5)所表示的化合物的步驟; (式中,I、Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同); 2)將式(Bz5)所表示的化合物的羧酸進行酯化的步驟; 3)將所得酯基進行還原以變換成羥甲基的步驟。 [52] 一種上述之化合物的製造方法,其為前述式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法, 前述式(1)所表示的化合物為式(N)所表示者, (式中,I、R 1、A、R”與式(Dn1)及(Bn1)中的定義相同, 然而,I、R 1、R”及A在可以結合的任意位置進行結合, s1為1~7,s2~s3為0~7,s4為1~7的整數;然而,s1~s4的合計為萘的價數以下,且以s2及s3的任一者成為1以上的方式來選擇);該製造方法包含: 1)準備式(MN)所表示的化合物的步驟; (式中,R 1、R”、s3、s4與式(N)中的定義相同); 2)將該化合物進行碘化的碘化步驟; 3)向該化合物引入保護基的保護基引入步驟;以及 4)將該化合物進行還原的還原步驟。 [53] 一種上述之化合物的製造方法,其為前述式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法, 前述式(1)所表示的化合物為式(Ad)所表示者, (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(Da1)中的定義相同, I、R 1、R”在可以結合的任意位置進行結合, t1為1~10,t2為1~9,t3為1~14的整數;然而,t1~t3的合計為金剛烷的價數以下);該製造方法包含: 1)準備式(MA)所表示的化合物的步驟; (式中,R 1、R”、t2、t3與式(Ad)中的定義相同); 2)將該化合物進行碘化的碘化步驟。 [54] 如[48]~[53]中任一項之化合物的製造方法,其中,前述碘化步驟包含:由包含含有有機溶劑作為溶劑的有機相與含有水作為溶劑的水相之多相所構成的系進行碘化的步驟。 [55] 如[48]~[53]中任一項之化合物的製造方法,其中,前述碘化步驟包含在反應時一邊餾去水一邊將反應液進行濃縮的步驟。 [56] 如[48]~[53]中任一項之化合物的製造方法,其中,前述碘化步驟包含將基質及碘化劑饋入後靜置1~48小時的步驟。 [57] 一種上述之化合物的製造方法,其包含選自: 1)準備式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物的步驟; 2)準備式(Ad-A-3-1)所表示的化合物的步驟;以及 3)準備式(Ad-A-3-2)所表示的化合物的步驟中任一之1以上的步驟, [58] 如[57]之化合物的製造方法,其包含: 1)準備式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物的步驟; 2)將式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物進行氧化之氧化步驟; 3)將所得化合物的羧酸進行酯化的步驟; 4)將所得化合物的酯基進行水解而變換為羧酸的步驟; 5)進行碘化之碘化步驟。 [59] 如[47]~[58]中任一項之製造方法,其進一步包含使用吸附劑進行處理的步驟。 [60] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式(Ad-A-3)所表示: [61] 如上述之化合物,其由下述式(Ad-A-4)所表示: [發明的效果] That is, the present invention includes the following aspects. [1] A compound represented by the following formula (1): (In the formula, RG is a group containing at least one cyclic structure, I is an iodine atom, R1 is a monovalent functional group which may be the same or different and has 0 to 30 carbon atoms and does not contain a polymerizable unsaturated bond, n is an integer from 1 to 5, and m is an integer from 1 to 5.) [2] As in the above compound, wherein the above RG is a group derived from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, pyrene, a heteroaromatic ring or a polycyclic aliphatic ring which may have a substituent, and the above R1 is one selected from: Rf selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and an ether group having a protective group, and Rg , a alkyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. [3] As in the above compound, wherein the above Rf is Rf' selected from the group consisting of one or more hydroxyl groups and an ether group having a protective group which can be removed by acid, alkali or heat. [4] The above compound, wherein RG is a group derived from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, pyrene, fluorene or adamantane which may have a substituent. [5] The above compound, wherein RG is a group derived from benzene, naphthalene or adamantane which may have a substituent. [6] The above compound, wherein R 1 is selected from -OR 2 , -COOR 3 , -CH 2 -OR 4 or -CHO, wherein R 2 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, R 3 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 29 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 1 to 29 carbon atoms, and R 4 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 29 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 1 to 29 carbon atoms. [7] The above compound, wherein R 1 has a protecting group. [8] The above compound is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, Z is I, R1 or a linking group for forming a dimer, I and R1 have the same definitions as in formula (1), A is a group having a protecting group, R is an organic group that is not a functional group, R1 , A, and R are bonded at positions where they can be bonded, r1 to r4 are integers of 0 to 5, and the total of r1 to r4 in one benzene is less than the valence of benzene); (wherein, I, A, and R1 are defined as above, R" is a hydrogen atom or an organic group other than R1 , s1 is 1 to 7, s2 to s3 are 0 to 7, and s4 is an integer of 1 to 7; however, the total of s1 to s4 is less than the valence of naphthalene, and at least one of s2 and s3 is selected so as to be 1 or more); (wherein, I, R1 , and R" are as defined above, t1 is an integer from 1 to 10, t2 is an integer from 1 to 9, and t3 is an integer from 1 to 14; however, the total of t1 to t3 is less than the valence of adamantane.) [9] The above compound is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, Z, R, R1 and A have the same meanings as in formula (Bz)); (wherein, I, R 1 , A, and R" are the same as those defined in formula (N); x and y are 0 or 1, but at least one of them is 1; s4' represents the number of R" that can be combined with the 1, 7, and 8 positions of naphthalene, which is an integer of 1 to 3); (wherein, I, R 1 , and R” have the same meanings as in formula (Ad), one of D is I, and the other of D is R 1 ). [10] The above compound is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, Z, R, R 1 , and A have the same definitions as in formula (Bz)); (wherein, I, R 1 , R ″, A, x, y, s4 ′ have the same meanings as in formula (n)); (wherein, I, R1 , and R" have the same definitions as in formula (Ad)). [11] The above-mentioned compound, wherein the aforementioned R1 is a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, or a hydroxyalkyl group, when the aforementioned A is A' represented by -ORa - ORb ( Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; Rb is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group that forms a ring together with an adjacent oxygen atom), the A' is contained in 1 or more groups. [12] The above-mentioned compound, wherein RG is a group derived from benzene that may have a substituent. [13] The above-mentioned compound, wherein when RG is a benzene-containing group, and there are multiple R1s , the R 1 does not include a combination of an alkoxy group (except when having a protecting group) and an aldehyde group, a combination of the alkoxy group and a hydroxyl group, and a combination of a hydroxyl group and an aldehyde group. When RG is a naphthalene-containing group and there are multiple R 1s , the R 1 does not include a combination of a hydroxyl group and a carboxylic acid group. [14] The above compound is represented by the following formula (Bz4): (wherein, I, R, A and Z have the same definitions as in formula (Bz); R1 ' is a monovalent functional group other than a hydroxyl group which may be the same or different and has 0 to 30 carbon atoms and does not contain a polymerizable unsaturated bond; r1', r2', r4' are integers from 0 to 5, and the total of r1', r2', r4' is less than the valence of benzene). [15] The above compound is represented by the following formula (Bz4-1): (wherein, I, R, Z and R 1' have the same definitions as in formula (Bz4); r1', r2', r4' are integers ranging from 0 to 5, and the sum of r1', r2', r4' is less than the valence of benzene.) [16] The above compound is represented by the following formula (Bz4-2): (wherein, I has the same definition as in formula (Bz4), r4' is an integer from 0 to 4, and r5' is an integer from 0 to 4). [17] The compound as described above is represented by any one of the following formulae; [18] The compound as described above, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R, Z, A and R1 are the same as defined in formula (Bz); A' is a group having a protecting group, represented by -ORa - ORb , -O-CO- ORb or -ORa - CO- ORb ; Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; Rb is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group that forms a ring together with an adjacent oxygen atom). [19] The compound as described above is represented by any of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R1 , and A are the same as defined in formula (Bz); A' is a group having a protecting group, represented by -ORa - ORb , -O-CO- ORb, or -ORa - CO- ORb ; Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; Rb is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group that forms a ring together with an adjacent oxygen atom; Z' is I, R1, or a hydrogen atom). [20] The above compound, wherein RG is a group derived from naphthalene that may have a substituent. [21] The above compound, which is represented by any of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R 1 , R ″, A, x, y, s4′ have the same meanings as in formula (n)). [22] The above compound is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R1 , and R" have the same definitions as in formula (n); A' is a group having a protecting group, represented by -ORa - ORb , -O-CO- ORb , or -ORa - CO- ORb ; Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; Rb is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group that forms a ring together with an adjacent oxygen atom). [23] The compound as described above, wherein the aforementioned R1 is a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, or a hydroxyalkyl group. [24] The compound as described above, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R 1 , A, A′, x, and y have the same meanings as in formula (n)). [25] The compound as described above, wherein RG is a group derived from adamantane which may have a substituent. [26] The compound as described above, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R1 , and R" have the same definitions as in formula (Ad)). [27] The compound as described above, wherein the aforementioned R1 is a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, or a hydroxyalkyl group. [28] The compound as described above, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I and R1 have the same definitions as in formula (Ad)). [29] A composition comprising the compound as described above. [30] The composition as described above, which is used for lithography. [31] The composition as described above, which comprises two or more compounds represented by the aforementioned formula (1). [32] The composition as described above, which further comprises a compound represented by the following formula (DMO-1) or the following formula (BP0-1) or a combination thereof: (wherein, RG, I, R1 have the same definitions as in formula (1), Q is a radical or a single bond caused by a radical that binds molecules, n' is an integer from 0 to 5 and less than n, m' is an integer from 1 to 5 and less than m, and b is an integer from 1 to 4). [33] The above composition, wherein the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (DM0-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (DM1a), (Dn1) or (Da1), and the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (BP0-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (BP1a), (Bn1) or (Ba1): (wherein, Z is I, R1 or a linking group for forming a dimer, I and R1 have the same definitions as in formula (1), A is a group having a protecting group, R is an organic group that is not a functional group, R1 , A, and R are bonded at positions where they can be bonded, r1 to r4 are integers of 0 to 5, and the total of r1 to r4 in one benzene is less than the valence of benzene); (wherein, I, R1 , and A are the same as defined in formula (DM1a), R" is a hydrogen atom or an organic group other than R1 , I, R1 , A, and R" are bonded at a bondable position, Q is the same as defined in formula (DM0-1), s1 is 1 to 7, s2 to s3 are 0 to 7, and s4 is an integer of 1 to 7; however, the total of s1 to s4 is less than the valence of naphthalene, and is selected so that any one of s2 and s3 is 1 or more; nd is an integer of 1 to 4); (wherein, I and R1 have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1), R" is a hydrogen atom or an organic group other than R1 , Rd is a single bond or -O- (ether bond), t1 is an integer of 1 to 10, t2 is an integer of 1 to 9, and t3 is an integer of 1 to 13; however, the total of t1 to t3 is less than the valence of diamond); (wherein, I, Z, R, R1 , A have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a), r1, r2, r3 are integers ranging from 0 to 5, a1 and r4a are integers ranging from 0 to 4, a1 and r4a satisfy a1+r4a≤r4; wherein, r4 has the same definition as in formula (DM1a)); (wherein, I, R1 , R", and A have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1) and (Da1), s2-s4 have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1), s1b is an integer from 0 to 6 and is an integer satisfying s1b≤(s1-1); wherein s1 has the same definition as in formula (Dn1)); (wherein, I, R1 , and R" have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1) and (Da1), t2 and t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1), t1b is an integer from 0 to 9 and satisfies t1b≤(t1-1); wherein t1 has the same definition as in formula (Da1)). [34] The above composition comprises a compound represented by the above formula (DM0-1). [35] The above composition, wherein the compounds represented by formula (1) and formula (DM0-1) satisfy the following relationship: 0.1≧[the amount of the compound of formula (DM0-1) (mol)]÷[the amount of the compound of formula (1) (mol)]≧0.000001. [36] The above composition, wherein it comprises a compound represented by formula (BP0-1). [37] In the above composition, the compound represented by formula (BP0-1) is: a compound represented by formula (BP1a) wherein Z is not 1, a compound represented by formula (Bn1), or a compound represented by formula (Ba1). [38] In the above composition, the compounds represented by formula (1), formula (DM0-1), and formula (BP0-1) satisfy the following relationship: 0.1≧([the total amount of the compound of formula (DM0-1) and the compound of formula (BP0-1) (mol)])÷[the amount of the compound of formula (1) (mol)]≧0.000001. [39] As described above, the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (DM0-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (DM1a-Dt), (DM1a-Dt2), (Dn1-Dt), (Dn1-Dt2), (Da1-Dt), (Da1-Dt2), (Ba1-tl), (Ba1-x) or (Ba1-eb), and the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (BP0-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (BP1a-Dt), (Bn1-Dt) or (Ba1-Dt): (wherein, Z, R, R 1 , A, r1, r2, r3, and r4a have the same meanings as in Formula (BP1a)); (wherein, Z, I, R 1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a)); (wherein, Z, R 1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a)); (wherein, R 1 , R ”, A, s2 to s4 have the same definitions as in formula (Bn1)); (wherein, I, R 1 , A, R”, Q, s1 to s4 have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1)); (wherein, R 1 , A, R”, Q, s2 to s4 have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1)); (wherein, R 1 , R ″, t2, t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Ba1)); (wherein, I, R 1 , R ″, R d , t1-t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1)); (wherein, R 1 , R ″, R d , t2-t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1)); (wherein, I, R 1 , R ″, R d , t1-t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1)); (wherein, I, R 1 , R ″, R d , t1-t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1)); (wherein, I, R1 , R", Rd , t1-t3 are the same as defined in formula (Da1)). [40] A composition as described above, wherein RG of the formula (1) is a group derived from benzene which may have a substituent. [41] A composition as described above, wherein RG of the formula (1) is a group derived from naphthalene which may have a substituent. [42] A composition as described above, wherein RG of the formula (1) is a group derived from adamantane which may have a substituent. [43] A composition as described above, which exhibits a sensitizing effect when irradiated with radiation. [44] A composition as described above, wherein the content of metal impurities is less than 1 ppm. [45] A method for exhibiting a sensitizing effect, which is a method for exhibiting a sensitizing effect when a composition for lithography is irradiated with radiation using the compound as described above. [46] A method as described in [45], wherein two or more of the compounds as described above are used. [47] A method for producing the above-mentioned compound comprises the step of introducing an iodine atom or an R1 group into the compound containing the above-mentioned RG group. [48] A method for producing the above-mentioned compound is a method for producing a compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (1), wherein the compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (1) is represented by the formula (Bz), (wherein, I, Z, R 1 , A, R, r1-r4 are the same as those defined in formula (DM1a)); the preparation method comprises: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (MB); (wherein, I, R1 , R, r1, r2 are the same as defined in formula (Bz), and R1 , R, OH are bonded at any position where they can be bonded); 2) an iodination step of iodizing the compound; 3) a protecting group introduction step of introducing a protecting group into the compound; and 4) a reduction step of reducing the compound. [49] A method for producing a compound as described in [48], wherein the protecting group introduction step comprises the step of introducing a protecting group into the hydroxyl group of formula (MB) using an inorganic base. [50] A method for producing the above-mentioned compound, which is a method for producing a compound represented by formula (1), wherein the compound represented by formula (1) is represented by formula (Bz), (wherein, I, Z, R 1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a)); the preparation method comprises: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (Bz4), (wherein, I, R, A, and Z have the same definitions as in formula (Bz), R1 ' is a monovalent functional group other than a hydroxyl group which may be the same or different and has 0 to 30 carbon atoms and does not contain a polymerizable unsaturated bond, r1', r2', and r4' are integers from 0 to 5, and the total of r1', r2', and r4' is less than the valence of benzene); 2) the iodination step of iodizing the compound is performed once or twice or more. [51] A method for producing the above-mentioned compound, which is a method for producing a compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1), wherein the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1) is represented by formula (Bz), (wherein, I, Z, R 1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a)); the preparation method comprises: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (Bz5); (wherein, I, Z, R1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a)); 2) a step of esterifying the carboxylic acid of the compound represented by formula (Bz5); 3) a step of reducing the obtained ester group to convert it into a hydroxymethyl group. [52] A method for producing the above-mentioned compound, which is a method for producing the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1), wherein the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1) is represented by formula (N), (wherein, I, R 1 , A, and R" are the same as those defined in formula (Dn1) and (Bn1), however, I, R 1 , R" and A are bonded at any bondable position, s1 is 1 to 7, s2 to s3 are 0 to 7, and s4 is an integer of 1 to 7; however, the total of s1 to s4 is less than the valence of naphthalene, and is selected in such a way that any one of s2 and s3 is 1 or more); the production method comprises: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (MN); (wherein, R1 , R", s3, s4 have the same definitions as in formula (N)); 2) an iodination step of iodizing the compound; 3) a protecting group introduction step of introducing a protecting group into the compound; and 4) a reduction step of reducing the compound. [53] A method for producing the compound described above, which is a method for producing a compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1), wherein the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1) is represented by formula (Ad), (wherein, I, R 1 , and R” are the same as those defined in formula (Da1); I, R 1 , and R” are bonded at any position where they can be bonded; t1 is an integer of 1 to 10, t2 is an integer of 1 to 9, and t3 is an integer of 1 to 14; however, the total of t1 to t3 is less than the valence of adamantane); the preparation method comprises: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (MA); (wherein R1 , R", t2 and t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Ad)); 2) an iodination step of iodinating the compound. [54] A method for producing a compound as described in any one of [48] to [53], wherein the iodination step comprises: an iodination step of a system consisting of a multiphase system comprising an organic phase containing an organic solvent as a solvent and an aqueous phase containing water as a solvent. [55] A method for producing a compound as described in any one of [48] to [53], wherein the iodination step comprises a step of concentrating the reaction solution while distilling off water during the reaction. [56] A method for producing a compound as described in any one of [48] to [53], wherein the iodination step comprises feeding the substrate and the iodination agent and then standing for 1 to 48 hours. [57] A method for producing the above compound, comprising any one or more steps selected from: 1) the step of preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0); 2) the step of preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-1); and 3) the step of preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-2), [58] A method for producing the compound of [57], comprising: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0); 2) an oxidation step of oxidizing the compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0); 3) a step of esterifying the carboxylic acid of the obtained compound; 4) a step of hydrolyzing the ester group of the obtained compound to convert it into a carboxylic acid; 5) an iodination step of iodination. [59] The production method of any one of [47] to [58] further comprises a step of treating with an adsorbent. [60] The compound as described above is represented by the following formula (Ad-A-3): [61] The compound as described above is represented by the following formula (Ad-A-4): [Effect of invention]

可以提供一種作為微影用組成物而有用的化合物、包含該化合物的組成物、使用該化合物表現增感效果的方法及該化合物的製造方法。進一步地,藉由在微影製程中使用本發明的化合物和組成物,可以獲得增感效果。A compound useful as a lithography composition, a composition containing the compound, a method of using the compound to exhibit a sensitization effect, and a method of producing the compound can be provided. Furthermore, by using the compound and composition of the present invention in a lithography process, a sensitization effect can be obtained.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。本發明中,「X~Y」等的「~」包含其端值X和Y。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. In the present invention, "~" in "X~Y" etc. includes its end values X and Y.

1.化合物 本實施態樣的化合物由下述式(1)所表示。 1. Compounds The compounds of this embodiment are represented by the following formula (1).

[RG] 式中,RG為包含至少1個環狀結構的基。RG的價數可以藉由後述的I、R 1、R 1以外的取代基等的數量來適當調整。包含環狀結構的基可以包含芳香環、脂環或雜環,但較佳為碳數為6~60的基,更佳為源自可以具有取代基之苯、萘、聯苯、蒽、菲、芘、茀等之芳香環、雜芳香環、環己烷、環十二烷、二環戊烷、三環癸烷,或金剛烷等之多環脂環的基。此外,RG可以不包含單環以單鍵結合的環集合(例如,聯苯、聯萘、雙環丙基等)。在此情況下,RG較佳為具有選自單環芳香環結構、稠環芳香族結構及多環脂環結構中的至少1種環狀結構的基。 [RG] In the formula, RG is a group containing at least one cyclic structure. The valence of RG can be appropriately adjusted by the number of I, R 1 , substituents other than R 1 described below, etc. The group containing a cyclic structure may contain an aromatic ring, an aliphatic ring, or a heterocyclic ring, but is preferably a group having 6 to 60 carbon atoms, and more preferably a group derived from an aromatic ring, a heteroaromatic ring, cyclohexane, cyclododecane, dicyclopentane, tricyclodecane, or a polycyclic aliphatic ring such as adamantane, etc., which may have a substituent. In addition, RG may not contain a ring assembly in which a single ring is bonded by a single bond (for example, biphenyl, binaphthyl, dicyclopropyl, etc.). In this case, RG is preferably a group having at least one cyclic structure selected from a monocyclic aromatic ring structure, a condensed-ring aromatic structure, and a polycyclic aliphatic ring structure.

其中,從入手容易性等的觀點考慮,RG較佳為源自可以具有取代基之苯、萘、蒽、菲、芘、茀或多環脂環的基,更佳為源自可以具有取代基之苯、萘、蒽、芘、雜芳香環或多環脂環的基,進一步較佳為源自可以具有取代基之苯、萘、蒽、菲、芘、茀或金剛烷的基,特別較佳為源自苯、萘或金剛烷的基。Among them, from the viewpoint of availability, RG is preferably a group derived from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, pyrene, fluorene or a polycyclic alicyclic ring which may have a substituent, more preferably a group derived from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, pyrene, a heteroaromatic ring or a polycyclic alicyclic ring which may have a substituent, further preferably a group derived from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, pyrene, fluorene or adamantane which may have a substituent, and particularly preferably a group derived from benzene, naphthalene or adamantane.

[I] 式中,I為碘原子。n表示I的數量,其為1~5的整數。從增感效果、對溶劑的溶解性及化學穩定性的觀點考慮,n較佳為1~3的整數,更佳為1或2。藉由使n大於1,可以獲得增感效果,藉由使n為5以下,可以確保化合物在半導體廣泛使用之溶劑成分中的溶解性、化合物本身的穩定性。 [I] In the formula, I is an iodine atom. n represents the number of I, which is an integer of 1 to 5. From the perspective of sensitization effect, solubility in solvents, and chemical stability, n is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2. By making n greater than 1, a sensitization effect can be obtained, and by making n less than 5, the solubility of the compound in solvent components widely used in semiconductors and the stability of the compound itself can be ensured.

[R 1] R 1為可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵的1價官能基。可以將R 1變換為其他基或與其他基結合,藉此製造式(1)的化合物的衍生物。所謂的聚合性不飽和鍵,是指乙烯性雙鍵或三鍵。當R 1如上述時,其穩定性、溶解性優異。 [R 1 ] R 1 is a monovalent functional group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms and containing no polymerizable unsaturated bond, which may be the same or different. R 1 may be replaced with other groups or combined with other groups to produce a derivative of the compound of formula (1). The so-called polymerizable unsaturated bond refers to an ethylenic double bond or triple bond. When R 1 is as described above, its stability and solubility are excellent.

R 1為官能基而不為烷基。R 1為例如碳數為1~30的烷氧基、碳數為1~30的羧酸基、碳數為2~10的羧酸酯基、碳數為2~30的烷氧基烷基、碳數為1~30的羥烷基、醛基、碘原子以外的鹵素原子、硝基、胺基、硫醇基、氰基或羥基。其中,從增感效果等的觀點考慮,R 1較佳為羥基、羧酸基、酯基、羥烷基、碘原子以外的鹵素原子、硝基、胺基或氰基。在該些基中,可以具有取代基的基可以具有取代基。除非另有定義,所謂的「取代」是指官能基中的一個以上的氫原子被取代基所取代。作為「取代基」沒有特別限制,但例如可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、氰基、硝基、硫醇基、雜環基、碳數為1~20的直鏈狀脂肪族烴基、碳數為3~20的支鏈狀脂肪族烴基、碳數為3~20的環狀脂肪族烴基、碳數為6~20的芳基、碳數為1~20的烷氧基、碳數為0~20的胺基、碳數為2~20的烯基、碳數為2~20的炔基、碳數為1~30的醯基(較佳為碳數為1~20的烷醯氧基、碳數為7~30的芳醯氧基)、碳數為2~20的烷氧基羰基或碳數為1~20的烷基矽烷基。這些基可以在取代基內或具有取代基的基,或與其它的R 1形成環結構。作為可形成環結構的基之較合適的實例,可列舉:縮水甘油基、環狀的縮醛基、二個鄰接的羥基作為縮醛保護基結構的基等。 R1 is a functional group other than an alkyl group. R1 is, for example, an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a carboxylic acid group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a carboxylic acid ester group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aldehyde group, a halogen atom other than an iodine atom, a nitro group, an amine group, a thiol group, a cyano group, or a hydroxyl group. Among them, from the viewpoint of the sensitization effect, etc., R1 is preferably a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a halogen atom other than an iodine atom, a nitro group, an amine group, or a cyano group. Among these groups, the group that may have a substituent may have a substituent. Unless otherwise defined, the so-called "substitution" means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the functional group are replaced by a substituent. The "substituent" is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a thiol group, a heterocyclic group, a linear aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an amino group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably an alkacyloxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkylsilanyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. These groups may form a ring structure in a substituent or in a group having a substituent, or with other R 1. Preferred examples of groups that can form a ring structure include a glycidyl group, a cyclic acetal group, and a group having an acetal protecting group structure with two adjacent hydroxyl groups.

其中,R 1較佳為選自羥基、羧酸基、酯基或羥烷基,更佳為選自-OR 2表示的基、碳數為1~30的烷氧基、羥基、碳數為1~30的羧酸基、碳數為2~10的羧酸酯基、碳數為2~30的烷氧基烷基、碳數為2~30的烷氧基烷基、碳數為1~10的羥烷基或醛基。本發明中,R 2為氫原子、碳數為1~30的烷基、碳數為1~30的芳基或碳數為1~5的環狀烷基醚基。前述羧酸基或羧酸酯基更佳為由-COOR 3表示。本發明中,R 3為氫原子、碳數為1~29的烷基或碳數為1~29的芳基。前述烷氧基烷基或羥烷基更佳為由-CH 2-OR 4表示。本發明中,R 4為氫原子、碳數為1~29的烷基或碳數為1~29的芳基。前述烷基或芳基可以具有取代基。作為該取代基,例如可列舉烷氧基。因此,在一態樣中,前述-OR 2的R 2可以為-CH 2-OC 2H 5Among them, R1 is preferably selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group or a hydroxyalkyl group, and more preferably a group represented by -OR2 , an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a carboxylic acid ester group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aldehyde group. In the present invention, R2 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or a cyclic alkyl ether group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The aforementioned carboxylic acid group or carboxylic acid ester group is more preferably represented by -COOR3 . In the present invention, R3 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 29 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 1 to 29 carbon atoms. The alkoxyalkyl group or hydroxyalkyl group is more preferably represented by -CH 2 -OR 4. In the present invention, R 4 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 29 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 1 to 29 carbon atoms. The alkyl group or aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include alkoxy groups. Therefore, in one embodiment, R 2 of the -OR 2 may be -CH 2 -OC 2 H 5 .

前述R 2~R 4中的烷基較佳為甲基、乙基或丙基(包含異構物;下同)。前述芳基較佳為苯基或萘基。 The alkyl group in the aforementioned R 2 to R 4 is preferably methyl, ethyl or propyl (including isomers; the same below). The aforementioned aryl group is preferably phenyl or naphthyl.

R 1可以具有保護基。保護基為在特定條件下解離的基,又稱解離性基。該保護基較佳為在酸的存在下進行解離的酸解離性基。作為該基的較佳實例,可列舉:1-取代乙基、1-取代-正丙基、1-支鏈烷基、矽烷基、醯基、1-取代烷氧基甲基、環醚基、烷氧基羰基或烷氧基羰基烷基。在一態樣中,R 1可以為受保護基保護的羥基或羧酸基。例如,R 1為-O-CH 2-O-R’。R’例如為碳數為1~5的烷基。該態樣相當於R 1為-OR 2(然而R 2為CH 3),R 2具有烷氧基(-O-R’)作為取代基的情況。當R 1為具有保護基的基時,如後述般,可能將R 1標示為A或A’。 R1 may have a protecting group. A protecting group is a group that dissociates under specific conditions, also known as a dissociating group. The protecting group is preferably an acid-dissociating group that dissociates in the presence of an acid. Preferred examples of the protecting group include: 1-substituted ethyl, 1-substituted n-propyl, 1-branched alkyl, silyl, acyl, 1-substituted alkoxymethyl, cyclic ether, alkoxycarbonyl or alkoxycarbonylalkyl. In one embodiment, R1 may be a hydroxyl or carboxylic acid group protected by a protecting group. For example, R1 is -O- CH2 -O-R'. R' is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. This embodiment is equivalent to the case where R1 is -OR2 (however, R2 is CH3 ) and R2 has an alkoxy group (-O-R') as a substituent. When R 1 is a group having a protecting group, as described below, R 1 may be represented by A or A'.

式中,m表示R 1的數量,其為1~5的整數。從對溶劑的溶解性等的觀點考慮,m較佳為4、3、2或1。當m為2或3時,複數存在的R 1可以不同也可以相同。m更佳為2或3,進一步較佳為2。m和n的總數根據RG的價數而適當調整。 In the formula, m represents the number of R1 , which is an integer of 1 to 5. From the viewpoint of solubility in solvents, m is preferably 4, 3, 2 or 1. When m is 2 or 3, the plural R1s may be different or the same. m is more preferably 2 or 3, and further preferably 2. The total number of m and n is appropriately adjusted according to the valence of RG.

視需求,前述化合物可以具有R 1以外的有機基作為取代基。作為該有機基,可列舉:碳數為1~30的烷基。該基可以複數存在。然而,較佳為前述化合物不含除R 1和碘原子以外的有機基。 If necessary, the aforementioned compound may have an organic group other than R 1 as a substituent. Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The group may be present in plural numbers. However, it is preferred that the aforementioned compound does not contain an organic group other than R 1 and an iodine atom.

當RG為含苯的基且存在複數個R 1時,該R 1不包含烷氧基與醛基的組合、烷氧基與羥基的組合及醛基與羥基的組合。此處的烷氧基中具有保護基者除外。該烷氧基例如為甲氧基或乙氧基。當RG為含萘的基且存在複數個R 1時,該R 1不包含羥基和羧酸基的組合。 When RG is a benzene-containing group and there are multiple R1s , the R1 does not include a combination of an alkoxy group and an aldehyde group, a combination of an alkoxy group and a hydroxyl group, and a combination of an aldehyde group and a hydroxyl group. The alkoxy group here is excluded if it has a protecting group. The alkoxy group is, for example, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. When RG is a naphthalene-containing group and there are multiple R1s , the R1 does not include a combination of a hydroxyl group and a carboxylic acid group.

當RG為苯、萘、蒽、芘、雜芳香環,或源自多環脂環的基時,R 1較佳為選自1個以上的R f和0個以上的R g中的一種。此外,R 1為選自1個以上的R f’和0個以上的R g中的一種。R f選自由羥基和具有保護基之醚基所組成的群組。R f’選自由羥基及具有可藉由酸、鹼或熱脫去的保護基的醚基所組成的群組。R g為可以具有取代基之碳數為0~30的烴基。特別是,當RG為苯或萘結構時,R 1較佳為選自由1個以上的羥基及具有保護基之醚基所組成的群組的R f,以及0個以上之可以具有取代基之碳數為0~30的烴基R g中的一種。R f更佳為選自由1個以上的羥基及具有可藉由酸、鹼或熱脫去的保護基的醚基所組成的群組之R f’。當式(1)的化合物具有該些基作為R 1時,該化合物與其他化合物的連結反應可以順利進行。 When RG is benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, pyrene, a heteroaromatic ring, or a group derived from a polycyclic aliphatic ring, R1 is preferably one selected from one or more Rf and zero or more Rg . In addition, R1 is one selected from one or more Rf' and zero or more Rg . Rf is selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and an ether group having a protective group. Rf' is selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and an ether group having a protective group that can be removed by acid, alkali or heat. Rg is a alkyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. In particular, when RG is a benzene or naphthalene structure, R1 is preferably selected from the group consisting of Rf consisting of one or more hydroxyl groups and ether groups having a protective group, and zero or more alkyl groups Rg having a carbon number of 0 to 30 which may have a substituent. Rf is more preferably selected from the group consisting of Rf' consisting of one or more hydroxyl groups and ether groups having a protective group that can be removed by acid, alkali or heat. When the compound of formula (1) has these groups as R1 , the linking reaction of the compound with other compounds can proceed smoothly.

如同前述,式(1)的化合物可以與其他化合物連結。例如,式(1)的化合物也可以作為二聚物~五聚物。關於多聚物將於後述。As mentioned above, the compound of formula (1) can be linked to other compounds. For example, the compound of formula (1) can also be a dimer to a pentamer. The polymer will be described later.

1-2.較佳態樣 (1)第1的態樣 在第1的態樣中,RG為苯。 在本態樣中,從增感效果和入手容易性的觀點考慮,式(1)所表示的化合物(以下稱為「式(1)的化合物」等)較佳為式(Bz)所表示的化合物。 1-2. Preferred embodiment (1) Embodiment 1 In the embodiment 1, RG is benzene. In this embodiment, from the viewpoint of sensitization effect and ease of use, the compound represented by formula (1) (hereinafter referred to as "the compound of formula (1)", etc.) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Bz).

A為具有保護基的基。由於A藉由除去保護基而成為官能基,因此其為R 1的一種。作為保護基如上所述,較佳為酸解離性基。因此,具有保護基的基較佳為羥基或羧酸基被酸解離性基保護的基。A可以為由-O-R a-O-R b所表示的A’;在此情況下,式(Bz)的化合物較佳為包含該A’ 1以上。R a和R b將於後述。 A is a group having a protecting group. Since A becomes a functional group by removing the protecting group, it is a kind of R 1. As described above, the protecting group is preferably an acid-dissociable group. Therefore, the group having a protecting group is preferably a hydroxyl group or a carboxylic acid group protected by an acid-dissociable group. A may be A' represented by -OR a -OR b ; in this case, the compound of formula (Bz) preferably contains more than 1 of this A'. Ra and R b will be described later.

R為不是官能基的有機基。作為該有機基可列舉:碳數為1~30的烷基。R is an organic group which is not a functional group. Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.

Z為I、R 1或用於成為二聚物的連接基。當Z為用於成為二聚物的連接基時,2個分子會藉由單鍵結合以生成二聚物。二聚物被包含於後述式(DM1a)所表示的化合物。Z可以不含用於成為二聚物的連接基。當Z不含用於成為二聚物的連接基時,特別將Z標示為Z’。 Z is I, R1 or a linker for forming a dimer. When Z is a linker for forming a dimer, two molecules are bonded by a single bond to form a dimer. The dimer is included in the compound represented by the formula (DM1a) described below. Z may not contain a linker for forming a dimer. When Z does not contain a linker for forming a dimer, Z is specifically indicated as Z'.

式中,I和R 1的定義如同前述。從增感效果的觀點考慮,R 1較佳為羥基、羧酸基、酯基、羥烷基、碘原子以外的鹵素原子、硝基、胺基或氰基。 In the formula, I and R1 are as defined above. From the viewpoint of the sensitizing effect, R1 is preferably a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a halogen atom other than an iodine atom, a nitro group, an amine group or a cyano group.

R 1、R和A在任意可結合的位置結合。r1~r4為0~5的整數,且r1~r4的合計為苯的價數以下。此外,r1~r4較佳為1~4的整數,更佳為1~3的整數,特別較佳為1或2的整數。然而,較佳為r2和r3中的至少一者為1以上。以下,從增感效果及入手容易性等觀點考慮,對該化合物的較佳態樣進行說明。 R1 , R and A are bonded at any bondable position. r1 to r4 are integers of 0 to 5, and the sum of r1 to r4 is less than the valence of benzene. In addition, r1 to r4 are preferably integers of 1 to 4, more preferably integers of 1 to 3, and particularly preferably integers of 1 or 2. However, it is preferred that at least one of r2 and r3 is 1 or more. The preferred embodiment of the compound is described below from the viewpoints of sensitization effect and ease of use.

[Bz1系統] 式(Bz)的化合物較佳為由式(Bz1)所表示。式(Bz1)的化合物具有1個不源自Z的R 1。在本說明書中,除非另有說明,化合物的各取代基與該化合物所屬的化合物群組中的定義相同。 [Bz1 system] The compound of formula (Bz) is preferably represented by formula (Bz1). The compound of formula (Bz1) has one R 1 that is not derived from Z. In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, each substituent of a compound has the same definition as in the compound group to which the compound belongs.

(Bz1-1系統) 式(Bz1)的化合物較佳為由式(Bz1-1)所表示。式(Bz1-1)的化合物在I的間位具有一個不源自Z的R 1(Bz1-1 system) The compound of formula (Bz1) is preferably represented by formula (Bz1-1). The compound of formula (Bz1-1) has one R 1 which is not derived from Z at the meta-position of I.

式(Bz1-1)的化合物較佳為由式(1b)所表示,更佳為由式(1b-3)所表示。Z’可以為I、R 1或氫原子,A和Z,或A和Z’可以與保護基一起形成環狀結構。 The compound of formula (Bz1-1) is preferably represented by formula (1b), and more preferably represented by formula (1b-3). Z' may be I, R1 or a hydrogen atom, and A and Z, or A and Z' may form a ring structure together with a protecting group.

此外,式(Bz1-1)的化合物較佳為由式(1b-1)所表示,更佳為由式(1b-4)所表示。Furthermore, the compound of formula (Bz1-1) is preferably represented by formula (1b-1), and more preferably represented by formula (1b-4).

(Bz1-2系統) 式(Bz1)的化合物較佳為由式(Bz1-2)所表示。式(Bz1-2)的化合物在I的對位上具有1個不源自Z的R 1。A和Z可以與保護基一起形成環狀結構。此外,Z和R 1可以與保護基一起形成環狀結構。 (Bz1-2 system) The compound of formula (Bz1) is preferably represented by formula (Bz1-2). The compound of formula (Bz1-2) has one R 1 not derived from Z at the para position of I. A and Z may form a ring structure together with a protecting group. In addition, Z and R 1 may form a ring structure together with a protecting group.

式(Bz1-2)的化合物較佳為由式(Bz1-2-1)所表示,更佳為由式(Bz1-2-2)所表示。A和Z,或A和Z’可以與保護基一起形成環狀結構。The compound of formula (Bz1-2) is preferably represented by formula (Bz1-2-1), and more preferably represented by formula (Bz1-2-2). A and Z, or A and Z', may form a ring structure together with a protecting group.

(Bz1-3系統) 進一步地,式(Bz1)的化合物較佳為由式(Bz1-3)所表示。該化合物在I的鄰位具有1個不源自Z的R 1。A和Z可以與保護基一起形成環狀結構。 (Bz1-3 system) Furthermore, the compound of formula (Bz1) is preferably represented by formula (Bz1-3). This compound has one R 1 which is not derived from Z at the adjacent position of I. A and Z may form a ring structure together with a protecting group.

式(Bz1-3)的化合物較佳為由式(Bz1-3-1)所表示,更佳為由式(Bz1-3-2)所表示。The compound of formula (Bz1-3) is preferably represented by formula (Bz1-3-1), and more preferably represented by formula (Bz1-3-2).

A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b、-O-R a-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-O-CO-R b所表示。R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基。R b為碳數為1~3的1價直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環之2價的環狀烷基。可以形成包含R a和R b的環狀結構。然而,A’存在1以上。 A' is a group having a protecting group, and is represented by -ORa - ORb , -O-CO- ORb , -ORa -CO- ORb , or -ORa -O-CO- Rb . Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Rb is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group that forms a ring together with an adjacent oxygen atom. A cyclic structure including Ra and Rb may be formed. However, A' may be present in 1 or more.

[Bz2系統] 式(Bz)的化合物較佳為由式(Bz2)所表示。該化合物在彼此不鄰接的位置上具有2個不源自Z的R 1[Bz2 system] The compound of formula (Bz) is preferably represented by formula (Bz2): This compound has two R 1 groups not derived from Z at positions that are not adjacent to each other.

化合物(Bz2)較佳為由式(Bz2-1)所表示。The compound (Bz2) is preferably represented by the formula (Bz2-1).

[Bz3系統] 此外,式(Bz)的化合物較佳為由式(Bz3)所表示。該化合物在彼此鄰接的位置上有2個不源自Z的R 1。A’的定義如同前述,存在1以上。 [Bz3 system] The compound of formula (Bz) is preferably represented by formula (Bz3). The compound has two R 1s not derived from Z at adjacent positions. A' is as defined above, and there are 1 or more of them.

[特別較佳的態樣] 上述之中,從增感效果的觀點考慮,作為式(Bz1)的化合物,特別較佳為式(1b-1)所表示的化合物。該化合物具有R 1、2個碘原子、1以上的A’。以下,對式(1b-1)的化合物進行說明。 [Particularly Preferred Aspects] Among the above, from the viewpoint of the sensitizing effect, the compound represented by formula (1b-1) is particularly preferred as the compound represented by formula (Bz1). This compound has R 1 , two iodine atoms, and one or more A's. The compound represented by formula (1b-1) is described below.

R 1較佳為羥烷基或醛基,特別較佳為羥烷基。將羥烷基引入苯中的方法沒有限制,例如可列舉:引入羧酸基作為R 1後進行還原的方法。還原方法可以公知的方法實施。 R 1 is preferably a hydroxyalkyl group or an aldehyde group, and is particularly preferably a hydroxyalkyl group. The method of introducing a hydroxyalkyl group into benzene is not limited, and examples thereof include: a method of introducing a carboxylic acid group as R 1 and then reducing the carboxylic acid group. The reduction method can be carried out by a known method.

式(1b-1)中,A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b、-O-R a-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-O-CO-R b所表示。R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基。R b為碳數為1~3的1價直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環之2價的環狀烷基。可以形成包含R a和R b的環狀結構。然而,A’存在1以上。 In formula (1b-1), A' is a group having a protecting group, represented by -ORa - ORb , -O-CO- ORb , -ORa- CO- ORb or -ORa -O-CO- Rb . Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Rb is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group that forms a ring together with an adjacent oxygen atom. A cyclic structure including Ra and Rb can be formed. However, A' is present at least 1.

在另一態樣中,R b為碳數為1~30的直鏈、支鏈或環狀脂肪族基、碳數為6~30的芳香族基、包含碳數為1~30的直鏈、支鏈或環狀雜原子之脂肪族基、包含碳數為1~30的直鏈、支鏈或環狀雜原子之芳香族基。該脂肪族基、芳香族基、包含雜原子之脂肪族基、包含雜原子之芳香族基可以進一步具有取代基。作為此處的取代基,可列舉前述者,但較佳為碳數為1~20的直鏈、支鏈或環狀脂肪族基、碳數為6~20的芳香族基。在這些之中,R b較佳為脂肪族基。R b中的脂肪族基較佳為支鏈或環狀脂肪族基。脂肪族基的碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為3~10,進一步較佳為4~8。作為脂肪族基,沒有特別限定,但例如可列舉:甲基、異丙基、第二丁基、第三丁基、異丁基、環己基、甲基環己基、金剛烷基等。在這些之中,較佳為第三丁基、環己基或金剛烷基。 In another embodiment, Rb is a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an aliphatic group containing a linear, branched or cyclic heteroatom having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group containing a linear, branched or cyclic heteroatom having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The aliphatic group, aromatic group, aliphatic group containing a heteroatom, or aromatic group containing a heteroatom may further have a substituent. As the substituent here, the above-mentioned ones can be listed, but preferably, a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Among these, Rb is preferably an aliphatic group. The aliphatic group in R b is preferably a branched or cyclic aliphatic group. The carbon number of the aliphatic group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 3 to 10, and further preferably 4 to 8. The aliphatic group is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include methyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, methylcyclohexyl, and adamantyl. Among these, t-butyl, cyclohexyl, or adamantyl is preferred.

作為其他R b,可以使用具有以下結構的基。 As other R b , groups having the following structures can be used.

在另一態樣中,A’由-CO-O-R b或-C-CyE表示。CyE為可以具有取代基的環狀酯基。A’較佳為例如下述式所表示的基。 In another embodiment, A' is represented by -CO-OR b or -C-CyE. CyE is a cyclic ester group which may have a substituent. A' is preferably a group represented by the following formula, for example.

當屬於式(Bz)的化合物中存在複數個R 1時,R 1不包含烷氧基(然而具有保護基的情況除外)和醛基的組合、烷氧基(然而具有保護基的情況除外)和羥基的組合,以及醛基和羥基的組合。 When a plurality of R 1s exist in the compound belonging to formula (Bz), R 1 does not include a combination of an alkoxy group (except for the case of having a protecting group) and an aldehyde group, a combination of an alkoxy group (except for the case of having a protecting group) and a hydroxy group, and a combination of an aldehyde group and a hydroxy group.

前述式(1b-1)中,R 1較佳為羥基、羧酸基、酯基、醛基或羥烷基。 A’較佳為由-O-R a-O-R b表示。 In the above formula (1b-1), R 1 is preferably a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, an aldehyde group or a hydroxyalkyl group. A' is preferably represented by -OR a -OR b .

由式(1b-1)或(1b-4)所表示的具體化合物的實例如下所示,但不限於此。Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (1b-1) or (1b-4) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

由式(1b)或(1b-3)所表示的具體化合物的實例如下所示,但不限於此。Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (1b) or (1b-3) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

由式(Bz1-3-2)所表示的具體化合物的實例如下所示,但不限於此。Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (Bz1-3-2) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

以下,顯示屬於式(Bz)化合物的具體化合物。Specific compounds belonging to the compound of formula (Bz) are shown below.

[Bz4系統] 從抑制抗蝕劑圖案的缺陷等的觀點考慮,式(Bz)的化合物較佳為由式(Bz4)所表示。 [Bz4 system] From the viewpoint of suppressing defects in the anti-corrosion agent pattern, the compound of formula (Bz) is preferably represented by formula (Bz4).

式中,I、R、A和Z與前述中的定義相同。Wherein, I, R, A and Z have the same meanings as above.

R 1’為除可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30的不含聚合性不飽和鍵之1價羥基以外的官能基,較佳為不為烷基。R 1’為例如碳數為1~30的烷氧基、碳數為1~30的羧酸基、碳數為2~10的羧酸酯基、碳數為2~30的烷氧基烷基、碳數為2~30的羥烷基、醛基、碘原子以外的鹵素原子、硝基、胺基、氰基或硫醇基。其中,從增感效果等的觀點考慮,R 1’較佳為羧酸基、酯基或羥烷基。在這些基中,可以具有取代基的基可以具有除羥基以外的取代基。r1’、r2’、r4’較佳為0~5的整數,更佳為0~3的整數,特別較佳為0~2的整數。r4’較佳為0~5的整數,更佳為0~4的整數,特別較佳為0~3的整數。r1’、r2’、r4’的合計為苯的價數以下。 R 1' is a functional group other than a monovalent hydroxyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms and not containing a polymerizable unsaturated bond, which may be the same or different, and is preferably not an alkyl group. R 1' is, for example, an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a carboxylic acid group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a carboxylic acid ester group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an aldehyde group, a halogen atom other than an iodine atom, a nitro group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a thiol group. Among them, from the viewpoint of the sensitization effect, etc., R 1' is preferably a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, or a hydroxyalkyl group. Among these groups, the group that may have a substituent may have a substituent other than a hydroxyl group. R1', R2', and R4' are preferably integers of 0 to 5, more preferably integers of 0 to 3, and particularly preferably integers of 0 to 2. r4' is preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and particularly preferably an integer of 0 to 3. The total of r1', r2', and r4' is less than the valence of benzene.

[特別較佳的態樣] 在上述之中,從進一步抑制抗蝕劑圖案的缺陷等的觀點考慮,作為由式(Bz4)所表示的化合物,更佳為由式(Bz4-1)所表示的化合物。此外,從抑制抗蝕劑圖案等的缺陷的觀點考慮,式(Bz4-1)中,較佳為相對於1個-CH 2OH基,碘原子不結合於2個鄰位。 [Particularly Preferred Aspects] Among the above, from the viewpoint of further suppressing defects in the resist pattern, the compound represented by formula (Bz4) is more preferably a compound represented by formula (Bz4-1). Furthermore, from the viewpoint of suppressing defects in the resist pattern, it is preferred that the iodine atom in formula (Bz4-1) is not bonded to two adjacent positions with respect to one -CH 2 OH group.

式中,I、R、Z和R 1’與式(Bz4)中的定義相同。r1’、r2’、r4’為0~5的整數,且r1’、r2’、r4’的合計為苯的價數以下。式(Bz4-1)的化合物特別較佳為由式(Bz4-2)所表示。該化合物具有羥甲基和碘原子。 In the formula, I, R, Z and R 1' are the same as those defined in formula (Bz4). r1', r2', r4' are integers of 0 to 5, and the sum of r1', r2', r4' is less than the valence of benzene. The compound of formula (Bz4-1) is particularly preferably represented by formula (Bz4-2). The compound has a hydroxymethyl group and an iodine atom.

式中,I與式(Bz4)中的定義相同,r4’為0~4的整數,r5’為0~4的整數。從提升抗蝕劑感度效果的觀點考慮,r4’較佳為1~4的整數,更佳為1~3的整數。r5’較佳為0~3的整數,更佳為0~2的整數。In the formula, I has the same definition as in formula (Bz4), r4' is an integer of 0 to 4, and r5' is an integer of 0 to 4. From the perspective of improving the sensitivity of the anti-corrosion agent, r4' is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3. r5' is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 2.

以下,顯示屬於式(Bz4)、式(Bz4-1)和式(Bz4-2)化合物的具體化合物。 Specific compounds belonging to the compounds of formula (Bz4), formula (Bz4-1) and formula (Bz4-2) are shown below.

(2)第2的態樣 在第2的態樣中,RG為萘。在第2的態樣中,從增感效果和入手容易性等的觀點考慮,該化合物較佳為由式(N)所表示。 (2) The second aspect In the second aspect, RG is naphthalene. In the second aspect, from the viewpoints of sensitization effect and ease of use, the compound is preferably represented by formula (N).

式中,R 1為可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵的1價官能基。R 1與第1的態樣中的定義相同,但從增感效果等的觀點考慮,R 1較佳為羥基、羧酸基、酯基或羥烷基。如第1的態樣所說明,A為具有保護基的基。A可以為由-O-R a-O-R b表示的A’;在此情況下,式(N)的化合物較佳為包含1以上的A’。R”為氫原子或除R 1以外的有機基。I、R 1、R”和A結合至任意可結合位置。s1較佳為1~7的整數,更佳為1~5的整數,特別較佳為1~3的整數。s2~s3較佳為0~7的整數,更佳為0~5的整數,特別較佳為1~3。s4較佳為1~7的整數,更佳為1~6的整數。然而,s4為滿足s4≤8-s1-s2-s3的數。此外,s1~s4的合計為萘的價數以下。然而,s2和s3中的至少一者為1以上。以下,從增感效果及入手容易性等的觀點考慮,對較佳的化合物進行說明。 In the formula, R1 is a monovalent functional group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms and containing no polymerizable unsaturated bonds, which may be the same or different. R1 has the same definition as in the first aspect, but from the viewpoint of sensitization effect, etc., R1 is preferably a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group or a hydroxyalkyl group. As described in the first aspect, A is a group having a protecting group. A may be A' represented by -OR a -OR b ; in this case, the compound of formula (N) preferably contains 1 or more A'. R" is a hydrogen atom or an organic group other than R1 . I, R1 , R" and A are bonded to any bondable position. s1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 7, more preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and particularly preferably an integer of 1 to 3. s2~s3 are preferably integers of 0 to 7, more preferably integers of 0 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. s4 is preferably an integer of 1 to 7, more preferably an integer of 1 to 6. However, s4 is a number that satisfies s4≤8-s1-s2-s3. In addition, the total of s1 to s4 is less than the valence of naphthalene. However, at least one of s2 and s3 is 1 or more. In the following, preferred compounds are described from the viewpoints of sensitization effect and ease of use.

在另一態樣中,RG為萘的化合物可以具有用於成為二聚物的連接基Z。該化合物由式(N’)所表示。式中,各取代基的定義如同前述,其結合位置也為任意。s1較佳為1~7的整數,更佳為1~5的整數,特別較佳為1~3的整數。s2~s3較佳為0~7的整數,更佳為0~5的整數,特別較佳為1~3。s4較佳為1~7的整數,更佳為1~6的整數。s5較佳為1~2的整數。然而,s1~s5的合計為萘的價數以下,且s2和s3中的至少1者為1以上。In another embodiment, the compound in which RG is naphthalene may have a linking group Z for forming a dimer. The compound is represented by formula (N'). In the formula, the definitions of each substituent are as described above, and the binding position is also arbitrary. s1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 7, more preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and particularly preferably an integer of 1 to 3. s2 to s3 are preferably integers of 0 to 7, more preferably integers of 0 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. s4 is preferably an integer of 1 to 7, more preferably an integer of 1 to 6. s5 is preferably an integer of 1 to 2. However, the total of s1 to s5 is less than the valence of naphthalene, and at least one of s2 and s3 is 1 or more.

式(N)的化合物較佳為由式(n)、式(2n)或式(3n)所表示。I、R 1、A、R”與式(N)中的定義相同。x、y為0或1,然而至少任一方為1。s4’表示可以結合至萘的第1、7、8位(其中,將右環最上方存在的碳作為第1位,以下同)之R”的數量,其為1~3的整數。 The compound of formula (N) is preferably represented by formula (n), formula (2n) or formula (3n). I, R 1 , A, and R" are the same as defined in formula (N). x and y are 0 or 1, but at least one of them is 1. s4' represents the number of R" that can be bonded to the 1st, 7th, and 8th positions of naphthalene (wherein the carbon at the top of the right ring is regarded as the 1st position, and the same applies hereinafter), which is an integer of 1 to 3.

[(n)系統] 式(n)的化合物較佳為由式(1n)所表示,更佳為由(1n-1)所表示。如上所述,當存在複數個R 1時,該R 1不包含羥基和羧酸基的組合。 [(n) System] The compound of formula (n) is preferably represented by formula (1n), and more preferably represented by formula (1n-1). As described above, when there are a plurality of R 1s , the R 1s do not include a combination of a hydroxyl group and a carboxylic acid group.

此外,式(n)的化合物較佳為由式(1n’)所表示,更佳為由式(1n’-1)所表示。如上所述,當存在複數個R 1時,該R 1不包含羥基和羧酸基的組合。 In addition, the compound of formula (n) is preferably represented by formula (1n'), and more preferably represented by formula (1n'-1). As described above, when there are a plurality of R 1s , the R 1s do not include a combination of a hydroxyl group and a carboxylic acid group.

[(2n)系統] 式(2n)的化合物較佳為由式(2n-1)所表示,更佳為由式(2n-1-1)所表示。如上所述,當存在複數個R 1時,該R 1不包含羥基和羧酸基的組合。 [(2n) system] The compound of formula (2n) is preferably represented by formula (2n-1), and more preferably represented by formula (2n-1-1). As described above, when there are a plurality of R 1s , the R 1s do not include a combination of a hydroxyl group and a carboxylic acid group.

[(3n)系統] 式(3n)的化合物較佳為由式(3n-1)所表示,更佳為由(3n-1-1)所表示。如上所述,當存在複數個R 1時,該R 1不包含羥基和羧酸基的組合。 [(3n) system] The compound of formula (3n) is preferably represented by formula (3n-1), and more preferably represented by formula (3n-1-1). As described above, when there are a plurality of R 1s , the R 1s do not include a combination of a hydroxyl group and a carboxylic acid group.

式(3n)的化合物較佳為由式(3n-2)所表示,更佳為由式(3n-2-1)所表示。如上所述,當存在複數個R 1時,該R 1不包含羥基和羧酸基的組合。 The compound of formula (3n) is preferably represented by formula (3n-2), and more preferably represented by formula (3n-2-1). As described above, when there are a plurality of R 1s , the R 1s do not include a combination of a hydroxyl group and a carboxylic acid group.

以下,顯示式(N)的化合物的具體例。下述例示的化合物中的R c為碳數為0~29且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵的1價基。 Specific examples of the compound of formula (N) are shown below. In the compounds shown below, R c is a monovalent group having 0 to 29 carbon atoms and having no polymerizable unsaturated bond.

以下,公開屬於式(N)的化合物之非限制性具體例。Non-limiting specific examples of compounds belonging to formula (N) are disclosed below.

上述式中,A為具有保護基的基。A例如以下所示,但不限於此。In the above formula, A is a group having a protective group. Examples of A are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

(3)第3的態樣 在第3的態樣中,RG為具有碳數為3~30的多環結構的脂環。該脂環中的I、R 1等取代基可以存在於任意位置。作為該脂環的具體例,例如可列舉以下的結構。該些脂環可以具有更多脂環結構。 (3) The third aspect In the third aspect, RG is an alicyclic ring having a polycyclic structure with 3 to 30 carbon atoms. Substituents such as I and R1 in the alicyclic ring may be present at any position. Specific examples of the alicyclic ring include the following structures. The alicyclic rings may have more alicyclic structures.

從增感效果和入手容易性的觀點考慮,RG較佳為金剛烷。因此,在本態樣中,式(1)的化合物較佳為由式(Ad)所表示。From the viewpoint of sensitization effect and availability, RG is preferably diamond. Therefore, in this embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is preferably represented by formula (Ad).

式中,I、R 1及R”的定義如同前述,然而,I、R 1及R”結合至金剛烷的任意位置。當R 1為具有保護基的基時,該保護基如上所述,較佳為酸解離性基。因此,具有保護基的基較佳為羥基或羧酸基被酸解離性基保護的基。其中,從增感效果等的觀點考慮,R 1較佳為羥基、羧酸基、酯基或羥烷基。在此情況下,另一R 1可以為A,也可以為由-O-R a-O-R b表示的A’。式(Ad)化合物較佳為包含1以上的A。t1較佳為1~10的整數,更佳為1~5的整數,特別較佳為1~3的整數。t2較佳為1~9的整數,更佳為1~5的整數,特別較佳為1~3的整數。t3較佳為1~14的整數,更佳為5~14的整數,特別較佳為8~14的整數。然而,t3為滿足t3≤16-t1-t2的數。此外,t1~t3的合計為金剛烷的價數以下。以下,從增感效果及入手容易性等的觀點考慮,對較佳的化合物進行說明。尚且,RG為金剛烷的化合物可以在任意位置具有用於成為二聚物的連接基Z。 In the formula, I, R1 and R" are defined as above, however, I, R1 and R" are bonded to any position of the adamantane. When R1 is a group having a protecting group, the protecting group is preferably an acid-dissociable group as described above. Therefore, the group having a protecting group is preferably a hydroxyl group or a carboxylic acid group protected by an acid-dissociable group. Among them, from the viewpoint of sensitization effect, etc., R1 is preferably a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group or a hydroxyalkyl group. In this case, the other R1 may be A or A' represented by -OR a -OR b . The compound of formula (Ad) preferably contains more than 1 A. t1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and particularly preferably an integer of 1 to 3. t2 is preferably an integer of 1 to 9, more preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and particularly preferably an integer of 1 to 3. t3 is preferably an integer of 1 to 14, more preferably an integer of 5 to 14, and particularly preferably an integer of 8 to 14. However, t3 is a number that satisfies t3≤16-t1-t2. In addition, the total of t1 to t3 is less than the valence of diamond. In the following, the preferred compounds are described from the viewpoints of sensitization effect and ease of use. Moreover, the compound in which RG is diamond may have a linking group Z for forming a dimer at any position.

式(Ad)的化合物較佳為由式(Ad1)所表示。在一態樣中,D之中一方為I,D之中另一方為R 1。在另一態樣中,2個D為R 1The compound of formula (Ad) is preferably represented by formula (Ad1). In one embodiment, one of D is I, and the other of D is R 1 . In another embodiment, two Ds are R 1 .

式(Ad)的化合物較佳為由式(1a)、(2a)或(3a)所表示。The compound of formula (Ad) is preferably represented by formula (1a), (2a) or (3a).

式(1a)、(2a)和(3a)的化合物較佳為由下述式表示。The compounds of formula (1a), (2a) and (3a) are preferably represented by the following formula.

此外,式(Ad1)的化合物較佳為由下述式表示。Furthermore, the compound of formula (Ad1) is preferably represented by the following formula.

式中,I和R 1的定義如同前述。該有機基如第1的態樣或第2的態樣所述。該化合物較佳為具有1~2個碘原子。 In the formula, I and R 1 are as defined above. The organic group is as described in the first aspect or the second aspect. The compound preferably has 1 to 2 iodine atoms.

在式(1a)~(3a)中,R 1較佳為羥基、羧酸基、酯基(可具有碘原子以外的鹵素等取代基)或羥烷基。 In formulae (1a) to (3a), R 1 is preferably a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group (which may have a substituent such as a halogen other than an iodine atom) or a hydroxyalkyl group.

以下,顯示由式(Ad1)所表示的化合物之非限制性具體例。Non-limiting specific examples of the compound represented by formula (Ad1) are shown below.

1-3.多聚物 如上所述,式(1)的化合物可以為多聚物。在此情況下,RG較佳為不包含將單環以單鍵結合之環集合(例如,聯苯、聯萘、雙環丙基等)。RG具體較佳為選自單環芳香環結構、稠環芳香族結構和多環脂環結構中至少一種的環狀結構的基。且在此情況下,R 1的至少一部分較佳為以下的基,將2個以上的分子連結。 醇基;縮醛基;碳酸酯基;縮水甘油基;羧酸基;羧酸鹵化基;醛基;或可以具有取代基之碳數為1~30的烷基或碳數為1~30的芳基,其中該取代基為醇基、縮醛基、碳酸酯基、縮水甘油基、羧酸基、羧酸鹵化基中任一種的基。 前述碳酸酯基可以是可以具有取代基之烷氧基羰氧基或芳氧基羰氧基。 1-3. Polymer As described above, the compound of formula (1) may be a polymer. In this case, RG preferably does not include a ring group that combines a single ring with a single bond (for example, biphenyl, binaphthyl, dicyclopropyl, etc.). RG is preferably a cyclic structure group selected from at least one of a monocyclic aromatic ring structure, a condensed ring aromatic structure, and a polycyclic aliphatic ring structure. In this case, at least a part of R 1 is preferably the following group, which connects two or more molecules. An alcohol group; an acetal group; a carbonate group; a glycidyl group; a carboxylic acid group; a carboxylic acid halogenated group; an aldehyde group; or an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, wherein the substituent is any one of an alcohol group, an acetal group, a carbonate group, a glycidyl group, a carboxylic acid group, and a carboxylic acid halogenated group. The carbonate group may be an alkoxycarbonyloxy group or an aryloxycarbonyloxy group which may have a substituent.

當式(1)的化合物為多聚物時,該化合物較佳為由下述式表示。When the compound of formula (1) is a polymer, the compound is preferably represented by the following formula.

式中,RG、I、R 1與式(1)中的定義相同。n’為0~5且為n以下的整數,其較佳為1~3的整數。m’為1~5且為m以下的整數,較佳為1~4的整數。b為1~4的整數,較佳為1~3的整數,更佳為1或2的整數。Q為單鍵或將分子間結合之由R 1所致的基。當Q為因Z所致時,Q為單鍵,即意味著重複單元以單鍵結合。當Q為將分子間結合之由R 1所致時,Q例如為酯基等。 In the formula, RG, I, and R1 have the same definitions as in formula (1). n' is an integer from 0 to 5 and less than n, preferably an integer from 1 to 3. m' is an integer from 1 to 5 and less than m, preferably an integer from 1 to 4. b is an integer from 1 to 4, preferably an integer from 1 to 3, and more preferably an integer from 1 or 2. Q is a single bond or a group caused by R1 that binds molecules. When Q is caused by Z, Q is a single bond, which means that the repeating units are bound by a single bond. When Q is caused by R1 that binds molecules, Q is, for example, an ester group.

[Bz系統] 在一較佳態樣中,前述式(DM0-1)的化合物由式(DM1a)所表示。 [Bz system] In a preferred embodiment, the compound of the above formula (DM0-1) is represented by formula (DM1a).

式中,R、R 1、A、Z、r1~r4與式(Bz)系統的化合物中的定義相同。在該化合物中,Z較佳為R 1In the formula, R, R 1 , A, Z, and r1 to r4 have the same meanings as in the compound of formula (Bz). In the compound, Z is preferably R 1 .

式(DM1a)的化合物較佳為式(DM1b)所表示的化合物。The compound of formula (DM1a) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1b).

式中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。 In the formula, I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same meanings as in formula (DM1a).

式(DM1b)所表示的化合物較佳為式(DM1c1)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (DM1b) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1c1).

式中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。 In the formula, I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same meanings as in formula (DM1a).

式(DM1c1)所表示的化合物較佳為式(DM1d11)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (DM1c1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1d11).

式中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。 In the formula, I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same meanings as in formula (DM1a).

式(DM1c1)所表示的化合物較佳為式(DM1d12)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (DM1c1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1d12).

式中,I、R、R 1、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。A’為具有保護基的基,其由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b、-O-R a-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-O-CO-R b所表示。R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基。R b為碳數為1~3的1價直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基或環狀烷基,或者為2價環狀烷基,與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環。可以形成包含R a和R b的環狀結構。然而,A’存在1以上。 In the formula, I, R, R1 , and Z have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a). A' is a group having a protecting group, which is represented by -ORa - ORb , -O-CO- ORb , -ORa -CO- ORb , or -ORa- O-CO- Rb . Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Rb is a monovalent linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group, which forms a ring together with an adjacent oxygen atom. A cyclic structure including Ra and Rb may be formed. However, A' may be present at least 1.

式(DM1b)所表示的化合物較佳為式(DM1c2)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (DM1b) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1c2).

式中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。 In the formula, I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same meanings as in formula (DM1a).

式(DM1c2)所表示的化合物較佳為下述式(DM1d21)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (DM1c2) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (DM1d21).

式中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。 In the formula, I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same meanings as in formula (DM1a).

式(DM1c1)所表示的化合物較佳為式(DM1d22)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (DM1c1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1d22).

式中,I、R、R 1、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。A’與式(DM1d12)中的定義相同。 In the formula, I, R, R 1 , and Z have the same meanings as in formula (DM1a). A' has the same meanings as in formula (DM1d12).

式(DM1b)所表示的化合物較佳為式(DM1c3)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (DM1b) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1c3).

式中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。 In the formula, I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same meanings as in formula (DM1a).

式(DM1c3)所表示的化合物較佳為式(DM1d31)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (DM1c3) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1d31).

式中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。 In the formula, I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same meanings as in formula (DM1a).

式(DM1b)所表示的化合物較佳為式(DM1c4)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (DM1b) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1c4).

式中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。 In the formula, I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same meanings as in formula (DM1a).

式(DM1c4)所表示的化合物較佳為式(DM1d41)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (DM1c4) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1d41).

式中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。A’與式(DM1d12)中的定義相同。 In the formula, I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same meanings as in formula (DM1a). A' has the same meanings as in formula (DM1d12).

式(DM1a)的化合物較佳為式(DM1e)所表示的化合物。The compound of formula (DM1a) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1e).

式中,I、R、A、Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同,R 1’、r1’、r2’、r4’與式(Bz4)中的定義相同。 wherein I, R, A, and Z have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a); and R 1' , r1' , r2' , and r4' have the same definitions as in formula (Bz4).

式(DM1e)的化合物較佳為式(DM1e1)所表示的化合物。The compound of formula (DM1e) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1e1).

式(DM1e1)的化合物較佳為式(DM1e2)所表示的化合物。The compound of formula (DM1e1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (DM1e2).

以下,顯示二聚物化合物的一實例。式中,I、R、R 1、A與式(Bz)中的定義相同。該化合物相當於式(1b)的化合物,其中Z為用於成為二聚物的連接基之化合物。 An example of a dimer compound is shown below. In the formula, I, R, R 1 , and A have the same definitions as in formula (Bz). This compound is equivalent to the compound of formula (1b), wherein Z is a compound for forming a linking group of the dimer.

具體的二聚物化合物如下所示。The specific dimer compound is shown below.

[N系統] 在另一較佳態樣中,前述式(DM0-1)化合物由式(Dn1)所表示。 [N system] In another preferred embodiment, the compound of the above formula (DM0-1) is represented by the formula (Dn1).

各取代基等與式(N)中的定義相同。nd為1~4的整數,較佳為1~2的整數。較佳為Q為單鍵且nd為1。Each substituent has the same meaning as in formula (N). nd is an integer of 1 to 4, preferably an integer of 1 to 2. Preferably, Q is a single bond and nd is 1.

式(Dn1)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Dn1a)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Dn1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Dn1a).

式(Dn1a)中,I、R 1、R”、A、nd與式(Dn1)中的定義相同。x、y各自為0或1,且至少x、y中的任一者為1。s4’表示與萘的第1、7、8位結合的R”的數量。 In formula (Dn1a), I, R 1 , R", A, and nd are as defined in formula (Dn1). x and y are each 0 or 1, and at least one of x and y is 1. s4' represents the number of R" bonded to the 1st, 7th, and 8th positions of naphthalene.

式(Dn1a)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Dn1b1)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Dn1a) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Dn1b1).

式(Dn1b1)中,I、R 1、R”、A、nd與式(Dn1)中的定義相同,x、y各自為0或1,且至少x、y中的任一者為1。s4’與式(Dn1a)中的定義相同。 In formula (Dn1b1), I, R 1 , R″, A, and nd are the same as defined in formula (Dn1), x and y are each 0 or 1, and at least one of x and y is 1. s4′ is the same as defined in formula (Dn1a).

式(Dn1b1)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Dn1c11)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Dn1b1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Dn1c11).

式(Dn1c11)中,I、R 1、R”、A、nd與式(Dn1)中的定義相同,x、y各自為0或1,且至少x、y中的任一者為1。nd較佳為2。 In formula (Dn1c11), I, R 1 , R″, A, and nd are the same as defined in formula (Dn1); x and y are each 0 or 1, and at least one of x and y is 1. nd is preferably 2.

式(Dn1b1)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Dn1c12)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Dn1b1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Dn1c12).

式(Dn1c12)中,I、R 1、R”、nd與式(Dn1)中的定義相同。A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-CO-O-R b表示。nd較佳為2。 In formula (Dn1c12), I, R 1 , R″ and nd have the same meanings as in formula (Dn1). A′ is a group having a protecting group and is represented by -OR a -OR b , -O-CO-OR b or -OR a -CO-OR b . nd is preferably 2.

式(Dn1a)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Dn1b2)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Dn1a) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Dn1b2).

式(Dn1b2)中,I、R 1、R”、A、nd與式(Dn1)中的定義相同,x為0或1,且至少1個x為1。s4’為與式(Dn1a)中的定義相同。 In formula (Dn1b2), I, R 1 , R″, A, and nd are the same as defined in formula (Dn1), x is 0 or 1, and at least one x is 1. s4′ is the same as defined in formula (Dn1a).

式(Dn1b2)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Dn1c21)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Dn1b2) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Dn1c21).

式(Dn1c21)中,I、R 1、R”、A、nd與式(Dn1)中的定義相同,Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-CO-O-R b表示。其中,R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基。R b為1價之碳數為1~3的直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或2價的環狀烷基,其中與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環。nd較佳為2。 In formula (Dn1c21), I, R 1 , R ″, A, and nd have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1), and Z has the same definition as in formula (DM1a). A' is a group having a protecting group, represented by -OR a -OR b , -O-CO-OR b or -OR a -CO-OR b . Wherein, Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R b is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group, which forms a ring together with the adjacent oxygen atom. nd is preferably 2.

式(Dn1a)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Dn1b3)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Dn1a) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Dn1b3).

式(Dn1b3)中,I、R 1、R”、A、nd與式(Dn1)中的定義相同,y各自為0或1,且至少x、y中的任一者為1。nd較佳為2。 In formula (Dn1b3), I, R 1 , R″, A, and nd are the same as defined in formula (Dn1), y is each 0 or 1, and at least one of x and y is 1. nd is preferably 2.

式(Dn1b3)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Dn1c31)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Dn1b3) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Dn1c31).

式(Dn1c31)中,I、R 1、R”、nd與式(Dn1)中的定義相同,Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-CO-O-R b表示。其中,R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基。R b為1價之碳數為1~3的直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或2價的環狀烷基,其中與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環。nd較佳為2。 In formula (Dn1c31), I, R 1 , R ″, and nd have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1), and Z has the same definition as in formula (DM1a). A′ is a group having a protecting group, represented by -OR a -OR b , -O-CO-OR b or -OR a -CO-OR b . Wherein, Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R b is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group, which forms a ring together with the adjacent oxygen atom. nd is preferably 2.

式(Dn1b3)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Dn1c32)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Dn1b3) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Dn1c32).

式(Dn1c32)中,I、R 1、R”、nd與式(Dn1)中的定義相同,Z與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-CO-O-R b表示。其中,R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基。R b為1價之碳數為1~3的直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或2價的環狀烷基,其中與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環。nd較佳為2。 以下顯示式(Dn1)之非限制性具體例。 In formula (Dn1c32), I, R 1 , R ″, and nd have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1), and Z has the same definition as in formula (DM1a). A' is a group having a protecting group, represented by -OR a -OR b , -O-CO-OR b or -OR a -CO-OR b . Wherein, Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R b is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group, which forms a ring together with the adjacent oxygen atom. nd is preferably 2. The following shows non-limiting specific examples of formula (Dn1).

[Ad系統] 在進一步另一較佳態樣中,前述式(DM0-1)的化合物由式(Da1)所表示。式(Da1)的化合物更佳為由式(Da2)所表示。 [Ad system] In another preferred embodiment, the compound of the aforementioned formula (DM0-1) is represented by formula (Da1). The compound of formula (Da1) is more preferably represented by formula (Da2).

各取代基等與式(Ad)中的定義相同。Each substituent etc. has the same meaning as in formula (Ad).

式(Da1)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Da1a)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Da1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Da1a).

式(Da1a)中,I、R、R 1、R”、Rd與式(Da1)中的定義相同。 In formula (Da1a), I, R, R 1 , R″, and Rd have the same meanings as in formula (Da1).

式(Da1a)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Da1b)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Da1a) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Da1b).

在式(Da1b)中,I、R、R 1、R”、Rd與式(Da1a)中的定義相同。 In formula (Da1b), I, R, R 1 , R″, and Rd have the same meanings as in formula (Da1a).

在進一步另一較佳態樣中,前述式(DM0-1)化合物由式(Da1c11)所表示。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (DM0-1) is represented by formula (Da1c11).

式(Da1c11)中,I、R”、R 1與式(Da1a)中的定義相同,ba為2~5的整數。 In formula (Da1c11), I, R'' and R1 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1a), and ba is an integer ranging from 2 to 5.

式(Da1b)所表示的化合物較佳為式(Da1c12)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Da1b) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Da1c12).

式(Da1c12)中,I、R、R”、R 1與式(Da1a)中的定義相同。 In formula (Da1c12), I, R, R″, and R 1 have the same meanings as in formula (Da1a).

1-4.製造方法 前述化合物在不損害其效果的範圍內,即可以任意方法製造。然而,較佳為包含將碘原子或R 1基引入到包含前述RG基的化合物中的步驟的製造方法。例如,將碘原子引入具有芳香環的化合物中的步驟,其可以藉由使具有該芳香環的化合物與碘I 2在酸或鹼條件下反應來實施。藉由本反應,可以製造具有不同碘原子數的化合物和二聚物。該些生成比例因反應條件而調整。特別是,當反應溫度降低或反應時間縮短時,趨於具有較少碘原子數的化合物較多,且二聚物較少。當反應溫度較高或反應時間較長時,趨於具有較少碘原子數的化合物較少,且二聚物較多。此外,向具有脂環的化合物引入碘原子的步驟,可以藉由使具有該脂環的化合物與HI(碘化氫)進行反應來實施。前述化合物之較佳的製造方法,可以包含:在包含RG、可以藉由取代反應取代碘原子的官能基、進一步視需求R 1的原料中,引入碘原子作為取代反應的碘化步驟。此外,前述化合物之另一製造方法,可以包含:在包含RG、視需求R 1的原料中,引入碘作為自由基、陽離子或陰離子的碘化步驟。 1-4. Production method The aforementioned compound can be produced by any method within the scope of not damaging its effect. However, a production method comprising the step of introducing an iodine atom or an R1 group into a compound containing the aforementioned RG group is preferred. For example, the step of introducing an iodine atom into a compound having an aromatic ring can be implemented by reacting the compound having the aromatic ring with iodine I2 under acid or alkaline conditions. By this reaction, compounds and dimers having different numbers of iodine atoms can be produced. These production ratios are adjusted according to the reaction conditions. In particular, when the reaction temperature is lowered or the reaction time is shortened, there tend to be more compounds with fewer iodine atoms and fewer dimers. When the reaction temperature is high or the reaction time is long, there tends to be fewer compounds with fewer iodine atoms and more dimers. In addition, the step of introducing iodine atoms into a compound having an alicyclic ring can be implemented by reacting the compound having the alicyclic ring with HI (hydrogen iodide). A preferred method for preparing the aforementioned compound may include: an iodine atom is introduced as an iodination step of a substitution reaction in a raw material comprising RG, a functional group that can replace iodine atoms by a substitution reaction, and further R 1 as required. In addition, another method for preparing the aforementioned compound may include: an iodination step of introducing iodine as a free radical, a cation or anion in a raw material comprising RG and R 1 as required.

[碘化步驟] 作為碘化步驟,可以適當選擇下述方法:藉由山德邁耳反應等從胺基引入鹵素的方法、在有機溶劑中使氯化碘進行反應的方法(例如,日本特開2012-180326號公報、日本特開2000-256231號公報、日本特開2010-159233號公報、J.Chem.Soc.636, 1943)、在鹼條件下,在β-環糊精存在下,將碘滴入酚的鹼性水溶液中(日本特開昭63-101342、日本特開2003-64012)的方法等。 [Iodination step] As the iodination step, the following methods can be appropriately selected: a method of introducing halogen from an amine group by Sandmeier reaction or the like, a method of reacting iodine chloride in an organic solvent (e.g., Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-180326, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2000-256231, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-159233, J. Chem. Soc. 636, 1943), a method of dropping iodine into an alkaline aqueous solution of phenol in the presence of β-cyclodextrin under alkaline conditions (Japanese Patent Publication No. 63-101342, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2003-64012), etc.

作為碘化劑,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:氯化碘、碘、N-碘代琥珀醯亞胺、碘酸、碘化氫(包含氫碘酸、碘化氫水溶液)等之碘化劑。在碘化步驟中,相對於基質,碘化劑的比例較佳為1.2莫耳倍以上,更佳為1.5莫耳倍以上,進一步較佳為2.0莫耳倍以上。The iodination agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include iodine chloride, iodine, N-iodosuccinimide, iodic acid, hydrogen iodide (including hydroiodic acid and aqueous hydrogen iodide solution), etc. In the iodination step, the ratio of the iodination agent to the substrate is preferably 1.2 molar times or more, more preferably 1.5 molar times or more, and further preferably 2.0 molar times or more.

碘化引入反應可以藉由至少將碘化劑與基質反應來進行,例如使用Adv. Synth. Catal. 2007, 349, 1159-1172、Organic Letters; Vol. 6; (2004); p.2785-2788、「溴和碘化合物的有機合成試劑和合成方法」(鈴木仁美監修,瑪納克(股)研究所著,丸善出版)等非專利文獻;US5300506號公報、US5434154號公報、US2009/281114號公報、EP1439164號公報、WO2006/101318號公報等專利文獻中記載的方法,可以在已知的碘引入反應條件下取得目標化合物。作為可使用的碘化劑的實例,可列舉:碘化合物、一氯化碘、N-碘代琥珀醯亞胺、二氯碘酸芐基三甲基銨、碘化四乙基銨、碘化四丁基銨、碘化鋰、碘化鈉、碘化鉀、1-氯-2-碘乙烷、氟化碘銀、第三丁基次碘化物、1,3-二碘-5,5-二甲基乙內醯脲、碘-嗎啉錯合物、三氟乙醯基次碘化物、碘-酸碘、碘-過碘酸、碘-過氧化氫、1-碘七氟丙烷、三苯磷酸-甲基碘、碘-乙酸鉈(I)、1-氯-2-碘乙烷、碘-乙酸銅(II)等,但不限於此。The iodination introduction reaction can be carried out by reacting at least an iodizing agent with a substrate, for example, by using the methods described in non-patent literature such as Adv. Synth. Catal. 2007, 349, 1159-1172, Organic Letters; Vol. 6; (2004); p.2785-2788, "Organic Synthesis Reagents and Synthesis Methods of Bromine and Iodine Compounds" (supervised by Hitomi Suzuki, written by Manak Research Institute, published by Maruzen); US5300506, US5434154, US2009/281114, EP1439164, WO2006/101318, etc., and the target compound can be obtained under known iodine introduction reaction conditions. Examples of usable iodizing agents include iodine compounds, iodine monochloride, N-iodosuccinimide, benzyltrimethylammonium dichloroiodate, tetraethylammonium iodide, tetrabutylammonium iodide, lithium iodide, sodium iodide, potassium iodide, 1-chloro-2-iodoethane, silver iodide fluoride, tert-butyl hypoiodide, 1,3-diiodo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, iodine-morpholine complex, trifluoroacetyl hypoiodide, iodine-acid iodine, iodine-periodic acid, iodine-hydrogen peroxide, 1-iodoheptafluoropropane, triphenylphosphonic acid-methyl iodide, iodine-copper(I) acetate, 1-chloro-2-iodoethane, iodine-copper(II) acetate, and the like, but are not limited thereto.

以促進反應為目的、以抑制副產物為目的,可以在碘化反應中添加一種或多種添加劑。作為添加劑,可例示:如鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、磷酸、醋酸、p-甲苯磺酸、氯化鐵、氯化鋁、氯化銅、五氯化銻、硫酸銀、硝酸銀、三氟乙酸銀等酸;如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸鈣、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀等鹼;如硝酸銨鈰(IV)、過氧二硫酸鈉等氧化劑;如氯化鈉、氯化鉀、氧化汞(II)、氧化鈰等無機化合物;如無水醋酸等有機化合物;如沸石等多孔質物質等。在碘化步驟中,相對於碘化劑,添加劑的比例較佳為1.0莫耳倍量,更佳為1.2莫耳倍量以上,更佳為1.5莫耳倍量以上,進一步更佳為2.0莫耳倍量以上。One or more additives may be added to the iodination reaction for the purpose of promoting the reaction and inhibiting the production of byproducts. Examples of additives include: acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, ferric chloride, aluminum chloride, copper chloride, antimony pentachloride, silver sulfate, silver nitrate, and silver trifluoroacetate; bases such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, and potassium bicarbonate; oxidants such as ammonium barium nitrate (IV) and sodium peroxodisulfate; inorganic compounds such as sodium chloride, potassium chloride, mercuric (II) oxide, and barium oxide; organic compounds such as anhydrous acetic acid; and porous substances such as zeolite. In the iodination step, the ratio of the additive to the iodizing agent is preferably 1.0 molar times, more preferably 1.2 molar times or more, more preferably 1.5 molar times or more, and even more preferably 2.0 molar times or more.

在碘化步驟中,較佳為至少使用碘源和氧化劑將碘引入母核中。使用碘源和氧化劑從提高反應效率、純度的觀點而較佳。作為碘化源,例如可列舉上述的碘化劑。作為氧化劑,例如可列舉:碘酸、過碘酸、過氧化氫、其他添加劑(鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、p-甲苯磺酸、三氟乙酸銀、硝酸鈰(IV)銨(CAN)等)。此外,對於具有羧酸基、硝基的酚類,可以使用將碘等之碘源與銀鹽、發煙硫酸組合而形成的碘陽離子種來進行碘化反應。此外,對於其他相對惰性的芳香族化合物,可以藉由將碘源和無機鹽組合,形成次亞碘酸、碘陽離子種來進行碘化反應。作為無機鹽的實例,可以適宜使用過二硫酸鉀等。可以適宜使用以取代反應將碘引入脂肪族醇基的方法。作為碘化劑,可以適宜使用鹵化氫、鹵化磷、磺醯鹵(NaI/丙酮組合)、亞硫醯鹵、鹵代三甲基矽烷、維爾斯邁爾試劑、阿佩爾反應(三苯基膦和碘源的組合)。In the iodination step, it is preferred to introduce iodine into the mother nucleus using at least an iodine source and an oxidizing agent. It is preferred to use an iodine source and an oxidizing agent from the viewpoint of improving reaction efficiency and purity. As an iodination source, for example, the above-mentioned iodizing agents can be listed. As an oxidizing agent, for example, iodic acid, periodic acid, hydrogen peroxide, and other additives (hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, silver trifluoroacetate, ammonium nitrate (IV) (CAN), etc.) can be listed. In addition, for phenols having a carboxylic acid group or a nitro group, an iodine cation species formed by combining an iodine source such as iodine with a silver salt or fuming sulfuric acid can be used to carry out the iodination reaction. In addition, for other relatively inert aromatic compounds, iodination reaction can be carried out by combining an iodine source and an inorganic salt to form hypoiodous acid and iodine cation species. As an example of an inorganic salt, potassium peroxydisulfate and the like can be appropriately used. A method of introducing iodine into an aliphatic alcohol group by substitution reaction can be appropriately used. As an iodizing agent, hydrogen halides, phosphorus halides, sulfonyl halides (NaI/acetone combination), sulfinyl halides, halogenated trimethylsilanes, Weiersmeier reagents, and Appel reactions (combinations of triphenylphosphine and iodine sources) can be appropriately used.

碘化步驟中的反應可以在無溶劑的純質下實施,作為可以使用的反應溶劑的實例,可例示:如二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷、氯仿、四氯化碳等鹵素系溶劑;如己烷、環己烷、庚烷、戊烷、辛烷等烷系溶劑;如苯、甲苯等芳香族烴系溶劑;如甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、2-丁醇等醇系溶劑;如二乙醚、二異丙醚、四氫呋喃等醚系溶劑;乙酸、二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、水等。The reaction in the iodination step can be carried out in a pure state without a solvent. Examples of usable reaction solvents include: halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform, and carbon tetrachloride; alkane solvents such as hexane, cyclohexane, heptane, pentane, and octane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, and 2-butanol; ether solvents such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, and tetrahydrofuran; acetic acid, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, water, and the like.

碘化步驟的反應溫度沒有特別限制,可以為反應中使用的溶劑的凝固點至沸點之間的任意溫度,但較佳為0℃~150℃,更佳為20℃~150℃,進一步較佳為50℃~120℃。此外,碘化步驟的反應時間沒有特別限定,但較佳為0.25~48小時,更佳為0.25~24小時,進一步較佳為1~12小時。以更有效率地進行碘化為目的,可以使反應體系回流。此外,以控制反應體系中碘化劑的濃度為目的,可以使用配備狄安-史塔克裝置等之回流管,控制反應溶液中碘化劑的濃度。The reaction temperature of the iodination step is not particularly limited, and can be any temperature between the freezing point and the boiling point of the solvent used in the reaction, but is preferably 0°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 150°C, and further preferably 50°C to 120°C. In addition, the reaction time of the iodination step is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.25 to 48 hours, more preferably 0.25 to 24 hours, and further preferably 1 to 12 hours. For the purpose of more efficient iodination, the reaction system can be refluxed. In addition, for the purpose of controlling the concentration of the iodizing agent in the reaction system, a reflux tube equipped with a Dean-Stark apparatus or the like can be used to control the concentration of the iodizing agent in the reaction solution.

碘化步驟中的碘取代反應,可以藉由至少將碘化劑與基質反應來進行,例如,以使用Chemistry-A European Journal, 24(55), 14622-14626; 2018、Synthesis (2007)(1), 81-84等所記載的方法之山德邁耳反應等,藉由公知的碘取代反應條件來取得目標化合物。The iodine substitution reaction in the iodination step can be carried out by reacting at least an iodizing agent with a substrate, for example, by using the Sandmeier reaction described in Chemistry-A European Journal, 24(55), 14622-14626; 2018, Synthesis (2007)(1), 81-84, etc., to obtain the target compound by known iodine substitution reaction conditions.

[保護基引入步驟] 前述化合物的較佳製造方法中,可以藉由公知的方法將A’所表示的保護基引入RG中。例如,可以適當選擇Green’s Protective Groupes in Organic Synthesis(Peter G.M. Wuts著、WILEY) p17~p553中所記載的方法。 [Protective group introduction step] In the preferred method for producing the aforementioned compound, the protective group represented by A' can be introduced into RG by a known method. For example, the method described in Green's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (written by Peter G.M. Wuts, WILEY) p17~p553 can be appropriately selected.

在保護基引入步驟中,相對於基質,保護基引入劑的比例沒有特別限定,但較佳為0.5莫耳倍以上,更佳為1.0莫耳倍以上,進一步較佳為1.5莫耳倍以上。保護基引入步驟中的反應溫度沒有特別限制,但通常0℃至200℃的溫度較為合適,從產率的觀點考慮,較佳為10℃至190℃的溫度,更佳為25℃至150℃的溫度,進一步較佳為50℃至100℃的溫度。在本態樣的反應中,較佳的溫度範圍為0℃至100℃。此外,保護基引入步驟的反應時間沒有特別限定,較佳為0.25~48小時,更佳為0.25~24小時,進一步較佳為1~12小時。In the step of introducing the protecting group, the ratio of the protecting group introducing agent to the substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 molar times or more, more preferably 1.0 molar times or more, and further preferably 1.5 molar times or more. The reaction temperature in the step of introducing the protecting group is not particularly limited, but generally a temperature of 0°C to 200°C is more suitable. From the perspective of yield, a temperature of 10°C to 190°C is preferred, a temperature of 25°C to 150°C is more preferred, and a temperature of 50°C to 100°C is further preferred. In the reaction of this aspect, the preferred temperature range is 0°C to 100°C. In addition, the reaction time of the protecting group introduction step is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.25 to 48 hours, more preferably 0.25 to 24 hours, and further preferably 1 to 12 hours.

[還原步驟] 在前述式(1)的化合物中,當R 1為羥烷基或醛基時,其可以藉由例如引入羧酸基、酯基或醛基作為R 1後,經還原而獲得。 [Reduction step] In the compound of the aforementioned formula (1), when R 1 is a hydroxyalkyl group or an aldehyde group, it can be obtained by, for example, introducing a carboxylic acid group, an ester group or an aldehyde group as R 1 and then subjecting it to reduction.

作為還原方法,可以使用公知的方法,例如可以使用:如硼氫化鈉、氫化鋁鋰、雙(2-甲氧基乙氧基)氫化鋁鈉(SBMEA)、二異丁基氫化鋁(DIBAL)等金屬氫錯化合物的方法;如氫化鋁等金屬氫化物的方法;將該些還原劑與如氯化鋁、乙二硫醇等還原輔助劑共同使用的方法等的方法。還原劑可以將結構的一部分以烷氧基、烴基修飾、與路易斯(Lewis)酸組合使用,藉此調整還原能力。作為還原反應的溶劑,可以使用甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、DMF、DMSO等公知的溶劑。反應溫度可以在室溫、加溫條件下進行,但為了調整反應性也可以在冷卻化進行,並無特別限制,但較佳為-20℃~150℃,更佳為0℃~150℃,進一步較佳為20℃~120℃。還原步驟中,還原劑對基質的比例沒有特別限制,但較佳為0.5莫耳倍以上,更佳為1.0莫耳倍以上,進一步較佳為1.5莫耳倍以上。此外,還原步驟的反應時間沒有特別限制,較佳為0.25~48小時,更佳為0.25~24小時,進一步較佳為1~12小時。As a reduction method, a known method can be used, for example, a method using metal hydrogenated compounds such as sodium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydroxide, sodium bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydroxide (SBMEA), diisobutylaluminum hydroxide (DIBAL); a method using metal hydrides such as aluminum hydroxide; a method using these reducing agents together with a reducing auxiliary such as aluminum chloride, ethanedithiol, etc. The reducing agent can be used by modifying a part of the structure with an alkoxy group or a alkyl group, and combining it with a Lewis acid to adjust the reducing ability. As a solvent for the reduction reaction, a known solvent such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, DMF, DMSO, etc. can be used. The reaction temperature can be carried out at room temperature or under heating conditions, but it can also be carried out under cooling to adjust the reactivity, and there is no particular restriction, but it is preferably -20°C to 150°C, more preferably 0°C to 150°C, and further preferably 20°C to 120°C. In the reduction step, the ratio of the reducing agent to the substrate is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.5 molar times or more, more preferably 1.0 molar times or more, and further preferably 1.5 molar times or more. In addition, the reaction time of the reduction step is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.25 to 48 hours, more preferably 0.25 to 24 hours, and further preferably 1 to 12 hours.

本實施方式中的化合物,較佳為藉由前述反應以粗產物的形式獲得後,進一步實施純化,藉此除去殘留的金屬雜質。亦即,從防止樹脂隨時間變質和儲存穩定性的觀點考慮,且進一步從當樹脂化並適用於半導體製造製程時,因製程適性、缺陷等所引起的製造得率的觀點考慮,較佳為避免金屬雜質的殘留。金屬雜質可能源自於化合物的製造步驟中的反應助劑或製造用的反應槽、其他製造設備。The compound in this embodiment is preferably obtained as a crude product by the above reaction and then further purified to remove residual metal impurities. That is, from the perspective of preventing the resin from deteriorating over time and storage stability, and further from the perspective of the manufacturing yield caused by process suitability, defects, etc. when the resin is applied to the semiconductor manufacturing process, it is preferred to avoid the residual metal impurities. The metal impurities may originate from the reaction aids in the manufacturing steps of the compound or the reaction tanks and other manufacturing equipment used for the manufacturing.

作為上述的金屬雜質的殘留量,相對於化合物,較佳為未滿1ppm,更佳為未滿100ppb,進一步較佳為未滿50ppb,進一步更佳為未滿10ppb,最佳為未滿1ppb。特別是對於分類為過渡金屬之Fe、Ni、Sn、Zn、Cu、Sb、W、Al等的金屬種,當金屬殘留量為1ppm以上時,由於與其他化合物的相互作用,擔憂成為導致材料隨時間經過而改質、劣化的因素。此外,對於Na、K、Ca、Mg等鹼金屬、鹼性度類金屬,當樹脂中包含上述且進一步金屬殘留量為1ppm以上時,當製作使用化合物之半導體步驟用樹脂時,無法充分減低金屬殘量,成為半導體製造步驟中源自殘留金屬之缺陷、性能劣化所致之得率降低的因素,以及擔憂對金屬元素的基板之摻雜效應所致之特性的降低。The residual amount of the above-mentioned metal impurities is preferably less than 1 ppm, more preferably less than 100 ppb, further preferably less than 50 ppb, further more preferably less than 10 ppb, and most preferably less than 1 ppb relative to the compound. In particular, for metal species such as Fe, Ni, Sn, Zn, Cu, Sb, W, and Al, which are classified as transition metals, when the metal residual amount is more than 1 ppm, there is a concern that it may become a factor causing the material to be modified and deteriorated over time due to the interaction with other compounds. In addition, for alkaline metals and alkaline metals such as Na, K, Ca, and Mg, when the above-mentioned metal residues are contained in the resin and the metal residues are more than 1 ppm, when the resin is used in the semiconductor manufacturing step using the compound, the metal residues cannot be sufficiently reduced, which becomes a factor of reducing the yield due to defects and performance degradation caused by the residual metal in the semiconductor manufacturing step, and there is a concern about the reduction of characteristics due to the doping effect of the metal element on the substrate.

作為純化方法,沒有特別限定,可以使用國際公開2015/080240中所記載的方法、國際公開2018/159707中所記載的方法等。具體地,該純化方法包含將前述化合物溶解在與水不混溶之任意的有機溶劑以獲得有機相,將該有機相與酸性水溶液接觸以進行提取處理,藉此將包含前述化合物與有機溶劑的有機相中所包含的金屬成分轉移到水相後,將有機相和水相分離的步驟。所謂的與水不混溶之任意的有機溶劑是指,一般分類為非水溶性溶劑的有機溶劑。作為該有機溶劑,沒有特別限定,但較佳為可以安全地適用於半導體製造製程的有機溶劑。相對於所使用的該化合物,有機溶劑的使用量通常為使用10質量%。The purification method is not particularly limited, and the method described in International Publication No. 2015/080240, the method described in International Publication No. 2018/159707, etc. can be used. Specifically, the purification method comprises dissolving the aforementioned compound in an arbitrary organic solvent that is immiscible with water to obtain an organic phase, contacting the organic phase with an acidic aqueous solution for extraction treatment, thereby transferring the metal components contained in the organic phase containing the aforementioned compound and the organic solvent to the aqueous phase, and then separating the organic phase and the aqueous phase. The so-called arbitrary organic solvent that is immiscible with water refers to an organic solvent generally classified as a non-water-soluble solvent. The organic solvent is not particularly limited, but is preferably an organic solvent that can be safely used in semiconductor manufacturing processes. The amount of the organic solvent used is usually 10% by mass relative to the compound used.

作為使用的有機溶劑的具體例,例如可列舉:國際公開2015/080240中所記載者。在這些之中,較佳為甲苯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、甲基異丁基酮、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、乙酸乙酯等,特別較佳為環己酮、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。Specific examples of the organic solvent used include those described in International Publication No. 2015/080240. Among these, toluene, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), ethyl acetate, etc. are preferred, and cyclohexanone and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are particularly preferred.

作為前述酸性的水溶液,從將廣為人知的有機、無機系化合物溶解於水之水溶液中適當選擇。例如可列舉:國際公開2015/080240中所記載者。該些酸性的水溶液各自可以單獨使用,或可以2種以上組合使用。作為酸性的水溶液,例如可列舉:無機酸水溶液和有機酸水溶液。作為無機酸水溶液,例如可列舉:包含選自由鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸和磷酸所組成的群組中的1種以上的水溶液。作為有機酸水溶液,例如可列舉:包含選自由醋酸、丙酸、草酸、丙二酸、琥珀酸、富馬酸、馬來酸、酒石酸、檸檬酸、甲磺酸、酚磺酸、p-甲苯磺酸和三氟乙酸所組成的群組中的1種以上的水溶液。酸性的水溶液的pH範圍為0~5程度,更佳為pH 0~3程度。As the aforementioned acidic aqueous solution, it is appropriately selected from aqueous solutions in which widely known organic and inorganic compounds are dissolved in water. For example, it can be listed: those described in International Publication 2015/080240. Each of these acidic aqueous solutions can be used alone, or two or more can be used in combination. As acidic aqueous solutions, for example, it can be listed: inorganic acid aqueous solutions and organic acid aqueous solutions. As inorganic acid aqueous solutions, for example, it can be listed: aqueous solutions containing one or more selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid and phosphoric acid. As organic acid aqueous solutions, for example, it can be listed: aqueous solutions containing one or more selected from the group consisting of acetic acid, propionic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, methanesulfonic acid, phenolsulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid. The pH range of the acidic aqueous solution is about 0 to 5, and more preferably about pH 0 to 3.

作為其他的生成方法,可以適宜使用:使用如後述的濾器的方法;使用吸附性離子交換樹脂,以管柱方式進行通液,在容器中將離子交換樹脂進行分散懸浮處理等的方法;藉由蒸餾的方法等。As other production methods, a method using a filter as described below, a method using an adsorptive ion exchange resin, passing the liquid through a column, dispersing and suspending the ion exchange resin in a container, or a method by distillation can be appropriately used.

在式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法中,前述碘化步驟、保護基引入步驟、還原步驟的順序和次數沒有特別限制,可以根據目標化合物的結構適當選擇。In the method for producing the compound represented by formula (1), the order and number of the iodination step, the protecting group introduction step and the reduction step are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the structure of the target compound.

1-5.純化方法 [濾器純化步驟(通液步驟)] 在濾器通液步驟中,用於從包含前述化合物和溶劑的溶液中除去金屬成分的濾器,通常可以使用市售之用於液體過濾的濾器。濾器的過濾精度沒有特別限制,但濾器的標稱孔徑較佳為0.2μm以下,更佳為未滿0.2μm,進一步較佳為0.1μm以下,進一步更佳為未滿0.1μm,再較佳為0.05μm以下。此外,濾器的標稱孔徑的下限值,沒有特別限制,但通常為0.005μm。本發明中所謂的標稱孔徑是指,顯示濾器的分離性能之名目上的孔徑,例如,由起泡點試驗、水銀壓入法試驗、標準粒子補足試驗等由濾器的製造商決定的試驗方法所決定的孔徑。當使用市售品時,其為製造商的型錄資料中所記載的值。藉由將標稱孔徑設定為0.2μm以下,可以有效地降低溶液通過濾器(通液)1次後的金屬成分含量。在第2實施方式中,為了進一步降低溶液中各金屬成分的含量,濾器通液步驟可以進行2次以上。 1-5. Purification method [Filter purification step (liquid passing step)] In the filter passing step, the filter used to remove the metal component from the solution containing the aforementioned compound and the solvent can generally use a commercially available filter for liquid filtration. There is no particular restriction on the filtering accuracy of the filter, but the nominal pore size of the filter is preferably 0.2 μm or less, more preferably less than 0.2 μm, further preferably less than 0.1 μm, further more preferably less than 0.1 μm, and even more preferably less than 0.05 μm. In addition, the lower limit value of the nominal pore size of the filter is not particularly limited, but is generally 0.005 μm. The nominal pore size in the present invention refers to the nominal pore size that shows the separation performance of the filter, for example, the pore size determined by the test method determined by the filter manufacturer such as the bubble point test, mercury intrusion test, and standard particle supplementation test. When a commercial product is used, it is the value stated in the manufacturer's catalog data. By setting the nominal pore size to less than 0.2μm, the metal component content of the solution after passing through the filter (liquid flow) once can be effectively reduced. In the second embodiment, in order to further reduce the content of each metal component in the solution, the filter liquid flow step can be performed more than twice.

作為濾器的形態,可以使用中空系膜濾器、薄膜濾器、打摺膜濾器;以及填充有不織布、纖維素及矽藻土等濾材的濾器等。前述濾器中,濾器較佳為選自由中空系膜濾器、薄膜濾器和打摺膜濾器所組成的群組中的1種以上。此外,從具有特別高精細的過濾精度和與其他形態具有相對較高的過濾面積來看,特別較佳為使用中空系膜濾器。As the form of the filter, a hollow membrane filter, a thin film filter, a pleated membrane filter, and a filter filled with a filter material such as non-woven fabric, cellulose, and diatomaceous earth can be used. Among the aforementioned filters, the filter is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of a hollow membrane filter, a thin film filter, and a pleated membrane filter. In addition, from the perspective of having particularly high-precision filtering accuracy and a relatively high filtering area compared to other forms, it is particularly preferred to use a hollow membrane filter.

前述濾器的材質可列舉:如聚乙烯、聚丙烯等聚烯烴;藉由接枝聚合而具有離子交換能力的官能基之聚乙烯系樹脂;如聚醯胺、聚酯、聚丙烯腈等之含極性基的樹脂;氟化聚乙烯(PTFE)等之含氟樹脂。前述之中,濾器的濾材較佳為選自由聚醯胺製、聚烯烴樹脂製和氟樹脂製組成的群組中的1種以上。此外,從減少鉻等重金屬效果的觀點考慮,特別較佳為聚醯胺。尚且,從避免金屬從濾材溶離的觀點考慮,較佳為使用燒結金屬材質以外的濾器。The materials of the aforementioned filter can be listed as follows: polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene; polyethylene resins having functional groups capable of ion exchange by graft polymerization; resins containing polar groups such as polyamide, polyester, and polyacrylonitrile; and fluorinated resins such as fluorinated polyethylene (PTFE). Among the aforementioned, the filter material of the filter is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of polyamide, polyolefin resin, and fluorinated resin. In addition, from the perspective of reducing the effect of heavy metals such as chromium, polyamide is particularly preferred. Moreover, from the perspective of avoiding the dissolution of metal from the filter material, it is preferred to use a filter other than a sintered metal material.

作為聚醯胺系濾器(以下為商標),雖無限定於以下,例如可列舉:KITZ Micro Filter(股)製之Polyfix nylon系列、Nippon Pole(股)製之Ultipleated P-Nylon 66、UlchiporeN66、3M(股)製之Life AsurePSN系列、Life AsureEF系列等。 作為聚烯烴系濾器,雖無限定於以下,例如可列舉:Nippon Pole(股)製之Uruchi Pleated PE Clean、Ion Clean、Nippon Entegris(股)製之Protego系列、Microguard PlusHC10、Optimizer D等。 作為聚酯系濾器,雖無限定於以下,例如可列舉:Central Filter Industry(股)製之GeraflowDFE、日本濾器(股)製之Breeze typePMC等。 作為聚丙烯腈系濾器,雖無限定於以下,例如可列舉:Advantech Toyo(股)製之超級濾器AIP-0013D、ACP-0013D、ACP-0053D等。 作為氟樹脂系濾器,雖無限定於以下,例如可列舉:Nippon Pole(股)製之EnflonHTPFR、3M(股)製之LifesureFA系列等。 該些濾器可以各自單獨使用,也可以組合2種類以上使用。 Examples of polyamide filters (hereinafter referred to as trademarks) include, but are not limited to, Polyfix nylon series manufactured by KITZ Micro Filter Co., Ltd., Ultipleated P-Nylon 66 and UlchiporeN66 manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., Life AsurePSN series and Life AsureEF series manufactured by 3M Co., Ltd. Examples of polyolefin filters include, but are not limited to, Uruchi Pleated PE Clean and Ion Clean manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., Protego series, Microguard PlusHC10 and Optimizer D manufactured by Nippon Entegris Co., Ltd. As polyester filters, for example, although not limited to the following, there can be listed: GeraflowDFE manufactured by Central Filter Industry Co., Ltd., Breeze typePMC manufactured by Nippon Filter Co., Ltd., etc. As polyacrylonitrile filters, for example, although not limited to the following, there can be listed: Super Filters AIP-0013D, ACP-0013D, ACP-0053D manufactured by Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., etc. As fluororesin filters, for example, although not limited to the following, there can be listed: EnflonHTPFR manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., LifesureFA series manufactured by 3M Co., Ltd., etc. These filters can be used individually or in combination of two or more types.

此外,於前述濾器中亦可含有陽離子交換樹脂等之離子交換體、於經過濾的有機溶劑溶液中產生Zeta電位之陽離子電荷調節劑等。 作為包含離子交換體的濾器,雖無限定於以下,例如可列舉:Nippon Entegris(股)製之Protego系列、倉敷纖維加工(股)製之Clan graft等。 此外,作為含有聚醯胺聚胺環氧氯丙烷陽離子樹脂等具有正Zeta電位之物質的濾器,雖無限定於以下,例如可列舉:3M(股)製Zeta Plus40QSH(註冊商標)、Zeta Plus020GN(註冊商標),或者Life AsureEF(註冊商標)系列等。 In addition, the filter may also contain an ion exchanger such as a cation exchange resin, a cation charge regulator that generates a zeta potential in a filtered organic solvent solution, etc. Filters containing ion exchangers are not limited to the following, but examples thereof include: Protego series manufactured by Nippon Entegris Co., Ltd., Clan graft manufactured by Fiber Optics Co., Ltd., etc. In addition, filters containing substances having a positive Zeta potential such as polyamide polyamine epichlorohydrin cationic resins are not limited to the following, but examples thereof include: Zeta Plus 40QSH (registered trademark), Zeta Plus 020GN (registered trademark) manufactured by 3M Co., Ltd., or Life Asure EF (registered trademark) series, etc.

[離子交換樹脂之處理步驟] 作為其他的純化方法,可列舉:以離子交換樹脂處理包含前述化合物的溶液的方法。作為離子交換樹脂,可以適當地使用具有與對象金屬元素相對應的功能之公知的離子交換樹脂。使用離子交換樹脂的純化為對包含前述化合物的被純化物之離子交換法或藉由螯合基之實施離子吸附的步驟。作為藉由離子交換樹脂處理步驟而去除的成分,並不受到限制,但例如可列舉:酸成分和金屬組分中所含的金屬離子。 [Ion exchange resin treatment step] As another purification method, there can be cited a method of treating a solution containing the aforementioned compound with an ion exchange resin. As the ion exchange resin, a known ion exchange resin having a function corresponding to the target metal element can be appropriately used. Purification using an ion exchange resin is a step of ion exchange of the purified substance containing the aforementioned compound or ion adsorption by a chelating group. The components removed by the ion exchange resin treatment step are not limited, but for example, the acid component and the metal ions contained in the metal component can be cited.

作為實施離子交換法的方法,沒有特別限制,可以使用公知的方法。一般可列舉:將包含前述化合物的溶液通過(通液)填充有離子交換樹脂的填充部的方法。此外,也可列舉:對於包含前述化合物的溶液,在處理容器中添加離子交換樹脂並進行分散、懸浮處理後,藉由過濾分離等方法將離子交換樹脂分離除去,獲得經實施純化處理的溶液的方法。離子交換樹脂之處理步驟,可以使用相同的離子交換樹脂對被純化物進行複數次處理,也可以使用不同的離子交換樹脂來處理被純化物。There are no particular limitations on the method for implementing the ion exchange method, and a known method can be used. Generally, there can be cited a method in which a solution containing the aforementioned compound is passed through (liquid flow) a filling portion filled with an ion exchange resin. In addition, there can also be cited a method in which an ion exchange resin is added to a treatment container for a solution containing the aforementioned compound and dispersed or suspended, and then the ion exchange resin is separated and removed by a method such as filtration separation to obtain a solution that has been subjected to a purification treatment. The treatment step of the ion exchange resin can be performed multiple times using the same ion exchange resin to treat the purified product, or different ion exchange resins can be used to treat the purified product.

作為離子交換樹脂,可列舉:陽離子交換樹脂及陰離子交換樹脂,從藉由調節金屬成分的含量,容易將酸成分的含量相對於金屬成分的含量的質量比例設定在上述範圍之觀點考慮,較佳為至少使用陽離子交換樹脂,從能夠調節酸成分的含量之觀點考慮,更佳為與陽離子交換樹脂一同使用陰離子交換樹脂。當使用陽離子交換樹脂及陰離子交換樹脂雙方時,可以使其在填充有含有兩種樹脂之混合樹脂之填充部通液,亦可以使其在填充到每樹脂中之複數個填充部通液。As the ion exchange resin, there can be cited: a cation exchange resin and an anion exchange resin. From the viewpoint of easily setting the mass ratio of the acid component content to the metal component content within the above range by adjusting the content of the metal component, it is preferred to use at least a cation exchange resin. From the viewpoint of being able to adjust the content of the acid component, it is more preferred to use an anion exchange resin together with the cation exchange resin. When both a cation exchange resin and an anion exchange resin are used, the liquid may be passed through a filling portion filled with a mixed resin containing the two resins, or may be passed through a plurality of filling portions filled in each resin.

作為陽離子交換樹脂,能夠使用公知的陽離子交換樹脂,其中,較佳為凝膠型陽離子交換樹脂。作為陽離子交換樹脂,具體而言,可列舉:磺酸型陽離子交換樹脂及羧酸型陽離子交換樹脂。作為陽離子交換樹脂,能夠使用市售品,例如可列舉:AMBERLITE IR-124、AMBERLITE IR-120B、AMBERLITE IR-200CT、ORLITE DS-1、ORLITE DS-4(以上為ORGANO CORPORATION製)、DUOLITE C20J、DUOLITE C20LF、DUOLITE C255LFH、DUOLITE C-433LF(以上為Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.製)、DIAION SK-110、DIAION SK1B及DIAION SK1BH(以上為Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製)、PUROLITE S957及PUROLITE S985(以上為Purolite Corporation製)等。As the cation exchange resin, a known cation exchange resin can be used, and among them, a gel type cation exchange resin is preferred. Specifically, as the cation exchange resin, there can be exemplified a sulfonic acid type cation exchange resin and a carboxylic acid type cation exchange resin. As the cation exchange resin, commercially available products can be used, for example, AMBERLITE IR-124, AMBERLITE IR-120B, AMBERLITE IR-200CT, ORLITE DS-1, ORLITE DS-4 (all manufactured by ORGANO CORPORATION), DUOLITE C20J, DUOLITE C20LF, DUOLITE C255LFH, DUOLITE C-433LF (all manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.), DIAION SK-110, DIAION SK1B and DIAION SK1BH (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), PUROLITE S957 and PUROLITE S985 (all manufactured by Purolite Corporation), etc.

作為陰離子交換樹脂,能夠使用公知的陰離子交換樹脂,其中,較佳為使用凝膠型陰離子交換樹脂。其中,作為在被純化物中以離子形式存在之酸成分,可列舉:製造被純化物時來自於觸媒之無機酸及製造被純化物時在反應後產生之有機酸(例如,反應原料、異構物及副生成物)等。從HSAB(Hard and Soft Acids and Bases:軟硬酸鹼)規則的觀點考慮,該酸成分被分類為硬酸到中程度硬度的酸。因此,以提高藉由與陰離子交換樹脂的相互作用來去除該等酸成分時的去除效率為目的,較佳為使用包含硬鹼到中程度硬度的鹼之陰離子交換樹脂。該種包含硬鹼到中程度硬度的鹼之陰離子交換樹脂,較佳為選自包含具有三甲基銨基之強鹼型的I型陰離子交換樹脂、具有二甲基乙醇銨基之稍微弱的強鹼型的II型陰離子交換樹脂,以及二甲胺及二伸乙三胺等弱鹼型的陰離子交換樹脂所組成的群組中之至少1種陰離子交換樹脂。酸成分中,例如有機酸為硬酸,無機酸中硫酸離子為中程度硬度的酸,因此若併用上述強鹼型或稍微弱的強鹼型的陰離子交換樹脂及中程度硬度的弱鹼型的陰離子交換樹脂,則容易將酸成分的含量減少至較佳的範圍。As the anion exchange resin, a known anion exchange resin can be used, and among them, a gel type anion exchange resin is preferably used. Among them, as the acid component existing in the form of ions in the purified product, there can be listed: inorganic acids from catalysts when producing the purified product and organic acids (for example, reaction raw materials, isomers and by-products) produced after the reaction when producing the purified product. From the perspective of the HSAB (Hard and Soft Acids and Bases: soft and hard acids and bases) rule, the acid component is classified as hard acid to medium hardness acid. Therefore, in order to improve the removal efficiency of the acid components by interaction with the anion exchange resin, it is preferred to use an anion exchange resin containing a base of hard to medium hardness. The anion exchange resin containing a base of hard to medium hardness is preferably at least one anion exchange resin selected from the group consisting of a type I anion exchange resin containing a strong base type having a trimethylammonium group, a type II anion exchange resin containing a slightly weaker strong base type having a dimethylethoxide ammonium group, and anion exchange resins of weak base types such as dimethylamine and diethylenetriamine. Among acid components, for example, organic acids are hard acids, and among inorganic acids, sulfuric acid ions are acids of medium hardness. Therefore, if the above-mentioned strong alkaline or slightly weak strong alkaline anion exchange resin and a weak alkaline anion exchange resin of medium hardness are used together, the content of the acid component can be easily reduced to a preferred range.

作為陰離子交換樹脂,能夠使用市售品,例如可列舉:AMBERLITE IRA-400J、AMBERLITE IRA-410J、AMBERLITE IRA-900J、AMBERLITE IRA67、ORLITE DS-2、ORLITE DS-5、ORLITE DS-6(ORGANO CORPORATION製)、DUOLITE A113LF、DUOLITE A116、DUOLITE A-375LF(Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.製)及DIAION SA12A、DIAION SA10A、DIAION SA10AOH、DIAION SA20A、DIAION WA10(Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製)等。其中,作為上述之包含硬鹼到中程度硬度的鹼之陰離子交換樹脂,例如可列舉:ORLITE DS-6、ORLITE DS-4(以上為ORGANO CORPORATION製)、DIAION SA12A、DIAION SA10A、DIAION SA10AOH、DIAION SA20A、DIAION WA10(以上為Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製)、PUROLITE A400、PUROLITE A500、PUROLITE A850(以上為Purolite Corporation製)等。As the anion exchange resin, commercially available products can be used, for example, AMBERLITE IRA-400J, AMBERLITE IRA-410J, AMBERLITE IRA-900J, AMBERLITE IRA67, ORLITE DS-2, ORLITE DS-5, ORLITE DS-6 (manufactured by ORGANO CORPORATION), DUOLITE A113LF, DUOLITE A116, DUOLITE A-375LF (manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.), and DIAION SA12A, DIAION SA10A, DIAION SA10AOH, DIAION SA20A, DIAION WA10 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), etc. Among them, examples of the above-mentioned anion exchange resin containing a hard alkaline to medium hardness include: ORLITE DS-6, ORLITE DS-4 (all manufactured by ORGANO CORPORATION), DIAION SA12A, DIAION SA10A, DIAION SA10AOH, DIAION SA20A, DIAION WA10 (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), PUROLITE A400, PUROLITE A500, PUROLITE A850 (all manufactured by Purolite Corporation), etc.

藉由螯合基之離子吸附,例如,能夠使用具有螯合基之螯合樹脂來進行。螯合樹脂在捕獲離子時不釋放代替離子,又,藉由不使用強酸性和強鹼性之化學高活性官能基,從而能夠抑制相對於成為水解及縮合反應之純化對象之有機溶劑之二次反應。因此,能夠進行更高效的純化。作為螯合樹脂,可列舉:具有醯胺肟基、硫脲基、硫脲鎓基、亞胺基二乙酸、醯胺基磷酸、膦酸、胺基磷酸、胺基羧酸、N-葡甲胺、烷胺基、吡啶環、環狀花青、酞青環及環狀醚等之螯合基或具有螯合能力之樹脂。 作為螯合樹脂,能夠使用市售品,例如可列舉:DUOLITE ES371N、DUOLITE C467、DUOLITE C747UPS、SUMICHELATE MC760、SUMICHELATE MC230、SUMICHELATE MC300、SUMICHELATE MC850、SUMICHELATE MC640及SUMICHELATE MC900(以上為Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.製)、PUROLITE S106、PUROLITE S910、PUROLITE S914、PUROLITE S920、PUROLITE S930、PUROLITE S950、PUROLITE S957及PUROLITE S985(以上為Purolite Corporation製)等。 Ion adsorption by chelating groups can be performed, for example, using chelating resins having chelating groups. Chelating resins do not release replacement ions when capturing ions, and by not using highly acidic or alkaline chemically active functional groups, secondary reactions with organic solvents that are the target of purification by hydrolysis and condensation reactions can be suppressed. Therefore, more efficient purification can be performed. As chelating resins, there can be listed: resins having chelating groups or chelating ability such as amidoxime, thiourea, thiourea, iminodiacetic acid, amidophosphoric acid, phosphonic acid, aminophosphoric acid, aminocarboxylic acid, N-methylglucamine, alkylamino, pyridine ring, cyclic anthocyanine, phthalocyanine ring and cyclic ether. As the chelating resin, commercially available products can be used, for example: DUOLITE ES371N, DUOLITE C467, DUOLITE C747UPS, SUMICHELATE MC760, SUMICHELATE MC230, SUMICHELATE MC300, SUMICHELATE MC850, SUMICHELATE MC640 and SUMICHELATE MC900 (all manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.), PUROLITE S106, PUROLITE S910, PUROLITE S914, PUROLITE S920, PUROLITE S930, PUROLITE S950, PUROLITE S957 and PUROLITE S985 (all manufactured by Purolite Corporation), etc.

作為實施離子吸附之方法並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的方法。典型而言,可列舉:使被純化物通過(通液)填充有螯合樹脂之填充部之方法。離子交換樹脂之處理步驟可以使被純化物複數次通過同一螯合樹脂,亦可以使被純化物通過不同的螯合樹脂。The method for performing ion adsorption is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used. Typically, there is a method in which the substance to be purified is passed through a filling portion filled with a chelating resin. The ion exchange resin treatment step may be performed by passing the substance to be purified through the same chelating resin multiple times or by passing the substance to be purified through different chelating resins.

填充部通常包含容器及填充於容器中之上述離子交換樹脂。作為容器,可列舉:管柱、筒及填充塔等,只要為在填充上述離子交換樹脂之後,使被純化物能夠通液者,則可以為除上述例示以外者。The packing part usually includes a container and the ion exchange resin filled in the container. Examples of the container include a column, a cartridge, and a packed tower, and any other container may be used as long as the ion exchange resin can be filled to allow the purified substance to flow therethrough.

[蒸餾步驟] 作為其他的純化方法,可列舉:蒸餾前述化合物本身。作為蒸餾的方法,沒有特別限制,可以使用常壓蒸餾、減壓蒸餾、分子蒸餾、水蒸氣蒸餾等公知的方法。 [Distillation step] As another purification method, there can be cited: distilling the aforementioned compound itself. There is no particular limitation on the distillation method, and known methods such as atmospheric pressure distillation, reduced pressure distillation, molecular distillation, and water vapor distillation can be used.

[較佳的製造方法] (RG為苯的化合物) 對式(Bz)的化合物的製造方法進行具體說明。式(Bz)的化合物,較佳為將式(MB)所表示的化合物用作原料。該化合物中的取代基及r1、r2等的定義如同前述。R 1、R和OH在任意可結合的位置結合。然而,當式(MB)中的r1和r2成為式(Bz)時,以r1~r4的合計為苯的價數以下的方式來選擇。作為式(MB)的化合物,例如可列舉:羥基苯甲醛等。 [Preferred production method] (Compounds in which RG is benzene) The production method of the compound of formula (Bz) is specifically described. The compound of formula (Bz) is preferably prepared by using a compound represented by formula (MB) as a raw material. The substituents and r1, r2, etc. in the compound are defined as above. R1 , R and OH are bonded at any bondable position. However, when r1 and r2 in formula (MB) are in formula (Bz), they are selected so that the total of r1 to r4 is less than the valence of benzene. Examples of the compound of formula (MB) include hydroxybenzaldehyde and the like.

式(Bz)的化合物可以各種方法來製造,但從原料的入手性和產率的觀點考慮,較佳為以包含以下步驟的方法來製造。 準備式(MB)的化合物之準備步驟, 將碘原子引入前述化合物之碘化步驟, 將保護基引入前述化合物之保護基引入步驟中,以及 還原前述化合物之還原步驟。 The compound of formula (Bz) can be prepared by various methods, but from the viewpoint of the availability of raw materials and the yield, it is preferably prepared by a method comprising the following steps. A preparation step of preparing the compound of formula (MB), An iodination step of introducing an iodine atom into the aforementioned compound, A protecting group introduction step of introducing a protecting group into the aforementioned compound, and A reduction step of reducing the aforementioned compound.

從抑制副產物的觀點考慮,較佳為依序實施準備步驟、碘化步驟、保護基引入步驟、還原步驟。From the viewpoint of suppressing the formation of by-products, it is preferred to carry out the preparation step, the iodination step, the protecting group introduction step, and the reduction step in sequence.

1)碘化步驟 作為可用於碘化步驟的溶劑,可列舉:包含極性非質子性溶劑和質子性極性溶劑之多種多樣的溶劑。可以使用單一質子性極性溶劑或單一極性非質子性溶劑。進一步地,可以使用極性非質子性溶劑的混合物、質子性極性溶劑的混合物、極性非質子性溶劑和質子性極性溶劑的混合物,以及非質子性或質子性溶劑和非極性溶劑的混合物。較佳為極性質子性溶劑或其混合物,從抑制副反應的觀點考慮,較佳為極性質子性溶劑和水的混合物。溶劑雖有效但非必要。作為適當的極性非質子性溶劑,沒有特別限定,可列舉:如二乙醚、四氫呋喃、二甲氧基乙烷、二甘醇二甲醚、三甘醇二甲醚等醚系溶劑;如乙酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯等酯系溶劑;如乙腈等腈系溶劑,如甲苯、己烷等烴系溶劑;如N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、1-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、六甲基磷醯胺、六甲基亞磷酸三醯胺等醯胺系溶劑;如丙酮,乙基甲基酮等酮系溶劑;如二氯甲烷、氯仿等氯系溶劑,二甲基亞碸等。較佳為二甲基亞碸。作為適當的質子性極性溶劑,沒有特別限定,可列舉:水;如甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇等醇系溶劑;如二(丙二醇)甲醚、二(乙二醇)甲醚、2-丁氧基乙醇、乙二醇、2-甲氧基乙醇、丙二醇甲醚、正己醇和正丁醇。溶劑的使用量可以根據所使用的基質、觸媒及反應條件等適當設定,沒有特別限定,但通常相對於反應原料100質量份,為0~10000質量份較合適,從產率的觀點考慮,較佳為100~2000質量份。 1) Iodination step As solvents that can be used in the iodination step, there can be listed: a variety of solvents including polar aprotic solvents and protic polar solvents. A single protic polar solvent or a single polar aprotic solvent can be used. Further, a mixture of polar aprotic solvents, a mixture of protic polar solvents, a mixture of polar aprotic solvents and protic polar solvents, and a mixture of aprotic or protic solvents and nonpolar solvents can be used. Preferably, it is a polar protic solvent or a mixture thereof, and from the viewpoint of suppressing side reactions, a mixture of a polar protic solvent and water is preferred. Solvents are effective but not essential. Suitable polar aprotic solvents are not particularly limited, and include: ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.; ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, etc.; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, hexane, etc.; amide solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphatamide, hexamethylphosphite triamide, etc.; ketone solvents such as acetone, ethyl methyl ketone, etc.; chlorine solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform, etc., dimethyl sulfoxide, etc. Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred. As suitable protic polar solvents, there are no special restrictions, and examples include: water; alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, etc.; such as di(propylene glycol) methyl ether, di(ethylene glycol) methyl ether, 2-butoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, propylene glycol methyl ether, n-hexanol and n-butanol. The amount of solvent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate, catalyst and reaction conditions used, and there is no special restriction, but it is usually more suitable to be 0 to 10,000 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material. From the perspective of yield, it is preferably 100 to 2,000 parts by mass.

將原料化合物、觸媒和溶劑添加到反應器,形成反應混合物。使用任何合適的反應器。又,反應可以適當選擇批次式、半批次式、連續式等公知的方法來進行。反應溫度沒有特別限制。較佳範圍依據基質的濃度、形成的產物之穩定性、觸媒之選擇及所望之產率而相異。一般來說,反應溫度為0℃至200℃較適當,從產率的觀點考慮,較佳為0℃至100℃的反應溫度,更佳為0℃至70℃的反應溫度。進一步較佳為0℃至50℃的反應溫度。本態樣的反應中,較佳的反應溫度範圍為0℃至100℃。在碘化步驟中,相對於基質,碘化劑的比例較佳為0.5莫耳倍以上,更佳為1.0莫耳倍以上,進一步較佳為1.5莫耳倍以上。反應壓力沒有特別限制。較佳範圍依據基質的濃度、形成的產物之穩定性、觸媒之選擇及所望之產率而相異。可以使用氮氣等惰性氣體,或使用吸氣泵等來調節壓力。在高壓的反應中,並無特別限制,但使用含有振動容器、搖滾容器(rockervessel)及攪拌高壓高溫釜之先前壓力反應器。本態樣的反應中,較佳為反應壓力為減壓~常壓,以減壓為佳。反應時間並無特別限制。較佳範圍依據基質的濃度、形成的產物之穩定性、觸媒之選擇及所望之產率而相異。然而,大部分反應為進行未滿6小時,反應時間一般為15分鐘~600分鐘。本態樣的反應中進行反應之反應時間範圍較佳為15分鐘至600分鐘,更佳為15分鐘至360分鐘。分離及純化在反應終了後,可使用先前公知的適當方法而實施。例如將反應混合物注入於冰水上,萃取於乙酸乙酯或二乙基醚等溶劑中。接著,藉由使用在減壓之蒸發而除去溶劑而回收產物。可藉由在該技術領域中已知的藉由過濾、濃縮、蒸餾、萃取、晶析、再結晶、管柱層析法、活性碳等進行分離純化方法,或藉由該些組合的方法而可分離純化為所望的高純度化合物。The raw material compound, catalyst and solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture. Any suitable reactor is used. In addition, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a batch method, a semi-batch method, a continuous method or the like. There is no particular limitation on the reaction temperature. The preferred range varies depending on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the formed product, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. Generally speaking, the reaction temperature is more suitable at 0°C to 200°C. From the perspective of yield, the reaction temperature is preferably 0°C to 100°C, and more preferably 0°C to 70°C. A reaction temperature of 0°C to 50°C is further preferred. In the reaction of this aspect, the preferred reaction temperature range is 0°C to 100°C. In the iodination step, the ratio of the iodizing agent to the substrate is preferably 0.5 molar times or more, more preferably 1.0 molar times or more, and further preferably 1.5 molar times or more. There is no particular restriction on the reaction pressure. The preferred range varies depending on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the formed product, the choice of catalyst, and the desired yield. An inert gas such as nitrogen can be used, or a suction pump can be used to adjust the pressure. In high-pressure reactions, there are no particular restrictions, but a previous pressure reactor containing a shaking container, a rocker vessel, and a stirring high-pressure and high-temperature autoclave is used. In the reaction of this state, it is preferred that the reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, with reduced pressure being preferred. There is no particular restriction on the reaction time. The preferred range varies depending on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst and the desired yield. However, most reactions are carried out for less than 6 hours, and the reaction time is generally 15 minutes to 600 minutes. The reaction time range for the reaction in this embodiment is preferably 15 minutes to 600 minutes, and more preferably 15 minutes to 360 minutes. After the reaction is completed, separation and purification can be carried out using appropriate methods previously known. For example, the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted in a solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether. Then, the product is recovered by removing the solvent using evaporation under reduced pressure. The desired high-purity compound can be separated and purified by a separation and purification method known in the art, such as filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, activated carbon, etc., or by a combination of these methods.

當合成由下述式(1)、(Bz4)、(Bz4-1)或(Bz4-2)所表示的化合物時,從提高生產性的觀點考慮,碘化步驟較佳為進行1次或2次以上,較佳為進行2次。此外,當碘化步驟進行1次以上的時,作為碘化劑,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:氯化碘、碘、N-碘代琥珀醯亞胺、碘酸、碘化氫(包含氫碘酸、碘化氫水溶液)等的碘化劑。較佳為使用碘、碘酸。在碘化步驟中,相對於基質,碘化劑的比例較佳為1.2莫耳倍以上,更佳為1.5莫耳倍以上,進一步較佳為2.0莫耳倍以上。又,在碘化步驟第2次時,較佳為使用藉由山德邁耳反應等而從胺基引入鹵素的方法。 (式中,RG為包含至少1個環狀結構的基, I為碘原子, R 1為可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵之1價官能基, n為1~5的整數, m為1~5的整數。) (式中I、R、A和Z與式(Bz)中的定義相同。 R 1’為可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵之1價官能基,但羥基除外, r1’、r2’、r4’為0~5的整數,且r1’、r2’、r4’的合計為苯的價數以下。) When synthesizing a compound represented by the following formula (1), (Bz4), (Bz4-1) or (Bz4-2), from the viewpoint of improving productivity, the iodination step is preferably performed once or twice or more, preferably twice. In addition, when the iodination step is performed once or more, the iodination agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include iodine chloride, iodine, N-iodosuccinimide, iodic acid, hydrogen iodide (including hydroiodic acid, hydrogen iodide aqueous solution), etc. Iodine and iodic acid are preferably used. In the iodination step, the ratio of the iodination agent to the substrate is preferably 1.2 molar times or more, more preferably 1.5 molar times or more, and further preferably 2.0 molar times or more. In the second iodination step, it is preferred to use a method of introducing a halogen from an amino group by, for example, the Sandmeier reaction. (In the formula, RG is a group containing at least one cyclic structure, I is an iodine atom, R1 is a monovalent functional group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms and not containing a polymerizable unsaturated bond, which may be the same or different, n is an integer of 1 to 5, and m is an integer of 1 to 5.) (wherein I, R, A and Z have the same definitions as in formula (Bz). R1 ' is a monovalent functional group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms and not containing a polymerizable unsaturated bond, which may be the same or different, but excluding hydroxyl groups. R1', R2', R4' are integers of 0 to 5, and the total of R1', R2', R4' is less than the valence of benzene.)

式(Bz4)中,I、R、A、Z與前述的定義相同,R 1’為可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵之1價官能基,但羥基除外,較佳為不為烷基。R 1’較佳為例如碳數為1~30的烷氧基、碳數為1~30的羧酸基、碳數為2~10的羧酸酯基、碳數為2~30的烷氧基烷基、碳數為2~30的羥烷基、醛基、碘原子以外的鹵素原子、硝基、胺基、氰基或硫醇基。其中,從增感效果等的觀點考慮,R 1’較佳為羧酸基、酯基或羥烷基。在這些基中,可以具有取代基的基也可以具有羥基以外的取代基。r1’、r2’、r4’較佳為0~5的整數,更佳為0~3的整數,特別較佳為0~2的整數。r4’較佳為0~5的整數,更佳為0~4的整數,特別較佳為0~3的整數。然而,r1’、r2’、r4’的合計為苯的價數以下。 (式中,I、R、Z和R 1’與式(Bz4)中的定義相同。 r1’、r2’、r4’為0~5的整數,且r1’、r2’、r4’的合計為苯的價數以下。) (式中,I與式(Bz4)中的定義相同, r4’為0~4的整數,r5’為0~4的整數。) In formula (Bz4), I, R, A, and Z have the same definitions as above, and R 1' is a monovalent functional group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms and not containing a polymerizable unsaturated bond, which may be the same or different, but excluding a hydroxyl group, and preferably is not an alkyl group. R 1' is preferably, for example, an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a carboxylic acid group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a carboxylic acid ester group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an aldehyde group, a halogen atom other than an iodine atom, a nitro group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a thiol group. Among them, from the viewpoint of the sensitizing effect, etc., R 1' is preferably a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, or a hydroxyalkyl group. Among these groups, the group that may have a substituent may have a substituent other than a hydroxyl group. R1', R2', and R4' are preferably integers of 0 to 5, more preferably integers of 0 to 3, and particularly preferably integers of 0 to 2. R4' is preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and particularly preferably an integer of 0 to 3. However, the total of R1', R2', and R4' is less than the valence of benzene. (In the formula, I, R, Z and R1 ' have the same definitions as in formula (Bz4). r1', r2', r4' are integers from 0 to 5, and the total of r1', r2', r4' is less than the valence of benzene.) (Wherein, I has the same definition as in formula (Bz4), r4' is an integer between 0 and 4, and r5' is an integer between 0 and 4.)

2)保護基引入步驟 作為本步驟可以使用的溶劑,使用包含極性非質子性溶劑和質子性極性溶劑之多種多樣的溶劑。可以使用單一質子性極性溶劑或單一極性非質子性溶劑。進一步地,可以使用極性非質子性溶劑的混合物、質子性極性溶劑的混合物、極性非質子性溶劑和質子性極性溶劑的混合物,以及非質子性或質子性溶劑和非極性溶劑的混合物。較佳為極性非質子性溶劑或其混合物。溶劑雖有效但非必要。作為適當的極性非質子性溶劑,沒有特別限定,可列舉:如二乙醚、四氫呋喃、二甲氧基乙烷、二甘醇二甲醚、三甘醇二甲醚等醚系溶劑;如乙酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯等酯系溶劑;如乙腈等腈系溶劑,如甲苯、己烷等烴系溶劑;如N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、1-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、六甲基磷醯胺、六甲基亞磷酸三醯胺等醯胺系溶劑;如丙酮,乙基甲基酮等酮系溶劑;如二氯甲烷、氯仿等氯系溶劑,二甲基亞碸等。較佳為二甲基亞碸。作為適當的質子性極性溶劑,沒有特別限定,可列舉:水;如甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇等醇系溶劑;如二(丙二醇)甲醚、二(乙二醇)甲醚、2-丁氧基乙醇、乙二醇、2-甲氧基乙醇、丙二醇甲醚、正己醇和正丁醇。溶劑的使用量可以根據所使用的基質、觸媒及反應條件等適當設定,沒有特別限定,但通常相對於反應原料100質量份,為0~10000質量份較合適,從產率的觀點考慮,較佳為100~2000質量份。作為保護化引入試劑,在本實施方式的反應條件下使用具有多種多樣功能的保護化引入試劑。作為適當的保護化引入試劑的實例,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:醯基鹵、酸酐、二碳酸酯等之活性羧酸衍生化合物;烷基鹵、乙烯基烷基醚、二氫吡喃、鹵代羧酸烷基酯等。在保護基引入步驟中,相對於基質,保護基引入劑的比例沒有特別限定,但較佳為0.5莫耳倍以上,更佳為1.0莫耳倍以上,進一步較佳為1.5莫耳倍以上。作為可以在保護化步驟中使用的觸媒,在本實施方式的反應條件下使用具有多種多樣功能的保護化觸媒。較佳為酸觸媒或鹼觸媒。作為適當的酸觸媒的實例,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:如鹽酸、硫酸、磷酸、氫溴酸、氟酸等無機酸;如草酸、丙二酸、琥珀酸、己二酸、癸二酸、檸檬酸、富馬酸、馬來酸、蟻酸、p-甲苯磺酸、甲磺酸、三氟乙酸、二氯乙酸、三氯乙酸、三氟甲烷磺酸、苯磺酸、萘磺酸、萘二磺酸等有機酸;如氯化鋅、氯化鋁、氯化鐵、三氟化硼等路易斯酸;如鎢矽酸、磷鎢酸、矽鉬酸或磷鉬酸等固體酸等。該些酸觸媒可以單獨使用1種,或2種以上組合使用。在這些之中,從製造上的觀點考慮,較佳為有機酸及固體酸,從入手性、操作的容易性等的製造上的觀點考慮,較佳為使用鹽酸或硫酸。作為適當的鹼性觸媒的實例,沒有特別限定,含有胺的觸媒的實例為吡啶、二異丙基乙基胺和乙二胺,非胺的鹼性觸媒的實例可列舉無機鹼,例如金屬鹽,和特別較佳為鉀鹽或乙酸鹽,作為合適的觸媒,沒有特別限定,可列舉:乙酸鉀、碳酸鉀、氫氧化鉀、乙酸鈉、碳酸鈉、氫氧化鈉和氧化鎂。本實施方式的非胺的鹼觸媒皆由例如EMScience (Gibbstown或Aldrich公司(Milwaukee)所購得。觸媒之使用量可配合使用的基質、觸媒及反應條件等而適宜地設定,雖無特別限定,一般而言,相對於反應原料100質量份,較合適為1~5000質量份,從產率的觀點考慮,較佳為50~3000質量份。 2) Protective group introduction step As a solvent that can be used in this step, a variety of solvents including polar aprotic solvents and protic polar solvents are used. A single protic polar solvent or a single polar aprotic solvent can be used. Further, a mixture of polar aprotic solvents, a mixture of protic polar solvents, a mixture of polar aprotic solvents and protic polar solvents, and a mixture of aprotic or protic solvents and nonpolar solvents can be used. Preferably, it is a polar aprotic solvent or a mixture thereof. The solvent is effective but not necessary. Suitable polar aprotic solvents are not particularly limited, and include: ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.; ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, etc.; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, hexane, etc.; amide solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphatamide, hexamethylphosphite triamide, etc.; ketone solvents such as acetone, ethyl methyl ketone, etc.; chlorine solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform, etc., dimethyl sulfoxide, etc. Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred. As suitable protic polar solvents, there are no particular limitations, and examples thereof include: water; alcoholic solvents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol; such as di(propylene glycol) methyl ether, di(ethylene glycol) methyl ether, 2-butoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, propylene glycol methyl ether, n-hexanol and n-butanol. The amount of solvent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate, catalyst and reaction conditions used, and there is no particular limitation, but it is usually more suitable to be 0 to 10,000 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material. From the perspective of yield, it is preferably 100 to 2,000 parts by mass. As a protective introduction reagent, a protective introduction reagent with various functions is used under the reaction conditions of this embodiment. Examples of suitable protective introduction reagents are not particularly limited, and include, for example: active carboxylic acid derivatives such as acyl halides, acid anhydrides, and dicarbonates; alkyl halides, vinyl alkyl ethers, dihydropyrans, alkyl halides, etc. In the protective group introduction step, the ratio of the protective group introduction agent relative to the substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 molar times or more, more preferably 1.0 molar times or more, and further preferably 1.5 molar times or more. As a catalyst that can be used in the protective step, a protective catalyst having a variety of functions is used under the reaction conditions of this embodiment. Preferably, it is an acid catalyst or an alkaline catalyst. Examples of suitable acid catalysts are not particularly limited, and include, for example, inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid, and fluoric acid; organic acids such as oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, ant acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, and naphthalene disulfonic acid; Lewis acids such as zinc chloride, aluminum chloride, ferric chloride, and boron trifluoride; solid acids such as tungstic acid, tungstic phosphoacid, silicic molybdic acid, or phosphomolybdic acid, etc. These acid catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, organic acids and solid acids are preferred from the viewpoint of production, and hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid is preferred from the viewpoint of availability, ease of operation, etc. Examples of suitable alkaline catalysts are not particularly limited, and examples of catalysts containing amines are pyridine, diisopropylethylamine, and ethylenediamine, and examples of non-amine alkaline catalysts include inorganic bases such as metal salts, and potassium salts or acetates are particularly preferred. Suitable catalysts are not particularly limited, and include potassium acetate, potassium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and magnesium oxide. The non-amine alkaline catalysts of this embodiment are all purchased from, for example, EMScience (Gibbstown or Aldrich (Milwaukee). The amount of the catalyst used can be appropriately set according to the substrate, catalyst and reaction conditions used. Although there is no special limitation, generally speaking, relative to 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, it is more suitable to be 1 to 5000 parts by mass. From the perspective of yield, it is preferably 50 to 3000 parts by mass.

在保護基引入步驟中,在具有羥基的化合物的羥基中引入保護基時,從提高產率、放大規模(scaleup)的觀點考慮,較佳為使用無機鹼將保護基引入羥基中,更佳為組合醯胺系溶劑和無機鹼。作為無機鹼,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、偏矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鉀等。在該些之中,較佳為使用碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀。作為醯胺系溶劑,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)等。在該些之中,較佳為DMF。該些可以單獨使用,也可以2種以上組合使用。雖然無意特別限制,但本發明者等推測,在保護基引入步驟中作為副產物而產生的HCl,參與產物的分解反應,但藉由使用無機鹼,無機鹼和HCl進行反應,藉此抑制產物的分解。此外,推測藉由將無機鹼與醯胺系溶劑組合,無機鹼與HCl反應而生成的成分不溶於醯胺系溶劑,並從反應體系中排出,藉此抑制產物的分解。作為具有引入保護基之前述羥基的化合物,例如可列舉:前述式(Bz)、(Bz4)中,R 1為羥基的化合物。此外,在前述式(MB)中,當R 1為羥基時,也可以將保護基引入R 1中。 In the step of introducing a protecting group, when introducing a protecting group into the hydroxyl group of the compound having a hydroxyl group, it is preferred to use an inorganic base to introduce the protecting group into the hydroxyl group from the viewpoint of improving the yield and scaling up, and it is more preferred to combine an amide solvent and an inorganic base. The inorganic base is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium metasilicate, potassium metasilicate, etc. Among these, sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate are preferably used. There is no particular limitation on the amide solvent, and examples thereof include: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), etc. Among them, DMF is preferred. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Although there is no particular limitation, the inventors of the present invention speculate that HCl produced as a by-product in the step of introducing the protecting group participates in the decomposition reaction of the product, but by using an inorganic base, the inorganic base and HCl react, thereby suppressing the decomposition of the product. In addition, it is speculated that by combining the inorganic base with the amide solvent, the component generated by the reaction of the inorganic base with HCl is insoluble in the amide solvent and is discharged from the reaction system, thereby suppressing the decomposition of the product. Examples of the compounds having the aforementioned hydroxyl group into which the protecting group is introduced include compounds wherein R1 is a hydroxyl group in the aforementioned formula (Bz) and (Bz4). In addition, in the aforementioned formula (MB), when R1 is a hydroxyl group, a protecting group may also be introduced into R1 .

將欲保護之化合物、觸媒和溶劑添加至反應器中以形成反應混合物。使用任何合適的反應器。又,反應可以適當選擇批次式、半批次式、連續式等公知的方法來進行。反應溫度沒有特別限制。較佳範圍依據基質的濃度、形成的產物之穩定性、觸媒之選擇及所望之產率而相異。一般來說,0℃至200℃的溫度較適當,從產率的觀點考慮,較佳為10℃至190℃的溫度,更佳為25℃至150℃的溫度,進一步較佳為50℃至100℃的溫度。本態樣的反應中,較佳的溫度範圍為0℃至100℃。反應壓力沒有特別限制。較佳範圍依據基質的濃度、形成的產物之穩定性、觸媒之選擇及所望之產率而相異。可以使用氮氣等惰性氣體,以及使用吸氣泵等來調節壓力。在高壓的反應中,並無特別限制,但使用含有振動容器、搖滾容器(rockervessel)及攪拌高壓高溫釜之先前壓力反應器。本態樣的反應中,較佳為反應壓力為減壓~常壓,以減壓為佳。反應時間並無特別限制。較佳範圍依據基質的濃度、形成的產物之穩定性、觸媒之選擇及所望之產率而相異。然而,大部分反應為進行未滿6小時,反應時間一般為15分鐘~600分鐘。本態樣的反應中,反應時間範圍較佳為15分鐘至600分鐘。分離及純化在反應終了後,可使用先前公知的適當方法而實施。例如將反應混合物注入於冰水上,萃取於乙酸乙酯或二乙基醚等溶劑中。接著,藉由使用在減壓之蒸發而除去溶劑而回收產物。可藉由在該技術領域中已知的藉由過濾、濃縮、蒸餾、萃取、晶析、再結晶、管柱層析法、活性碳等進行分離純化方法,或藉由該些組合的方法而可分離純化為所望的高純度單體。The compound to be protected, the catalyst and the solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture. Any suitable reactor is used. In addition, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a batch method, a semi-batch method, a continuous method or the like. There is no particular restriction on the reaction temperature. The preferred range varies depending on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of the catalyst and the desired yield. Generally speaking, a temperature of 0°C to 200°C is more suitable. From the perspective of yield, a temperature of 10°C to 190°C is preferred, a temperature of 25°C to 150°C is more preferred, and a temperature of 50°C to 100°C is further preferred. In the reaction of this aspect, the preferred temperature range is 0°C to 100°C. There is no particular restriction on the reaction pressure. The preferred range varies depending on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst, and the desired yield. Inert gases such as nitrogen and suction pumps can be used to adjust the pressure. In the high-pressure reaction, there is no particular restriction, but a previous pressure reactor containing a shaking container, a rocker vessel, and a stirring high-pressure and high-temperature autoclave is used. In the reaction of this aspect, it is preferred that the reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, preferably reduced pressure. There is no particular restriction on the reaction time. The preferred range varies depending on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the choice of catalyst, and the desired yield. However, most reactions are carried out for less than 6 hours, and the reaction time is generally 15 minutes to 600 minutes. In the reaction of this aspect, the reaction time range is preferably 15 minutes to 600 minutes. Separation and purification can be carried out after the reaction is completed using appropriate methods previously known. For example, the reaction mixture is injected onto ice water and extracted in a solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether. Then, the product is recovered by removing the solvent by evaporation under reduced pressure. The separation and purification method can be performed by filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, activated carbon, etc., which are known in the art, or by a combination of these methods to separate and purify the desired high-purity monomer.

3)還原步驟 作為還原步驟中可以使用的溶劑,使用包含極性非質子性溶劑和質子性極性溶劑之多種多樣的溶劑。可以使用單一質子性極性溶劑或單一極性非質子性溶劑。進一步地,可以使用極性非質子性溶劑的混合物、質子性極性溶劑的混合物、極性非質子性溶劑和質子性極性溶劑的混合物,以及非質子性或質子性溶劑和非極性溶劑的混合物,較佳為極性非質子性溶劑或其混合物,從抑制副反應的觀點考慮,較佳為極性非質子性溶劑和極性質子性溶劑的混合物,作為極性質子性溶劑,進一步較佳為水、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇等醇系溶劑。溶劑雖有效但非必要。作為適當的極性非質子性溶劑,沒有特別限定,可列舉:如二乙醚、四氫呋喃、二甲氧基乙烷、二甘醇二甲醚、三甘醇二甲醚等醚系溶劑;如乙酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯等酯系溶劑;如乙腈等腈系溶劑,如甲苯、己烷等烴系溶劑;如N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、1-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、六甲基磷醯胺、六甲基亞磷酸三醯胺等醯胺系溶劑;如丙酮,乙基甲基酮等酮系溶劑;如二氯甲烷、氯仿等氯系溶劑,二甲基亞碸等。較佳為二甲基亞碸。作為適當的質子性極性溶劑,沒有特別限定,可列舉:水;如甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇等之醇系溶劑;如二(丙二醇)甲醚、二(乙二醇)甲醚、2-丁氧基乙醇、乙二醇、2-甲氧基乙醇、丙二醇甲醚、正己醇和正丁醇。溶劑的使用量可以根據所使用的基質、還原劑及反應條件等適當設定,沒有特別限定,但通常相對於反應原料100質量份,為0~10000質量份較合適,從產率的觀點考慮,較佳為100~2000質量份。 3) Reduction step As the solvent that can be used in the reduction step, various solvents including polar aprotic solvents and protic polar solvents are used. A single protic polar solvent or a single polar aprotic solvent can be used. Furthermore, a mixture of polar aprotic solvents, a mixture of protic polar solvents, a mixture of polar aprotic solvents and protic polar solvents, and a mixture of aprotic or protic solvents and nonpolar solvents can be used. A polar aprotic solvent or a mixture thereof is preferred. From the viewpoint of suppressing side reactions, a mixture of polar aprotic solvents and polar protic solvents is preferred as the polar protic solvent, and an alcoholic solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, etc. is further preferred. The solvent is effective but not essential. Suitable polar aprotic solvents are not particularly limited, and include: ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.; ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, etc.; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, hexane, etc.; amide solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphatamide, hexamethylphosphite triamide, etc.; ketone solvents such as acetone, ethyl methyl ketone, etc.; chlorine solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform, etc., dimethyl sulfoxide, etc. Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferred. As suitable protic polar solvents, there are no special restrictions, and examples include: water; alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, etc.; such as di(propylene glycol) methyl ether, di(ethylene glycol) methyl ether, 2-butoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, 2-methoxyethanol, propylene glycol methyl ether, n-hexanol and n-butanol. The amount of solvent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate, reducing agent and reaction conditions used, and there is no special restriction, but it is usually more suitable to be 0 to 10,000 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material. From the perspective of yield, it is preferably 100 to 2,000 parts by mass.

作為還原劑,使用在本實施方式的反應條件下具有功能之多種多樣的還原劑。作為適當的還原劑,沒有特別限定,可列舉:金屬氫化物、金屬氫化物錯合物等,例如硼烷二甲硫、二異丁基氫化鋁、硼氫化鈉、硼氫化鋰、硼氫化鉀、硼氫化鋅、三-s-丁基硼氫化鋰、三-s-丁基硼氫化鉀、三乙基硼氫化鋰、氫化鋁鋰、三-t-丁氧基氫化鋁鋰、雙(甲氧基乙氧基)氫化鋁鈉等。As the reducing agent, various reducing agents that are functional under the reaction conditions of the present embodiment can be used. Suitable reducing agents are not particularly limited, and include metal hydrides, metal hydride complexes, such as borane dimethyl sulfide, diisobutylaluminum hydroxide, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, potassium borohydride, zinc borohydride, tri-s-butyllithium borohydride, tri-s-butylpotassium borohydride, triethyllithium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydroxide, tri-t-butoxylithium aluminum hydroxide, sodium bis(methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydroxide, and the like.

還原劑的使用量,可以根據所使用的基質、還原劑及反應條件等適當設定,沒有特別限定,但通常相對於反應原料100質量份,較合適為1~500質量份,從產率的觀點考慮,較佳為10~200質量份。The amount of the reducing agent used can be appropriately set according to the substrate, reducing agent, reaction conditions, etc., and is not particularly limited. However, it is usually preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material, and preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass from the viewpoint of yield.

作為淬滅劑,使用在本實施方式的反應條件下具有功能之多種多樣的淬滅劑。淬滅劑具有使還原劑失去活性的功能。淬滅劑為有效但非為必要成分。作為適當的淬滅劑,沒有特別限定,可列舉:乙醇、氯化銨水、水、鹽酸、硫酸等。淬滅劑的使用量可以根據還原劑的使用量適當設定,沒有特別限定,但通常相對於還原劑100質量份,較合適為1~500質量份,從產率的觀點考慮,較佳為50~200質量份。As a quenching agent, various quenching agents that are functional under the reaction conditions of this embodiment are used. The quenching agent has the function of inactivating the reducing agent. The quenching agent is an effective but not essential component. As a suitable quenching agent, there is no particular limitation, and examples thereof include: ethanol, ammonium chloride water, water, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, etc. The amount of the quenching agent used can be appropriately set according to the amount of the reducing agent used, and there is no particular limitation, but it is usually more suitable to be 1 to 500 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the reducing agent, and from the perspective of yield, it is preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass.

將欲還原之化合物、還原劑和溶劑添加至反應器中以形成反應混合物。使用任何合適的反應器。又,反應可以適當選擇批次式、半批次式、連續式等公知的方法來進行。反應溫度沒有特別限制。較佳範圍依據基質的濃度、形成的產物之穩定性、還原劑之選擇及所望之產率而相異。一般來說,0℃至200℃的溫度較適當,從產率的觀點考慮,較佳為0℃至100℃的溫度,更佳為0℃至70℃的溫度,進一步較佳為0℃至50℃的溫度。較佳的溫度範圍為0℃至100℃。反應壓力沒有特別限制。較佳範圍依據基質的濃度、形成的產物之穩定性、還原劑之選擇及所望之產率而相異。可以使用氮氣等惰性氣體,以及使用吸氣泵等來調節壓力。在高壓的反應中,並無特別限制,但使用含有振動容器、搖滾容器(rockervessel)及攪拌高壓高溫釜之先前壓力反應器。本態樣的反應中,較佳為反應壓力為減壓~常壓,以減壓為佳。反應時間並無特別限制。較佳範圍依據基質的濃度、形成的產物之穩定性、還原劑之選擇及所望之產率而相異。然而,大部分反應為進行未滿6小時,反應時間一般為15分鐘~600分鐘。本態樣的反應中,反應時間範圍較佳為15分鐘至600分鐘,更佳為15分鐘至360分鐘。分離及純化在反應終了後,可使用先前公知的適當方法而實施。例如將反應混合物注入於冰水上,萃取於乙酸乙酯或二乙基醚等溶劑中。接著,藉由使用在減壓之蒸發而除去溶劑而回收產物。可藉由在該技術領域中已知的藉由過濾、濃縮、蒸餾、萃取、晶析、再結晶、管柱層析法、活性碳等進行分離純化方法,或藉由該些組合的方法而可分離純化為所望的高純度化合物。The compound to be reduced, the reducing agent and the solvent are added to the reactor to form a reaction mixture. Any suitable reactor is used. In addition, the reaction can be carried out by appropriately selecting a batch method, a semi-batch method, a continuous method or the like. There is no particular restriction on the reaction temperature. The preferred range varies depending on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the selection of the reducing agent and the desired yield. Generally speaking, a temperature of 0°C to 200°C is more suitable. From the perspective of yield, a temperature of 0°C to 100°C is preferred, a temperature of 0°C to 70°C is more preferred, and a temperature of 0°C to 50°C is further preferred. The preferred temperature range is 0°C to 100°C. There is no particular restriction on the reaction pressure. The preferred range varies depending on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the selection of the reducing agent, and the desired yield. Inert gases such as nitrogen and suction pumps can be used to adjust the pressure. In the high-pressure reaction, there is no particular restriction, but a previous pressure reactor containing a shaking container, a rocker vessel, and a stirring high-pressure and high-temperature autoclave is used. In the reaction of this aspect, it is preferred that the reaction pressure is reduced pressure to normal pressure, preferably reduced pressure. There is no particular restriction on the reaction time. The preferred range varies depending on the concentration of the substrate, the stability of the product formed, the selection of the reducing agent, and the desired yield. However, most reactions are carried out for less than 6 hours, and the reaction time is generally 15 minutes to 600 minutes. In the reaction of this aspect, the reaction time ranges preferably from 15 minutes to 600 minutes, and more preferably from 15 minutes to 360 minutes. Separation and purification can be carried out after the reaction is completed using a previously known appropriate method. For example, the reaction mixture is poured onto ice water and extracted in a solvent such as ethyl acetate or diethyl ether. Then, the solvent is removed by evaporation under reduced pressure to recover the product. The desired high-purity compound can be separated and purified by a separation and purification method known in the art, such as filtration, concentration, distillation, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, activated carbon, etc., or by a combination of these methods.

式(Bz)中,當R 1為羧酸化合物時,從提高生產性的觀點考慮,前述還原步驟較佳為包含將前述羧酸進行酯化的步驟,將獲得的酯基進行還原而變換成羥甲基的步驟。例如,當在將前述羧酸進行酯化的步驟中獲得烷基酯基時,前述酯基為由源自羧酸的羰基和源自醇的烷氧基所構成的結構。在酯化步驟中,從生產性的觀點考慮,較佳為使用酯化劑。羧酸也可以使用羧酸鹵化物、羧酸酐。進一步地,前述式(Bz)中,作為R 1為羧酸的化合物,較佳為下述式(Bz5)所表示的化合物。此外,較佳為與具有電吸引性的基連接的羧酸,例如可列舉:具有將碘原子作為取代基的芳香族的羧酸之由下述式(Bz5)所表示的化合物。 (式中,I、Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。) In formula (Bz), when R 1 is a carboxylic acid compound, from the viewpoint of improving productivity, the reduction step preferably includes a step of esterifying the carboxylic acid, and reducing the obtained ester group to convert it into a hydroxymethyl group. For example, when an alkyl ester group is obtained in the step of esterifying the carboxylic acid, the ester group is a structure composed of a carbonyl group derived from a carboxylic acid and an alkoxy group derived from an alcohol. In the esterification step, from the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferred to use an esterifying agent. Carboxylic acid halides and carboxylic anhydrides may also be used as carboxylic acids. Furthermore, in the aforementioned formula (Bz), the compound in which R 1 is a carboxylic acid is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (Bz5). In addition, a carboxylic acid linked to a group having an electro-attractive property is preferred, and examples thereof include a compound represented by the following formula (Bz5) having an aromatic carboxylic acid having an iodine atom as a substituent. (In the formula, I, Z, R1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a).)

由下述式(Bz5)所表示的化合物的具體例如下。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the following formula (Bz5) are as follows.

作為酯化步驟中所使用的酯化劑,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:酸觸媒、鹼觸媒、碳二亞胺系縮合劑、光氣衍生物縮合劑等,較佳為使用酸觸媒、鹼觸媒、碳二亞胺系縮合劑。酸觸媒、鹼觸媒沒有特別限制,可以使用與前述相同者。作為溶劑,沒有特別限制,可列舉:THF、DMSO、氯仿、甲苯等,較佳為使用THF。The esterification agent used in the esterification step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include acid catalysts, base catalysts, carbodiimide condensation agents, phosgene derivative condensation agents, etc., preferably acid catalysts, base catalysts, and carbodiimide condensation agents. The acid catalyst and base catalyst are not particularly limited, and the same ones as those mentioned above can be used. The solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include THF, DMSO, chloroform, toluene, etc., preferably THF is used.

作為將酯基還原變換為羥基的步驟中所使用的還原劑,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:硼系還原劑、鋰系還原劑等,較佳為使用硼氫化鈉、硼烷等硼系還原劑,更佳為併用還原劑與氯化鈣、氯化鋰。作為溶劑,沒有特別限定,可列舉:THF、DMSO、氯仿、甲苯等。較佳為使用甲苯,更佳為併用甲醇。此外,在將羧酸進行酯化的步驟後,可以不進行純化,而進行將酯基還原變換為羥基的步驟。The reducing agent used in the step of reducing the ester group to a hydroxyl group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include boron reducing agents, lithium reducing agents, etc. Preferably, a boron reducing agent such as sodium borohydride and borane is used, and more preferably, a reducing agent is used in combination with calcium chloride or lithium chloride. The solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include THF, DMSO, chloroform, toluene, etc. Preferably, toluene is used, and more preferably, methanol is used in combination. In addition, after the step of esterifying the carboxylic acid, the step of reducing the ester group to a hydroxyl group may be performed without purification.

(RG為萘的化合物) 對式(N)的化合物的製造方法進行具體說明。式(N)的化合物,較佳為將式(MN)所表示的化合物用作原料。該式中的取代基、s3、s4等的定義如同前述。然而,當式(MN)中的s3和s4成為式(N)時,以s1~s4的合計為萘的價數以下的方式來選擇。R 1沒有特別限制,但可列舉羥基、胺基、硝基、除碘原子以外的鹵素原子、醛基等。式(MN)化合物的具體例沒有特別限制,例如可列舉;(二)羥基萘醛、胺基萘醛、硝基萘醛、氯化萘醛等。 (RG is a compound of naphthalene) The method for producing the compound of formula (N) is specifically described. The compound of formula (N) is preferably a compound represented by formula (MN) as a raw material. The definitions of the substituents, s3, s4, etc. in the formula are as described above. However, when s3 and s4 in formula (MN) become formula (N), they are selected in such a way that the total of s1 to s4 is less than the valence of naphthalene. R1 is not particularly limited, but hydroxyl, amino, nitro, halogen atoms other than iodine atoms, aldehyde groups, etc. can be listed. Specific examples of the compound of formula (MN) are not particularly limited, for example, they can be listed; (ii) hydroxynaphthaldehyde, aminonaphthaldehyde, nitronaphthaldehyde, chlorinated naphthaldehyde, etc.

式(N)的化合物可以各種方法來製造,但從原料的入手性和產率的觀點考慮,較佳為以包含以下步驟的方法來製造。 從原料的入手性和產率的觀點考慮,較佳為以包含以下步驟的方法來製造。 準備式(MN)的化合物之準備步驟, 將碘原子引入前述化合物之碘化步驟, 將保護基引入前述化合物之保護基引入步驟中,以及 還原前述化合物之還原步驟。 The compound of formula (N) can be prepared by various methods, but from the perspective of the availability of raw materials and the yield, it is preferably prepared by a method comprising the following steps. From the perspective of the availability of raw materials and the yield, it is preferably prepared by a method comprising the following steps. A preparation step for preparing a compound of formula (MN), An iodination step for introducing an iodine atom into the aforementioned compound, A protective group introduction step for introducing a protective group into the aforementioned compound, and A reduction step for reducing the aforementioned compound.

從抑制副產物的觀點考慮,較佳為依序實施準備步驟、碘化步驟、保護基引入步驟、還原步驟。又較佳為依序實施準備步驟、保護基引入步驟、碘化步驟、還原步驟。各步驟中可以使用的溶劑、反應條件可以如RG為苯的化合物的製造方法中所說明者。From the viewpoint of suppressing the formation of by-products, it is preferred to carry out the preparation step, iodination step, protecting group introduction step, and reduction step in sequence. It is further preferred to carry out the preparation step, protecting group introduction step, iodination step, and reduction step in sequence. The solvents and reaction conditions that can be used in each step can be those described in the method for producing a compound wherein RG is benzene.

(RG為金剛烷的化合物) 對式(Ad)的化合物的製造方法進行具體說明。本方法中,較佳為將式(MA)所表示的化合物用作原料。在式(MA)中,R 1、R”、t2、t3與式(Ad)中的定義相同。然而,當式(MA)中的t2和t3成為式(Ad)時,以t1~t3的合計為金剛烷的價數以下的方式來選擇。該化合物沒有特別限制,但可列舉金剛烷三醇等。 (Compound in which RG is adamantane) A method for producing a compound of formula (Ad) is described in detail. In this method, it is preferred to use a compound represented by formula (MA) as a raw material. In formula (MA), R1 , R", t2, and t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Ad). However, when t2 and t3 in formula (MA) are the same as those in formula (Ad), they are selected so that the total of t1 to t3 is less than the valence of adamantane. The compound is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include adamantantriol and the like.

式(Ad)的化合物可以各種方法來製造,但從原料的入手性和產率的觀點考慮,較佳為以包含以下步驟的方法來製造。 準備式(MA)的化合物之準備步驟,以及 將碘原子引入之碘化步驟。 The compound of formula (Ad) can be prepared by various methods, but from the perspective of the availability of raw materials and yield, it is preferably prepared by a method comprising the following steps. A preparation step for preparing the compound of formula (MA), and An iodination step for introducing an iodine atom.

此外,作為式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法的另一態樣,為了改善生產性,較佳為包含選自下述的任意1以上的步驟: 1)準備式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物的步驟, 2)準備式(Ad-A-3-1)所表示的化合物的步驟,以及 3)準備式(Ad-A-3-2)所表示的化合物的步驟。 In addition, as another aspect of the method for producing the compound represented by formula (1), in order to improve productivity, it is preferably a step comprising any one or more steps selected from the following: 1) a step of preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0), 2) a step of preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-1), and 3) a step of preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-2).

此外,當包含準備由式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物的步驟時,較佳為包含下述步驟: 1)準備式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物的步驟, 2)將式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物進行氧化之氧化步驟, 3)將所得化合物的羧酸進行酯化的步驟, 4)進行碘化之碘化步驟, 5)將所得化合物的酯基水解而變換為羧酸基的步驟。 Furthermore, when the step of preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0) is included, it is preferred to include the following steps: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0), 2) an oxidation step of oxidizing the compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0), 3) a step of esterifying the carboxylic acid of the obtained compound, 4) an iodination step of iodination, 5) a step of hydrolyzing the ester group of the obtained compound to convert it into a carboxylic acid group.

將式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物進行氧化之氧化步驟,沒有特別限制,但例如可列舉:使用氧化劑的方法、水解溴化物的方法、使用醯亞胺化合物進行氧化的方法等。作為氧化劑,沒有特別限定,可列舉:於空氣、氧氣、臭氧、硝酸、鹵素(氯、溴、碘)、硝酸鉀、次氯酸、過錳酸鹽、硝酸鈰銨、鉻酸、過氧化物、托倫斯試劑、釕化合物等。較期望使用釕化合物。作為釕化合物,沒有特別限定,例如使用金屬釕、二氧化釕、四氧化釕、氫氧化釕、氯化釕、溴化釕、碘化釕、硫酸釕或該些的水合物等。該些可以單獨或以混合物使用。在釕化合物之中,特別是氯化釕、二氧化釕或該些的水合物,從與用作共氧化劑之過碘酸鹽、次氯酸容易進行反應而生成具有高活性的觸媒功能之高氧化狀態的釕的觀點考慮而較佳。作為過碘酸鹽,較佳為過碘酸鉀、過碘酸鈉、過碘酸鈣,更佳為過碘酸鈉。氧化劑、共氧化劑可以使用1種或2種以上。The oxidation step of oxidizing the compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0) is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include: a method using an oxidant, a method of hydrolyzing a bromide, a method of oxidizing using an imide compound, etc. As the oxidant, there is no particular limitation, and examples thereof include: air, oxygen, ozone, nitric acid, halogens (chlorine, bromine, iodine), potassium nitrate, hypochlorous acid, permanganate, ammonium nitrate, chromic acid, peroxide, Torrance's reagent, ruthenium compounds, etc. It is more desirable to use a ruthenium compound. As the ruthenium compound, there is no particular limitation, and examples thereof include: metallic ruthenium, ruthenium dioxide, ruthenium tetroxide, ruthenium hydroxide, ruthenium chloride, ruthenium bromide, ruthenium iodide, ruthenium sulfate, or hydrates thereof. These can be used alone or in mixture. Among the ruthenium compounds, ruthenium chloride, ruthenium dioxide or hydrates thereof are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of being easy to react with periodate salts or hypochlorous acid used as co-oxidants to generate highly oxidized ruthenium having a highly active catalytic function. As periodate salts, potassium periodate, sodium periodate, and calcium periodate are preferred, and sodium periodate is more preferred. One or more of the oxidants and co-oxidants can be used.

將前述所得化合物的羧酸進行酯化的步驟,可以是與式(Bz)中的酯化步驟相同。The step of esterifying the carboxylic acid of the compound obtained above may be the same as the esterification step in formula (Bz).

將前述所得化合物的酯基進行水解而變換為羧酸基的步驟,沒有特別限制,但較佳為藉由使用酸觸媒或鹼觸媒進行水解而變換為羧酸基。從水解的選擇控制的觀點考慮,較佳為使用鹼觸媒。作為酸觸媒,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:如鹽酸、硫酸、磷酸、氫溴酸、氫氟酸等無機酸;如草酸、蟻酸、p-甲苯磺酸、甲磺酸、三氟乙酸、三氟甲烷磺酸、苯磺酸、萘磺酸、萘二磺酸等有機酸;如氯化鋅、氯化鋁、氯化鐵、三氟化硼等路易斯酸;或矽鎢酸、磷鎢酸、矽鉬酸或磷鉬酸等固體酸。從入手的容易性、操作性等之製造上的觀點考慮,較佳為使用鹽酸或硫酸。作為鹼觸媒,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:吡啶、喹啉、異喹啉、α-甲基吡啶、β-甲基吡啶、2,4-二甲吡啶、2,6-二甲吡啶、三甲胺、三乙胺、三丙胺、三丁胺、咪唑、N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二乙基苯胺等有機鹼觸媒;氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鉀、碳酸氫鈉等無機鹼觸媒;較佳為無機鹽觸媒,更佳為氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鈉。此外,酸觸媒或鹼觸媒可以使用1種或2種以上。The step of converting the ester group of the compound obtained above into a carboxylic acid group by hydrolysis is not particularly limited, but it is preferably converted into a carboxylic acid group by hydrolysis using an acid catalyst or an alkaline catalyst. From the viewpoint of selective control of hydrolysis, it is preferably to use an alkaline catalyst. The acid catalyst is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include: inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid, and hydrofluoric acid; organic acids such as oxalic acid, ant acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, and naphthalene disulfonic acid; Lewis acids such as zinc chloride, aluminum chloride, ferric chloride, and boron trifluoride; or solid acids such as tungstic acid, tungstic phosphoacid, silicic molybdic acid, or phosphomolybdic acid. From the perspective of ease of preparation and operability, hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid is preferably used. The alkali catalyst is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include organic alkali catalysts such as pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, α-methylpyridine, β-methylpyridine, 2,4-dimethylpyridine, 2,6-dimethylpyridine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, imidazole, N,N-dimethylaniline, and N,N-diethylaniline; and inorganic alkali catalysts such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, and sodium bicarbonate; inorganic salt catalysts are preferred, and potassium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide are more preferred. In addition, one or more acid catalysts or alkaline catalysts may be used.

將式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物中進行碘化的碘化步驟,可以與前述碘化步驟相同。The iodination step for iodinating the compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0) may be the same as the above-mentioned iodination step.

作為式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法的另一態樣,為了改善生產性,較佳為進一步包含:4)準備式(Ad-A-3)所表示的化合物的步驟。As another aspect of the method for producing the compound represented by formula (1), in order to improve productivity, it is preferred that the method further comprises: 4) preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3).

此外,當包含準備由式(Ad-A-3)所表示的化合物的步驟時,較佳為包含: 1)準備式(Ad-A-3)所表示的化合物的步驟, 2)將由式(Ad-A-3)所表示的化合物進行還原的還原步驟。 Furthermore, when the step of preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3) is included, it is preferred to include: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3), 2) A reduction step of reducing the compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3).

將前述所得化合物進行還原的還原步驟,可以與前述還原步驟相同。The reduction step of reducing the compound obtained above may be the same as the above reduction step.

作為碘化步驟中可以使用的溶劑,可以使用RG為苯的化合物的製造方法中所列舉者。在本步驟中,將原料化合物、觸媒和溶劑添加到反應器中以形成反應混合物。反應條件等也可以如RG為苯的化合物的製造方法中所說明者。As the solvent that can be used in the iodination step, those listed in the method for producing a compound wherein RG is benzene can be used. In this step, the raw material compound, the catalyst and the solvent are added to a reactor to form a reaction mixture. The reaction conditions and the like can also be the same as those described in the method for producing a compound wherein RG is benzene.

此外,碘化步驟較佳為包含在以碘化氫水溶液和金剛烷醇作為原料而獲得碘化烷基的反應中,將水餾去以濃縮反應液。反應液的碘化氫濃度較佳為10%以上,更佳為25%以上,進一步較佳為40%以上,特別較佳為45%以上,最佳為50%以上。尚且,當將反應液分離為2相以上時,包含碘化氫的水相的碘化氫濃度較佳為上述濃度。In addition, the iodination step is preferably included in the reaction of obtaining iodinated alkyl using an aqueous hydrogen iodide solution and adamantanol as raw materials, and water is distilled off to concentrate the reaction solution. The hydrogen iodide concentration of the reaction solution is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 25% or more, further preferably 40% or more, particularly preferably 45% or more, and most preferably 50% or more. Moreover, when the reaction solution is separated into two or more phases, the hydrogen iodide concentration of the aqueous phase containing hydrogen iodide is preferably the above concentration.

金剛烷醇在分子內可以僅具有1個羥基,也可以具有2個以上。此外,經碘化的羥基可以為第一級、第二級、第三級中的任意者,但較佳為第二級或第三級,更佳為第三級。The adamantanol may have only one hydroxyl group in the molecule or may have two or more. The iodinated hydroxyl group may be any of the primary, secondary, and tertiary groups, but is preferably the secondary or tertiary group, and more preferably the tertiary group.

金剛烷醇較佳為由下述式(MA-1)所表示。式中,R 1、R”與式(Ad)中的定義相同。然而,R 1較佳為-OH、-NO 2、可以包含至少1個官能基之碳數為1~12的1價基。前述官能基較佳為選自由羥基、醚基、酯基、羧酸基、鹵素原子、-NO 2和NLL’所組成的群組中的1個以上的基。然後,前述L及L’分別獨立地為氫原子、羥基或可以包含至少1個官能基之碳數為1~12的1價基。 The adamantanol is preferably represented by the following formula (MA-1). In the formula, R1 and R" have the same definitions as in formula (Ad). However, R1 is preferably -OH, -NO2 , or a monovalent group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain at least one functional group. The functional group is preferably one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an ether group, an ester group, a carboxylic acid group, a halogen atom, -NO2 , and NLL'. Then, the aforementioned L and L' are independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain at least one functional group.

相對於經碘化的羥基,碘化氫以物質量比計較佳為1.01等量以上,更佳為1.1等量以上,進一步較佳為1.3等量以上,特別較佳為1.5等量以上。The amount of hydrogen iodide relative to the iodinated hydroxyl group is preferably 1.01 equivalents or more, more preferably 1.1 equivalents or more, further preferably 1.3 equivalents or more, particularly preferably 1.5 equivalents or more in terms of mass ratio.

當式(MA-1)化合物在分子內具有2個以上的羥基時,可以所有羥基都進行碘化,也可以為殘留1個以上的羥基狀態。作為選擇性地殘留1個以上的羥基的方法,例如可列舉:在包含含有有機溶劑作為溶劑的有機相與含有水作為溶劑的水相之多相所構成的系進行碘化的步驟。作為有機溶劑,可列舉疏水性溶劑,疏水性溶劑是指與水不以任何比例混溶的溶劑。當水相源自鹵化氫水溶液時,在鹵化氫水溶液和疏水性溶劑分離成水相和疏水性溶劑相之液-液2相的反應系統中,進行水相之羥基的碘化。在具有2個以上羥基的醇中,藉由從疏水性溶劑相中提取殘留1個以上的羥基之碘化烷基,可以獲得殘留1個以上的羥基的碘化烷基。此外,藉由從疏水性溶劑相中提取生成的碘化烷基,可以抑制因副反應所致之產率降低,因此在全部的羥基都經碘化的情況下,使用疏水性溶劑也是有效的。When the compound of formula (MA-1) has two or more hydroxyl groups in the molecule, all hydroxyl groups may be iodinated, or one or more hydroxyl groups may remain. As a method for selectively leaving one or more hydroxyl groups, for example, there can be cited the step of performing iodination in a system consisting of a multiphase system including an organic phase containing an organic solvent as a solvent and an aqueous phase containing water as a solvent. As an organic solvent, there can be cited a hydrophobic solvent, which refers to a solvent that is not miscible with water in any proportion. When the aqueous phase is derived from an aqueous hydrogen halide solution, the iodination of the hydroxyl group of the aqueous phase is performed in a liquid-liquid two-phase reaction system in which the aqueous hydrogen halide solution and the hydrophobic solvent are separated into an aqueous phase and a hydrophobic solvent phase. In an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups, an iodinated alkyl group with one or more hydroxyl groups remaining can be obtained by extracting the iodinated alkyl group with one or more hydroxyl groups remaining from a hydrophobic solvent phase. In addition, by extracting the generated iodinated alkyl group from a hydrophobic solvent phase, a decrease in yield due to side reactions can be suppressed, so the use of a hydrophobic solvent is also effective when all hydroxyl groups are iodinated.

疏水性溶劑可以與水共沸,也可以不與水共沸,但較佳為與水共沸的疏水性溶劑。作為與水共沸的疏水性溶劑,例如可列舉:二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳、硝基甲烷、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、戊烷、環己烷、己烷、苯、甲苯、o-二甲苯、m-二甲苯、p-二甲苯、異丙苯、硝基苯、酚、s-丁醇、環戊基甲醚、環己酮等,較佳為使用己烷、甲苯、o-二甲苯、m-二甲苯、p-二甲苯。此外,疏水性溶劑可以單獨使用,也可以組合使用2種以上。The hydrophobic solvent may or may not be azeotropic with water, but is preferably a hydrophobic solvent that azeotropes with water. Examples of the hydrophobic solvent that azeotropes with water include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, nitromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, pentane, cyclohexane, hexane, benzene, toluene, o-xylene, m-xylene, p-xylene, isopropylbenzene, nitrobenzene, phenol, s-butanol, cyclopentyl methyl ether, cyclohexanone, etc., and hexane, toluene, o-xylene, m-xylene, and p-xylene are preferably used. In addition, the hydrophobic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

相對於原料的醇,疏水性溶劑以質量比計較佳為50等量以下,更佳為30等量以下,進一步較佳為20等量以下。The amount of the hydrophobic solvent is preferably 50 equivalents or less, more preferably 30 equivalents or less, and even more preferably 20 equivalents or less, based on the mass ratio of the raw material alcohol.

反應時可以併用酸。作為酸的種類,例如可列舉:硫酸、硝酸、磷酸、p-甲苯磺酸、甲磺酸、苯磺酸、醋酸、三氟乙酸、檸檬酸、草酸、蘋果酸、乳酸、乙醇酸、琥珀酸、鉻酸、硼酸等。An acid may be used in the reaction. Examples of the acid include sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, citric acid, oxalic acid, apple acid, lactic acid, glycolic acid, succinic acid, chromic acid, and boric acid.

反應時也可以併用金屬碘化物。例如,併用LiI、NaI、KI、MgI 2、CaI 2、AlI 3等為有效的。 Metal iodides may also be used in combination during the reaction. For example, LiI, NaI, KI, MgI 2 , CaI 2 , AlI 3 and the like are effectively used in combination.

為了防止反應時的突沸,較佳為將反應液進行攪拌。可以適當地使用各種形狀的攪拌葉片,例如,平槳葉片、傾斜槳葉片、渦輪葉片、盤式渦輪葉片、旋轉葉片、三掠葉片、錨葉片、螺旋帶葉片、螺旋槳葉片、錨葉片、高效率型攪拌葉片、全區攪拌葉片、雙子星葉片(twin star)等。In order to prevent sudden boiling during the reaction, it is preferred to stir the reaction liquid. Various shapes of stirring blades can be appropriately used, for example, flat blades, inclined blades, turbine blades, disc turbine blades, rotary blades, three-swept blades, anchor blades, spiral belt blades, propeller blades, anchor blades, high-efficiency stirring blades, full-area stirring blades, twin star blades, etc.

攪拌速度可以為任意速度。當使用疏水性溶劑並將反應液分離為液-液2相時,可以為使界面搖動程度的攪拌速度,也可以使生成/分散一部分油滴或水滴的方式的攪拌速度,也可以成為完全分散狀態的方式的攪拌速度。此外,將基質和碘化劑饋入後藉由靜置與攪拌,可以縮短碘化的反應時間。作為靜置時間,較佳為1~48小時,更佳為4~24小時,進一步較佳為8~12小時。The stirring speed can be any speed. When a hydrophobic solvent is used and the reaction solution is separated into two liquid-liquid phases, the stirring speed can be a stirring speed that causes the interface to shake, a stirring speed that generates/disperses some oil droplets or water droplets, or a stirring speed that causes a completely dispersed state. In addition, the reaction time of iodination can be shortened by standing and stirring after the substrate and iodizing agent are fed. The standing time is preferably 1 to 48 hours, more preferably 4 to 24 hours, and further preferably 8 to 12 hours.

反應溫度較佳為0~150℃,更佳為20~150℃,進一步較佳為50~120℃。另一方面,為了以高產率獲得碘化烷基,較佳為在反應中將水餾去,並濃縮反應液。為了將水餾去,反應溫度需要設為反應液的沸點。當藉由使用疏水性溶劑而使沸點變動時,可以藉由將反應進行減壓或加壓來控制反應溫度。The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150°C, more preferably 20 to 150°C, and further preferably 50 to 120°C. On the other hand, in order to obtain an iodinated alkyl group at a high yield, it is preferred to distill off water during the reaction and concentrate the reaction solution. In order to distill off water, the reaction temperature needs to be set to the boiling point of the reaction solution. When the boiling point is changed by using a hydrophobic solvent, the reaction temperature can be controlled by reducing or increasing the pressure of the reaction.

反應溫度也可以藉由改變攪拌速度來控制。一般來說,當疏水性溶劑與水共沸時,該共沸點會低於溶劑的沸點。當使用與水共沸的疏水性溶劑,使反應液分離為液-液2相時,隨著攪拌速度的增加,2相接近完全分散狀態,伴隨於此,沸點也接近共沸點,因此反應溫度可以藉由攪拌速度來控制。The reaction temperature can also be controlled by changing the stirring speed. Generally, when a hydrophobic solvent azeotropes with water, the azeotropic point will be lower than the boiling point of the solvent. When a hydrophobic solvent that azeotropes with water is used to separate the reaction liquid into two liquid-liquid phases, as the stirring speed increases, the two phases approach a completely dispersed state. With this, the boiling point also approaches the azeotropic point, so the reaction temperature Can be controlled by stirring speed.

將反應液進行濃縮時,可以將以簡單蒸餾所餾出的水全部餾去,也可以使用DeanStark裝置等餾去必要的量,但較佳為使用DeanStark裝置等餾去必要的量。When the reaction solution is concentrated, all the water distilled out by simple distillation may be distilled off, or a necessary amount may be distilled off using a Dean Stark apparatus or the like. However, it is preferred to distill off a necessary amount using a Dean Stark apparatus or the like.

餾去的水量較佳為以使碘化氫濃度保持在預定濃度以上的方式來決定。上述濃度較佳為比饋入的碘化氫濃度低15%以上,更佳為比饋入的鹵化氫濃度低10%以上,進一步較佳為比饋入的碘化氫濃度低5%以上,特別較佳為饋入的碘化氫濃度以上。此外,水可以一定量連續地餾去,也可在每次預定時間整批餾去。反應完成後,實施碘化烷基的純化、分離的操作。The amount of water to be distilled off is preferably determined in such a way that the concentration of hydrogen iodide is maintained above a predetermined concentration. The above concentration is preferably 15% or more lower than the concentration of hydrogen iodide fed, more preferably 10% or more lower than the concentration of hydrogen halide fed, further preferably 5% or more lower than the concentration of hydrogen iodide fed, and particularly preferably above the concentration of hydrogen iodide fed. In addition, water can be distilled off continuously in a certain amount or in a batch at a predetermined time each time. After the reaction is completed, the purification and separation of the iodinated alkyl is carried out.

反應中藉由碘化氫的氧化生成單體的碘。當單體的碘殘留時,由於成為著色等的原因,因此較佳為藉由還原劑將其還原為碘化氫。還原劑的種類沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:亞硫酸鈉、亞硫酸氫鈉、次膦酸等。In the reaction, monomeric iodine is generated by oxidation of hydrogen iodide. When monomeric iodine remains, it may cause coloring, etc., so it is preferably reduced to hydrogen iodide by a reducing agent. The type of reducing agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include sodium sulfite, sodium hydrogen sulfite, phosphinic acid, etc.

作為除去單體的碘的方法,除了在反應液中添加碘化物鹽以外,較佳為藉由將單體的碘轉移到水層來除去。作為碘化物鹽,可以使用碘化鉀等。As a method for removing the monomeric iodine, in addition to adding an iodide salt to the reaction solution, it is preferably removed by transferring the monomeric iodine to the aqueous layer. As the iodide salt, potassium iodide or the like can be used.

還原劑可以直接投入到反應溶液中,也可以作為水溶液投入。此外,還原劑可以在反應液中殘留有碘化氫的狀態下投入,也可以用鹼中和碘化氫後再投入。前述中和操作中所使用的鹼沒有特別限制,例如可列舉:氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鈣、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉等。The reducing agent may be added directly to the reaction solution or may be added as an aqueous solution. In addition, the reducing agent may be added in a state where hydrogen iodide remains in the reaction solution or may be added after hydrogen iodide is neutralized with an alkali. The alkali used in the aforementioned neutralization operation is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, and the like.

在碘化步驟中,較佳為以三甲基矽烷基氯化物,碘化鈉或碘化鉀的組合,與金剛烷醇用作原料的方法。溶劑較佳為極性非質子性溶劑,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:二乙醚、四氫呋喃、二甲氧基乙烷、二甘醇二甲醚、三甘醇二甲醚等醚系溶劑;如乙酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯等酯系溶劑;如乙腈等腈系溶劑,如甲苯、己烷等烴系溶劑;如N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、1-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、六甲基磷醯胺、六甲基亞磷酸三醯胺等醯胺系溶劑;如丙酮,乙基甲基酮等酮系溶劑;如二氯甲烷、氯仿等氯系溶劑,二甲基亞碸等。其中最佳為乙腈。作為使用之三甲基矽烷基氯化物、碘化鈉的比例,較佳為1.0莫耳倍量以上,更佳為1.5莫耳倍量以上,進一步較佳為2.0莫耳倍量以上。當使用乙腈作為溶劑時,反應溫度較佳為回流條件。In the iodination step, a method using a combination of trimethylsilyl chloride, sodium iodide or potassium iodide and adamantanol as a raw material is preferred. The solvent is preferably a polar aprotic solvent, and is not particularly limited. Examples thereof include: ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.; ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, etc.; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, hexane, etc.; amide solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphatamide, hexamethylphosphite triamide, etc.; ketone solvents such as acetone, ethyl methyl ketone, etc.; chlorine solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform, etc., dimethyl sulfoxide, etc. Among them, acetonitrile is the best. The ratio of trimethylsilyl chloride to sodium iodide is preferably 1.0 molar times or more, more preferably 1.5 molar times or more, and further preferably 2.0 molar times or more. When acetonitrile is used as the solvent, the reaction temperature is preferably under reflux.

使用三甲基矽烷基氯化物和碘化鈉或碘化鉀的組合,在碘化反應中的濃縮方法、還原劑的種類、攪拌速度、濾器等的形態,可以使用與上述使用碘化氫的碘化反應使用相同的方法。In the iodination reaction using a combination of trimethylsilyl chloride and sodium iodide or potassium iodide, the same methods as those used in the above-mentioned iodination reaction using hydrogen iodide can be used with respect to the concentration method, the type of reducing agent, the stirring speed, the form of the filter, etc.

當將金剛烷多元醇用作原料時,引入複數個碘時,較佳為使用碘化氫作為碘化劑,引入1個碘原子時,較佳為使用三甲基矽烷基氯化物和碘化鈉或碘化鉀的組合作為碘化劑。When an adamantane polyol is used as a raw material, when a plurality of iodine atoms are introduced, hydrogen iodide is preferably used as an iodination agent, and when a single iodine atom is introduced, a combination of trimethylsilyl chloride and sodium iodide or potassium iodide is preferably used as an iodination agent.

當使用疏水性溶劑時,可以藉由用水洗疏水性溶劑相來進行純化。水洗時,例如,可以適當使用純水、氯化鈉水溶液、硝酸水溶液、草酸水溶液、硫酸水溶液、氯化氫水溶液等。此外,也可以在反應完成後,添加疏水性溶劑來進行水洗。反應完成後所添加的疏水性溶劑,可以是與反應中所使用的疏水性溶劑相同,也可以是不同。When a hydrophobic solvent is used, the hydrophobic solvent phase can be purified by washing with water. For example, pure water, sodium chloride aqueous solution, nitric acid aqueous solution, oxalic acid aqueous solution, sulfuric acid aqueous solution, hydrogen chloride aqueous solution, etc. can be used appropriately for washing. In addition, a hydrophobic solvent can be added after the reaction is completed for washing. The hydrophobic solvent added after the reaction is completed can be the same as the hydrophobic solvent used in the reaction, or it can be different.

一般而言,水洗是在室溫附近實施,但當在室溫進行水洗時析出生成物的情況下,可以在加熱的同時實施水洗。水洗的溫度較佳為疏水性溶劑和水的共沸溫度以下。Generally, water washing is performed at about room temperature, but if a product precipitates when water washing is performed at room temperature, water washing may be performed while heating. The water washing temperature is preferably below the azeotropic temperature of the hydrophobic solvent and water.

如上所述,也可以藉由離子交換樹脂、螯合樹脂、金屬去除濾器、微粒子去除濾器等進行通液而純化。離子交換樹脂、螯合樹脂、金屬去除濾器、微粒子去除濾器可以在純化時單獨使用,也可以與水洗等操作組合使用。As described above, purification can also be performed by passing the liquid through an ion exchange resin, a chelate resin, a metal removal filter, a microparticle removal filter, etc. The ion exchange resin, the chelate resin, the metal removal filter, and the microparticle removal filter can be used alone or in combination with water washing or the like for purification.

式(Ad)的化合物的分離,可以藉由蒸餾、結晶來進行。在以蒸餾來分離的情況下,蒸餾的方法沒有特別限制,但例如可以適當地使用批次簡單蒸餾、平衡閃蒸、批次精餾、連續精餾等的方法。此外,式(Ad)的化合物可以藉由餾出來回收,也可以作為塔底殘液或底部液來回收。The compound of formula (Ad) can be separated by distillation or crystallization. When the separation is carried out by distillation, the distillation method is not particularly limited, but for example, batch simple distillation, equilibrium flash distillation, batch distillation, continuous distillation, etc. can be appropriately used. In addition, the compound of formula (Ad) can be recovered by distillation, or it can be recovered as a bottom liquid or a bottom liquid.

當藉由結晶進行分離時,可以直接使用反應中使用的疏水性溶劑作為溶劑,也可以添加新的溶劑。此外,溶劑可以單一使用,也可以併用2種以上的溶劑。When separation is performed by crystallization, the hydrophobic solvent used in the reaction may be used as the solvent, or a new solvent may be added. In addition, a single solvent may be used, or two or more solvents may be used in combination.

相對於式(Ad)的化合物的質量比,結晶時的溶劑較佳為20等量以下,更佳為10等量以下,進一步較佳為5等量以下,特別較佳為3等量以下。藉由蒸餾來餾去溶劑,藉此可以調整溶劑與式(Ad)的化合物的比。The mass ratio of the solvent to the compound of formula (Ad) during crystallization is preferably 20 equivalents or less, more preferably 10 equivalents or less, further preferably 5 equivalents or less, and particularly preferably 3 equivalents or less. The ratio of the solvent to the compound of formula (Ad) can be adjusted by distilling off the solvent.

可以藉由添加晶種來析出結晶,也可以藉由不添加晶種而冷卻溶液來析出結晶。此外,在結晶析出後,為了提高產率而將漿料進行冷卻。冷卻速度較佳為30℃/h以下,更佳為20℃/h以下,進一步較佳為10℃/h以下,特別較佳為5℃/h以下。Crystals can be precipitated by adding seed crystals or by cooling the solution without adding seed crystals. In addition, after crystals are precipitated, the slurry is cooled to improve the yield. The cooling rate is preferably 30°C/h or less, more preferably 20°C/h or less, further preferably 10°C/h or less, and particularly preferably 5°C/h or less.

冷卻後,將漿料進行固液分離的溫度較佳為-50~40℃,更佳為-20~30℃,進一步較佳為-20~10℃。此外,從漿料溫度到達固液分離的溫度,直到發生固液分離為止的保留時間沒有特別限制,但較佳為24小時以內,更佳為10小時以內。After cooling, the temperature for solid-liquid separation of the slurry is preferably -50 to 40°C, more preferably -20 to 30°C, and further preferably -20 to 10°C. In addition, the retention time from when the slurry temperature reaches the temperature for solid-liquid separation until solid-liquid separation occurs is not particularly limited, but is preferably within 24 hours, and more preferably within 10 hours.

作為固液分離的方法,沒有特別限定,例如可以適當使用吸濾過濾、離心分離、加壓過濾等方法。The method for solid-liquid separation is not particularly limited, and for example, suction filtration, centrifugal separation, pressure filtration, etc. can be appropriately used.

此外,將化合物(MA)進行碘化時,可以使用鹼、氧化劑。當鹼或氧化劑的活性較高時,可以合成化合物(Da2)。作為該鹼的實例,例如可列舉:氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸鈣、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀等。作為該氧化劑的實例,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:過碘酸、過氧化氫、預定的添加劑(鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、p-甲苯磺酸等)等。進一步地,可以使用強酸等使化合物(MA)的羥基之間進行縮合來合成化合物(Da2)。In addition, when compound (MA) is iodinated, a base or an oxidizing agent can be used. When the activity of the base or the oxidizing agent is high, compound (Da2) can be synthesized. Examples of the base include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, etc. Examples of the oxidizing agent are not particularly limited, and examples include periodic acid, hydrogen peroxide, predetermined additives (hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc.). Furthermore, compound (Da2) can be synthesized by condensing the hydroxyl groups of compound (MA) using a strong acid or the like.

本發明的化合物(B)的製造方法,較佳為進一步包含使用吸附劑處理的步驟。化合物(B)的製造方法中,可以使用吸附劑去除雜質,也可以適當地組合使用各自複數種之濾器過濾和吸附劑。作為吸附劑,可列舉公知的吸附劑,例如可列舉:氧化鋁、活性氧化鋁、矽膠、二氧化矽/氧化鋁及沸石(合成沸石等,其他)、雲母(mica)、雲母等無機系吸附劑,以及活性碳、分子篩、離子交換樹脂等有機系吸附劑。當潔淨的固體表面與對象生物接觸時,由於固體表面原子與對象成分之間的相互作用,使對象成分吸附到表面,該些(吸附劑)可以利用此吸附作用,將特定成分進行吸附、去除。尚且,根據相互作用的方式,吸附現象可以分類為物理吸附(physisorption)和化學吸附(chemisorption)之2種類。其中,物理吸附為在原子、分子吸附在固體表面的現象之中,吸附的原因主要為氣體分子與表面原子之間的凡得瓦力(van der waals相互作用)所致之吸附。其特徵為,物質所致之特異性較少,吸附速度較快,吸附熱較小(~20 kJ mol-1),也會發生多層吸附、可逆解吸,不解離。另一方面,化學吸附為在原子、分子吸附在固體表面的現象之中,吸附的原因為化學鍵生成、電荷轉移相互作用所致之吸附。此外,化學吸附到金屬、金屬氧化物等之氣體分子、氣體原子較多。作為其特徵,對物質所致之特異性較強、吸附速度較慢、吸附熱較大(數百kJ mol-1)、只能單層吸附。The method for producing compound (B) of the present invention preferably further comprises a step of treating with an adsorbent. In the method for producing compound (B), an adsorbent may be used to remove impurities, or a plurality of filters and adsorbents may be appropriately combined. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents may be listed, for example, inorganic adsorbents such as alumina, activated alumina, silica, silica/alumina and zeolite (synthetic zeolite, etc., others), mica, and mica, as well as organic adsorbents such as activated carbon, molecular sieves, and ion exchange resins. When a clean solid surface comes into contact with an object, the object components are adsorbed onto the surface due to the interaction between the atoms on the solid surface and the object components. These (adsorbents) can use this adsorption to adsorb and remove specific components. Moreover, according to the mode of interaction, adsorption phenomena can be classified into two types: physical adsorption and chemical adsorption. Among them, physical adsorption is the phenomenon of atoms and molecules adsorbed on the solid surface. The main reason for adsorption is the van der Waals force (van der Waals interaction) between gas molecules and surface atoms. Its characteristics are that the specificity caused by the substance is less, the adsorption speed is faster, the adsorption heat is smaller (~20 kJ mol-1), and multi-layer adsorption and reversible desorption will also occur without dissociation. On the other hand, chemical adsorption is the phenomenon of atoms and molecules adsorbed on the surface of solids. The reason for adsorption is the adsorption caused by chemical bond formation and charge transfer interaction. In addition, chemical adsorption is more common on gas molecules and gas atoms such as metals and metal oxides. As its characteristics, it has stronger specificity for substances, slower adsorption speed, larger adsorption heat (hundreds of kJ mol-1), and can only adsorb in a single layer.

吸附劑所致之雜質的除去,只要使與雜質共存的化合物(B)與吸附劑接觸即可,沒有特別限制,例如可列舉:向反應液中添加吸附劑(也稱為二氧化矽分散)、將反應液向填充有吸附劑的管柱進行通液、將與雜質共存的化合物(B)溶解在有機溶劑中並添加吸附劑、使與雜質共存的化合物(B)向填充有吸附劑的管柱進行通液等。從生產性的觀點考慮,較佳為向反應液中添加吸附劑。此外,從選擇性地除去化合物(B)中的雜質、且抑制雜質從吸附劑中混入的觀點考慮,作為吸附劑,較佳為使用氧化鋁、活性氧化鋁、矽膠、二氧化矽/氧化鋁。更佳為使用矽膠、二氧化矽/氧化鋁。Impurities caused by the adsorbent can be removed without particular limitation as long as the compound (B) coexisting with the impurities is brought into contact with the adsorbent. Examples thereof include: adding the adsorbent to the reaction solution (also called silica dispersion), passing the reaction solution through a column filled with the adsorbent, dissolving the compound (B) coexisting with the impurities in an organic solvent and adding the adsorbent, passing the compound (B) coexisting with the impurities through a column filled with the adsorbent, etc. From the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferred to add the adsorbent to the reaction solution. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of selectively removing impurities in the compound (B) and suppressing the mixing of impurities from the adsorbent, it is preferred to use alumina, activated alumina, silica, or silica/alumina as the adsorbent. It is more preferred to use silica or silica/alumina.

2. 組成物 前述化合物可用作組成物。前述化合物,特別是可用作微影用組成物,因此可以是用於微影的組成物。以下,以微影用組成物為例,對包含該化合物的組成物進行說明。 2. Composition The aforementioned compound can be used as a composition. The aforementioned compound can be used as a composition for lithography, and thus can be a composition for lithography. Hereinafter, a composition containing the compound will be described by taking a composition for lithography as an example.

在放射線照射時,對含有前述化合物的微影用組成物,表現增感效果。因此,本實施方式的一態樣,可以是使用前述化合物,在微影用組成物的放射線照射中表現增感效果的方法,較佳為使用2種以上的前述化合物。該理由並不受限制,但前述化合物被認為是用於促進放射線的吸收。此效果,特別是在極紫外線(EUV)照射下尤其明顯。增感效果的內容有複數個形態,當將使用微影用組成物所製膜的感光性層用作微影用抗蝕膜的情況下,例如可以依下述般確認。1)以無圖案的面進行曝光的方式,曝光後,視需求進行PEB步驟(在曝光後進行加熱處理的步驟),視需求進行顯影步驟(藉由顯像液,溶解除去曝光部或未曝光部的步驟),對經過上述所獲得的膜測定膜厚。2)改變曝光量,測定所得膜的膜厚,將膜厚急劇變化時的曝光量定義為表面曝光方式中的感度。3)當在低曝光側確認到感度時,可以認定為具有增感效果。此外,在藉由曝光進行圖案形成的方式中,1)改變曝光量來形成圖案,將曝光後成為規定的線寬的曝光量定義為感度。2)當在較低曝光側確認到感度時,可以認定具有增感效果。此外,包含前述化合物的微影用組成物對於抑制抗蝕劑圖案中的缺陷是有用的。特別是,極紫外線(EUV)中的圖案評價,也可以藉由減少孔蝕、架橋等缺陷而確認。該缺陷為與光學曝光量的波動或曝光量較低之實質上欠損類似的曝光狀態所引起,但抗蝕膜藉由具備增感效果之吸收促進而迴避前述波動、欠損,使前述缺陷減低。當前述化合物用於微影用組成物時,可以將前述化合物直接用作組成物的構成成分。此外,作為其他方法,可以將包含前述化合物作為部分結構之樹脂(基材(A))、添加劑(酸產生劑(C)、交聯劑(G)、酸擴散控制劑(E)、其他成分(F)等)的形態進行加工,將該些樹脂、添加劑作為構成成分而用作微影用組成物。When irradiated with radiation, a lithography composition containing the aforementioned compound exhibits a sensitizing effect. Therefore, one aspect of the present embodiment may be a method of using the aforementioned compound to exhibit a sensitizing effect in irradiation of the lithography composition with radiation, preferably using two or more of the aforementioned compounds. The reason is not limited, but the aforementioned compound is believed to be used to promote the absorption of radiation. This effect is particularly evident under extreme ultraviolet (EUV) irradiation. The sensitizing effect has multiple forms, and when a photosensitive layer of a film made using the lithography composition is used as an anti-etching film for lithography, it can be confirmed, for example, as follows. 1) A method in which exposure is performed on the surface without a pattern, and after exposure, a PEB step (a step of performing a heat treatment after exposure) is performed as needed, and a developing step (a step of dissolving and removing the exposed part or the unexposed part by a developer) is performed as needed, and the film thickness of the film obtained by the above is measured. 2) The exposure amount is changed, the film thickness of the obtained film is measured, and the exposure amount when the film thickness changes drastically is defined as the sensitivity in the surface exposure method. 3) When the sensitivity is confirmed on the low exposure side, it can be determined that there is a sensitization effect. In addition, in the method of forming a pattern by exposure, 1) the exposure amount is changed to form a pattern, and the exposure amount that becomes a specified line width after exposure is defined as the sensitivity. 2) When the sensitivity is confirmed on the lower exposure side, it can be determined that there is a sensitization effect. In addition, the lithography composition containing the aforementioned compound is useful for suppressing defects in the resist pattern. In particular, pattern evaluation in extreme ultraviolet (EUV) can also be confirmed by reducing defects such as pitting and bridging. The defect is caused by an exposure state similar to fluctuations in optical exposure or substantial defects due to low exposure, but the anti-etching film avoids the aforementioned fluctuations and defects by promoting absorption with a sensitization effect, thereby reducing the aforementioned defects. When the aforementioned compound is used in the lithography composition, the aforementioned compound can be directly used as a constituent component of the composition. In addition, as another method, the form of a resin (base material (A)) and additives (acid generator (C), crosslinking agent (G), acid diffusion controller (E), other components (F), etc.) containing the aforementioned compound as a partial structure can be processed and these resins and additives can be used as constituent components of a lithography composition.

本實施方式的微影用組成物,包含式(1)所表示的化合物(以下也稱為「化合物(B)」),也可以視需求包含基材(A)、溶劑(S)、酸產生劑(C)、交聯劑(G)、酸擴散控制劑(E)等其他成分。以下,對各成分進行說明。The lithography composition of the present embodiment comprises a compound represented by formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as "compound (B)"), and may also comprise other components such as a substrate (A), a solvent (S), an acid generator (C), a crosslinking agent (G), and an acid diffusion control agent (E) as required. Each component is described below.

[化合物(B)] 本實施方式中的組成物包含1種以上的化合物(B)。儘管沒有限制,但較佳為組成物包含2種以上的化合物(B)。當包含2種以上的化合物(B)時,具有如後述的實施例所表現出減少蝕刻缺陷的傾向。減少蝕刻缺陷的理由尚不清楚,但認為是例如,組成物中的化合物(B)的互溶性提高,而在製膜時具有使微細缺陷減少的可能性。化合物B的RG較佳為可以具有取代基之源自苯、萘或金剛烷的基。當包含2種以上的化合物B時,源自RG的基可以相同也可以不同。 [Compound (B)] The composition in this embodiment includes one or more compounds (B). Although not limited, it is preferred that the composition includes two or more compounds (B). When two or more compounds (B) are included, there is a tendency to reduce etching defects as shown in the examples described below. The reason for reducing etching defects is not clear, but it is believed that, for example, the mutual solubility of the compound (B) in the composition is improved, and there is a possibility of reducing fine defects during film formation. RG of compound B is preferably a group derived from benzene, naphthalene or adamantane that may have a substituent. When two or more compounds B are included, the groups derived from RG may be the same or different.

化合物(B)的摻合量沒有限制,但當存在摻合量較少的化合物(B)(將該化合物稱為化合物(B’))時,從蝕刻缺陷的改善效果的觀點考慮,在全化合物(B)的總量中,化合物(B’)的量較佳為1ppm以上,更佳為10ppm以上。此外,當存在摻合量最多的化合物(B)(將該化合物稱為化合物(B”))時,從提高感度的觀點考慮,在全化合物(B)的總量中,相較於該化合物(B”)之分子中的碘原子的含有率較少之化合物(B”’)的含有量較佳為40質量%以下,進一步較佳為10質量%以下,最佳為5質量%以下。There is no limit to the amount of compound (B) incorporated, but when there is a compound (B) with a smaller amount of incorporation (the compound is referred to as compound (B')), from the perspective of the improvement effect of etching defects, the amount of compound (B') is preferably 1 ppm or more, and more preferably 10 ppm or more, in the total amount of all compounds (B). In addition, when there is a compound (B) with the largest amount of incorporation (the compound is referred to as compound (B")), from the perspective of improving sensitivity, the content of compound (B'") having a lower iodine atom content in the molecule than that of compound (B") is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and most preferably 5% by mass or less, in the total amount of all compounds (B).

在一態樣中,在化合物(B)中,當將碘原子數較多的單量體化合物設定為H,將碘原子數較少的單量體化合物設定為L,將二聚物化合物設定為D時,可以例示出以下的組合。 H/L(質量比,以下同)=(97~99.999):(3~0.001) 此外,更佳為以下的組合。 此外,進一步較佳為以下的組合。 此外,特別較佳為以下組合。 In one embodiment, in compound (B), when the monomer compound with more iodine atoms is set as H, the monomer compound with less iodine atoms is set as L, and the dimer compound is set as D, the following combination can be exemplified. H/L (mass ratio, the same below) = (97~99.999): (3~0.001) Furthermore, the following combinations are more preferred. Furthermore, the following combinations are more preferred. In addition, the following combinations are particularly preferred.

混合2種以上的化合物(B)的方法沒有限制,可以將2種以上的化合物(B)混合,也可以在合成化合物(B)的過程中,作為混合物同時合成。The method of mixing two or more compounds (B) is not limited, and the two or more compounds (B) may be mixed or may be simultaneously synthesized as a mixture in the process of synthesizing the compound (B).

化合物(B)的更佳態樣可列舉如下。 1)將作為基準的式(1)所表示的化合物,和相較於前述作為基準化合物的式(1)所表示的化合物之碘原子數較少的化合物(較佳為後述的式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物)的組合。 2)將作為基準的式(1)所表示的化合物,和式(1)所表示的化合物之多聚物(較佳為前述的式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物)的組合。 3)將作為基準的式(1)所表示的化合物,和前述碘原子數較少的化合物,和前述多聚物的組合。 此外,碘原子數較少的化合物也可以是不含碘原子的化合物。 More preferred aspects of compound (B) are as follows. 1) A combination of a compound represented by formula (1) as a reference compound and a compound having a smaller number of iodine atoms than the compound represented by formula (1) as the reference compound (preferably a compound represented by formula (BP0-1) described later). 2) A combination of a compound represented by formula (1) as a reference compound and a polymer of the compound represented by formula (1) (preferably a compound represented by formula (DM0-1) described above). 3) A combination of a compound represented by formula (1) as a reference compound, the compound having a smaller number of iodine atoms, and the polymer. In addition, the compound having a smaller number of iodine atoms may be a compound containing no iodine atoms.

組成物藉由包含式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物,可假定特別是針對因無機物、無機成分所引起之經時穩定性的確保效果較高,可假定因素成分的捕集效果較高而導致經時穩定性的提升。此外,作為另一較佳態樣,組成物藉由包含式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物,可假定與由式(1)所表示的化合物的氧化還原電位的差異所引起的機制,針對經時穩定性的確保較有效,可假定導致經時穩定性提升,該經時穩定性是因自然氧化、共存物的經時劣化所引起的。The composition, by including the compound represented by the formula (DM0-1), can be assumed to have a higher effect on ensuring the stability over time caused by inorganic substances and inorganic components, and it can be assumed that the capture effect of the factor components is higher, resulting in improved stability over time. In addition, as another preferred embodiment, the composition, by including the compound represented by the formula (BP0-1), can be assumed to be more effective in ensuring the stability over time due to the difference in redox potential with the compound represented by the formula (1), and it can be assumed that the stability over time is improved, which is caused by natural oxidation and the deterioration of coexisting substances over time.

式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物如同前述。式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物較佳為前述式(DM1a)、(Dn1)或(Da1),或下述式(DM1a-Dt)、(DM1a-Dt2)、(Dn1-Dt)、(Dn1-Dt2)、(Da1-Dt)、(Da1-Dt2)、(Ba1-tl)、(Ba1-x)或(Ba1-eb)所表示的化合物。 (式中,Z、I、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。) (式中,Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同。) (式中,I、R 1、A、R”、Q、s1~s4與式(Dn1)中的定義相同。) (式中,R 1、A、R”、Q、s2~s4與式(Dn1)中的定義相同。) (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同。) (式中,R 1、R”、R d、t2~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同。) (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同。) (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同。) (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同。) The compound represented by formula (DM0-1) is as described above. The compound represented by formula (DM0-1) is preferably a compound represented by the aforementioned formula (DM1a), (Dn1) or (Da1), or the following formula (DM1a-Dt), (DM1a-Dt2), (Dn1-Dt), (Dn1-Dt2), (Da1-Dt), (Da1-Dt2), (Ba1-tl), (Ba1-x) or (Ba1-eb). (In the formula, Z, I, R1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a).) (In the formula, Z, R 1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a).) (In the formula, I, R1 , A, R", Q, s1-s4 have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1).) (In the formula, R 1 , A, R”, Q, s2 to s4 have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1). (In the formula, I, R 1 , R”, R d , t1 to t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1).) (In the formula, R 1 , R”, R d , t2~t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1).) (In the formula, I, R 1 , R”, R d , t1 to t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1).) (In the formula, I, R 1 , R”, R d , t1 to t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1).) (In the formula, I, R 1 , R”, R d , t1 to t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1).)

作為前述碘原子數較少的化合物,例如可列舉:由式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物。Examples of the compound having a smaller number of iodine atoms include the compound represented by formula (BP0-1).

RG、I、R 1與式(1)中的定義相同。n’為0~5且為n以下的整數,較佳為0~3的整數。當組成物包含由式(DM0-1)和式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物時,式(BP0-1)中的n’較佳為從式(DM0-1)中的n’的值減1的整數。m’為1~5且m以下的整數。當n’為1~5時,式(BP0-1)的化合物為由式(1)所表示的化合物的一種。 RG, I, R1 have the same definitions as in formula (1). n' is an integer from 0 to 5 and less than n, preferably an integer from 0 to 3. When the composition contains compounds represented by formula (DM0-1) and formula (BP0-1), n' in formula (BP0-1) is preferably an integer obtained by subtracting 1 from the value of n' in formula (DM0-1). m' is an integer from 1 to 5 and less than m. When n' is 1 to 5, the compound of formula (BP0-1) is a type of compound represented by formula (1).

由式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述式所表示。式中,R、R 1、R”、A、r1~r4、s2~s3、t2~t3的定義如同前述。a1、r4a為0~4的整數,且a1和r4a為滿足a1+r4a≤r4的數。r4的定義如同前述,但較佳為與式(Bz)中的r4具有相同的意義。s1b為0~6的整數,且為滿足s1b≤(s1-1)的整數。s1的定義如同前述,但較佳為具有與式(N)中的s1相同的意義。t1b為0~9的整數,且為滿足t1b≤(t1-1)的整數。t1的定義如同前述,但較佳為與式(Ad)中的t1具有相同的意義。 The compound represented by formula (BP0-1) is preferably represented by the following formula. In the formula, R, R 1 , R ″, A, r1~r4, s2~s3, t2~t3 are defined as above. a1 and r4a are integers of 0~4, and a1 and r4a are numbers satisfying a1+r4a≤r4. r4 is defined as above, but preferably has the same meaning as r4 in formula (Bz). s1b is an integer of 0~6, and is an integer satisfying s1b≤(s1-1). s1 is defined as above, but preferably has the same meaning as s1 in formula (N). t1b is an integer of 0~9, and is an integer satisfying t1b≤(t1-1). t1 is defined as above, but preferably has the same meaning as t1 in formula (Ad).

此外,式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述式(BP1a-Dt)、(Bn1-Dt)或(Ba1-Dt)所表示。 (式中,Z、R、R 1、A、r1、r2、r3、r4a與式(BP1a)中的定義相同。) (式中,R 1、R”、A、s2~s4與式(Bn1)中的定義相同。) (式中,R 1、R”、t2、t3與式(Ba1)中的定義相同。) In addition, the compound represented by formula (BP0-1) is preferably represented by the following formula (BP1a-Dt), (Bn1-Dt) or (Ba1-Dt). (In the formula, Z, R, R1 , A, r1, r2, r3, and r4a have the same meanings as in formula (BP1a).) (In the formula, R 1 , R ”, A, s2 to s4 have the same definitions as in formula (Bn1). (In the formula, R 1 , R ″, t2, and t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Ba1).)

將式(1)所表示的化合物,與式(DM0-1)或式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物併用的組成物,具有優異的儲存穩定性。其原因沒有限定,但推測為由於式(DM0-1)或式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物在立體空間或電子上捕獲會致使儲存穩定性劣化的因素物質、因素成分。從此觀點考慮,相對於式(1)所表示的化合物整體,式(DM0-1)和式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物的總量的下限值較佳為1ppm以上,更佳為2ppm以上,進一步較佳為5ppm以上,特別較佳為10ppm以上。此外,該總量的上限值較佳為10000ppm以下,更佳為8000ppm以下,進一步較佳為5000ppm以下,特別較佳為3000ppm以下。A composition using a compound represented by formula (1) in combination with a compound represented by formula (DM0-1) or formula (BP0-1) has excellent storage stability. The reason is not limited, but it is speculated that the compound represented by formula (DM0-1) or formula (BP0-1) captures factor substances and factor components that deteriorate storage stability in stereo or electronically. From this point of view, the lower limit of the total amount of the compounds represented by formula (DM0-1) and formula (BP0-1) relative to the entire compound represented by formula (1) is preferably 1 ppm or more, more preferably 2 ppm or more, further preferably 5 ppm or more, and particularly preferably 10 ppm or more. The upper limit of the total amount is preferably 10000 ppm or less, more preferably 8000 ppm or less, further preferably 5000 ppm or less, and particularly preferably 3000 ppm or less.

當組成物進一步包含由式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物時,較佳為由式(1)、式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物滿足以下關係。 0.1≧[式(DM0-1)化合物的量(mol)]÷[式(1)化合物的量(mol)]≧0.000001 When the composition further contains a compound represented by formula (DM0-1), it is preferred that the compounds represented by formula (1) and formula (DM0-1) satisfy the following relationship. 0.1≧[amount of compound of formula (DM0-1) (mol)]÷[amount of compound of formula (1) (mol)]≧0.000001

當組成物進一步包含式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物和式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物時,較佳為由式(1)、式(DM0-1)、式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物滿足以下的關係式。 0.1≧([式(DM0-1)化合物與式(BP0-1)化合物的總量(mol)])÷[式(1)化合物的量(mol)]≧0.000001 When the composition further includes a compound represented by formula (DM0-1) and a compound represented by formula (BP0-1), it is preferred that the compounds represented by formula (1), formula (DM0-1), and formula (BP0-1) satisfy the following relationship. 0.1≧([total amount of the compound of formula (DM0-1) and the compound of formula (BP0-1) (mol)])÷[amount of the compound of formula (1) (mol)]≧0.000001

除了上述效果以外,從提高化合物的耐熱性的觀點考慮,較佳為使用式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物,更佳為(DM1a)、(Dn1)、(Da1)、(DM1a-Dt)、(DM1a-Dt2)、(Dn1-Dt)、(Dn1-Dt2)、(Da1-Dt)、(Da1-Dt2)、(Ba1-tl)、(Ba1-x)或(Ba1-eb)所表示的化合物。其中,特別較佳為二聚物。In addition to the above effects, from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance of the compound, it is preferred to use a compound represented by formula (DM0-1), more preferably a compound represented by (DM1a), (Dn1), (Da1), (DM1a-Dt), (DM1a-Dt2), (Dn1-Dt), (Dn1-Dt2), (Da1-Dt), (Da1-Dt2), (Ba1-tl), (Ba1-x) or (Ba1-eb). Among them, dimers are particularly preferred.

除了上述效果以外,從互溶性的觀點考慮,當組成物包含與式(DM1a-Dt)、(DM1a-Dt2)、(Dn1-Dt)、(Dn1-Dt2)、(Da1-Dt)、(Da1-Dt2)、(Ba1-tl)、(Ba1-x)、(Ba1-eb)、式(BP1a-Dt)、(Bn1-Dt)或(Ba1-Dt)所表示的化合物不同的化合物B時,式(DM1a-Dt)、(DM1a-Dt2)、(Dn1-Dt)、(Dn1-Dt2)、(Da1-Dt)、(Da1-Dt2)、(Ba1-tl)、(Ba1-x)、(Ba1-eb)、式(BP1a-Dt)、(Bn1-Dt)或(Ba1-Dt)所表示的化合物較佳為與該化合物B具有相同的母核。In addition to the above effects, from the perspective of miscibility, when the composition contains a compound B different from the compound represented by formula (DM1a-Dt), (DM1a-Dt2), (Dn1-Dt), (Dn1-Dt2), (Da1-Dt), (Da1-Dt2), (Ba1-tl), (Ba1-x), (Ba1-eb), formula (BP1a-Dt), (Bn1-Dt) or (Ba1-Dt), the compound represented by formula (DM1a-Dt), (DM1a-Dt2), (Dn1-Dt), (Dn1-Dt2), (Da1-Dt), (Da1-Dt2), (Ba1-tl), (Ba1-x), (Ba1-eb), formula (BP1a-Dt), (Bn1-Dt) or (Ba1-Dt) preferably has the same parent nucleus as the compound B.

除了上述效果以外,從提高化合物的溶解穩定性的觀點考慮,較佳為使用式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物,較佳為使用如式(BP1a)、(Bn1)或(Ba1)所表示的化合物般之碘原子較少的化合物。即使當由式(BP1a)、(Bn1)、(Ba1)所表示的化合物不含碘原子時,也可以獲得預期的效果。在本態樣中,式(BP1a)中的Z可以不包含I。以下將說明較佳的化合物。In addition to the above effects, from the viewpoint of improving the dissolution stability of the compound, it is preferred to use a compound represented by formula (BP0-1), and it is preferred to use a compound having fewer iodine atoms, such as a compound represented by formula (BP1a), (Bn1) or (Ba1). Even when the compound represented by formula (BP1a), (Bn1) or (Ba1) does not contain an iodine atom, the expected effect can be obtained. In this aspect, Z in formula (BP1a) may not contain I. The preferred compound will be described below.

式(BP1a)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(BP1b)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (BP1a) is preferably a compound represented by formula (BP1b).

在式(BP1b)中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(BP1a)中的定義相同,且a11、a12為滿足a11+a12≤r4之0~2的整數。r4的定義如同前述,但較佳為具有與式(Bz)中的r4相同的意義(以下,同樣)。 In formula (BP1b), I, R, R1 , A, and Z are the same as those defined in formula (BP1a), and a11 and a12 are integers between 0 and 2 satisfying a11+a12≤r4. r4 is defined as above, but preferably has the same meaning as r4 in formula (Bz) (hereinafter, the same).

式(BP1b)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(BP1c1)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (BP1b) is preferably a compound represented by formula (BP1c1).

在式(BP1c1)中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(BP1a)中的定義相同,且a11、a12為滿足a11+a12≤r4之0~1的整數。 In formula (BP1c1), I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same definitions as in formula (BP1a), and a11 and a12 are integers between 0 and 1 satisfying a11+a12≤r4.

式(BP1c1)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(BP1d11)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (BP1c1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (BP1d11).

在式(BP1d11)中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(BP1a)中的定義相同,且a11、a12為滿足a11+a12≤r4之0~1的整數。 In formula (BP1d11), I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same definitions as in formula (BP1a), and a11 and a12 are integers between 0 and 1 satisfying a11+a12≤r4.

式(BP1c1)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(BP1d12)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (BP1c1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (BP1d12).

在式(BP1d12)中,I、R、R 1、Z與式(BP1a)中的定義相同,且a11、a12為滿足a11+a12≤r4之0~1的整數。A’為具有保護基的基,且由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b,或-O-R a-CO-O-R b,或者-O-R a-O-CO-R b所表示。R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基。R b為碳數為1~3的1價直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基或環狀烷基,或與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環之2價的環狀烷基。可以形成R a和包含R a的環狀結構。然而,A’存在1以上。 In formula (BP1d12), I, R, R1 , and Z are the same as defined in formula (BP1a), and a11 and a12 are integers of 0 to 1 satisfying a11+a12≤r4. A' is a group having a protecting group, and is represented by -ORa - ORb , -O-CO- ORb , or -ORa - CO- ORb , or -ORa - O-CO- Rb . Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Rb is a monovalent linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group that forms a ring together with an adjacent oxygen atom. Ra and a cyclic structure including Ra can be formed. However, A' is present at least 1.

式(BP1b)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(BP1c2)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (BP1b) is preferably a compound represented by formula (BP1c2).

在式(BP1c2)中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(BP1a)中的定義相同,且a11、a12為滿足a11+a12≤r4之0~1的整數。 In formula (BP1c2), I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same definitions as in formula (BP1a), and a11 and a12 are integers between 0 and 1 satisfying a11+a12≤r4.

式(BP1c2)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(BP1d21)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (BP1c2) is preferably a compound represented by formula (BP1d21).

在式(BP1d21)中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(BP1a)中的定義相同,且a11、a12為滿足a11+a12≤r4之0~1的整數。 In formula (BP1d21), I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same definitions as in formula (BP1a), and a11 and a12 are integers between 0 and 1 satisfying a11+a12≤r4.

式(BP1c1)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(BP1d22)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (BP1c1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (BP1d22).

在式(BP1d22)中,I、R、R 1與式(BP1a)中的定義相同,且a11、a12為滿足a11+a12≤r4之0~1的整數。A’與式(BP1d12)中的定義相同。 In formula (BP1d22), I, R, and R1 are the same as those defined in formula (BP1a), and a11 and a12 are integers between 0 and 1 satisfying a11+a12≤r4. A' is the same as defined in formula (BP1d12).

式(BP1b)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(BP1c3)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (BP1b) is preferably a compound represented by formula (BP1c3).

在式(BP1c3)中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(BP1a)中的定義相同,且a11、a12為滿足a11+a12≤r4之0~1的整數。 In formula (BP1c3), I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same definitions as in formula (BP1a), and a11 and a12 are integers between 0 and 1 satisfying a11+a12≤r4.

式(BP1c3)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(BP1d31)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (BP1c3) is preferably a compound represented by formula (BP1d31).

在式(BP1d31)中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(BP1a)中的定義相同,且a11、a12為滿足a11+a12≤r4之0~1的整數。 In formula (BP1d31), I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same definitions as in formula (BP1a), and a11 and a12 are integers between 0 and 1 satisfying a11+a12≤r4.

式(BP1b)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(BP1c4)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (BP1b) is preferably a compound represented by formula (BP1c4).

在式(BP1c4)中,I、R、R 1、A、Z與式(BP1a)中的定義相同,且a11、a12為滿足a11+a12≤r4之0~1的整數。 In formula (BP1c4), I, R, R 1 , A, and Z have the same definitions as in formula (BP1a), and a11 and a12 are integers between 0 and 1 satisfying a11+a12≤r4.

式(BP1c4)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(BP1d41)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (BP1c4) is preferably a compound represented by formula (BP1d41).

在式(BP1d41)中,I、R、R 1與式(BP1a)中的定義相同,且a11、a12為滿足a11+a12≤r4之0~1的整數。A’與式(BP1d12)中的定義相同。 In formula (BP1d41), I, R, and R1 are the same as those defined in formula (BP1a), and a11 and a12 are integers between 0 and 1 satisfying a11+a12≤r4. A' is the same as defined in formula (BP1d12).

式(Bn1)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(Bn1a)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Bn1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Bn1a).

式(Bn1a)中,I、R 1、R”、A與式(Bn1)中的定義相同。x’、y’各自為0或1,並且對於式(1n)中的x、y,滿足(x’+y’)≤(x+y-1)。 In formula (Bn1a), I, R 1 , R″, and A have the same definitions as in formula (Bn1). x' and y' are each 0 or 1, and for x and y in formula (1n), (x'+y')≤(x+y-1) is satisfied.

式(Bn1a)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(Bn1b1)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Bn1a) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Bn1b1).

式(Bn1b1)中,I、R 1、R”、A與式(Bn1)中的定義相同。x’、y’各自為0或1,並且對於式(1n)中的x、y,滿足(x’+y’)≤(x+y-1)。s4’的定義如同前述。 In formula (Bn1b1), I, R 1 , R″, and A are the same as those defined in formula (Bn1). x′ and y′ are each 0 or 1, and for x and y in formula (1n), (x′+y′)≤(x+y-1) is satisfied. s4′ is the same as defined above.

式(Bn1b1)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(Bn1c11)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Bn1b1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Bn1c11).

式(Bn1c11)中,I、R 1、R”、A與式(Bn1)中的定義相同。x’、y’各自為0或1,並且對於式(1n)中的x、y,滿足(x’+y’)≤(x+y-1)。 In formula (Bn1c11), I, R 1 , R″, and A have the same definitions as in formula (Bn1). x' and y' are each 0 or 1, and for x and y in formula (1n), (x'+y')≤(x+y-1) is satisfied.

式(Bn1b1)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(Bn1c12)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Bn1b1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Bn1c12).

式(Bn1c12)中,R 1、R”與式(Bn1)中的定義相同,A’與式(BP1d12)中的定義相同。 In formula (Bn1c12), R 1 and R" have the same meanings as in formula (Bn1), and A' has the same meanings as in formula (BP1d12).

式(Bn1a)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(Bn1b2)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Bn1a) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Bn1b2).

式(Bn1b2)中,I、R 1、R”、A與式(Bn1)中的定義相同。x”為0或1。s4’的定義如同前述。 In formula (Bn1b2), I, R 1 , R″, and A are the same as defined in formula (Bn1). x″ is 0 or 1. s4′ is the same as defined above.

式(Bn1b2)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(Bn1c21)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Bn1b2) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Bn1c21).

式(Bn1c21)中,R 1、R”與式(Bn1)中的定義相同,A’與式(BP1d12)中的定義相同。 In formula (Bn1c21), R 1 and R" have the same meanings as in formula (Bn1), and A' has the same meanings as in formula (BP1d12).

式(Bn1a)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(Bn1b3)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Bn1a) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Bn1b3).

式(Bn1b3)中,I、R 1、R”、A與式(Bn1)中的定義相同。x’、y’各自為0或1,並且對於式(1n)中的x、y,滿足(x’+y’)≤(x+y-1)。s4’的定義如同前述。 In formula (Bn1b3), I, R 1 , R″, and A are the same as those defined in formula (Bn1). x′ and y′ are each 0 or 1, and for x and y in formula (1n), (x′+y′)≤(x+y-1) is satisfied. s4′ is the same as defined above.

式(Bn1b3)所表示的化合物,較佳為式(Bn1c31)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Bn1b3) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Bn1c31).

式(Bn1c31)中,R 1、R”與式(Bn1)中的定義相同,A’與式(BP1d12)中的定義相同。 In formula (Bn1c31), R 1 and R" have the same meanings as in formula (Bn1), and A' has the same meanings as in formula (BP1d12).

由式(Bn1b3)所表示的化合物,較佳為由下述式(Bn1c32)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Bn1b3) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (Bn1c32).

式(Bn1c32)中,R 1、R”與式(Bn1)中的定義相同,A’與式(BP1d12)中的定義相同。 In formula (Bn1c32), R 1 and R" have the same meanings as in formula (Bn1), and A' has the same meanings as in formula (BP1d12).

由式(Ba1)所表示的化合物,較佳為由式(Ba1a)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Ba1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Ba1a).

式(Ba1a)中,I、R 1、R”與式(Ba1)中的定義相同。1c1、1c2、1c3為滿足(1c1+1c2+1c3)≤t1b之0或1的整數。t1b的定義如同前述,較佳為與式(Ba1)中的t1b具有相同的意義(以下,同樣)。 In formula (Ba1a), I, R1 , and R" have the same definitions as in formula (Ba1). 1c1, 1c2, and 1c3 are integers of 0 or 1 satisfying (1c1+1c2+1c3)≤t1b. t1b has the same definition as above, and preferably has the same meaning as t1b in formula (Ba1) (hereinafter, the same).

由式(Ba1a)所表示的化合物,較佳為由式(Ba1b)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Ba1a) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Ba1b).

式(Ba1b)中,I、R”、R 1與式(Ba1a)中的定義相同。1c1、1c2、1c3為滿足(1c1+1c2+1c3)≤t1b之0或1的整數。 In formula (Ba1b), I, R”, and R 1 have the same definitions as in formula (Ba1a). 1c1, 1c2, and 1c3 are integers of 0 or 1 that satisfy (1c1+1c2+1c3)≤t1b.

由式(Ba1b)所表示的化合物,較佳為由下述式(Ba1c11)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by the formula (Ba1b) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (Ba1c11).

式(Ba1c11)中,I、R”、R 1與式(Ba1a)中的定義相同。1d1、1d2為滿足(1d1+1d2)≤t1b之0或1的整數。 In formula (Ba1c11), I, R”, and R 1 have the same definitions as in formula (Ba1a). 1d1 and 1d2 are integers of 0 or 1 that satisfy (1d1+1d2)≤t1b.

由式(Ba1b)所表示的化合物,較佳為由下述式(Ba1c12)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by formula (Ba1b) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (Ba1c12).

式(Ba1c12)中,I、R”、R 1與式(Ba1a)中的定義相同,1e1、1e2、1e3為滿足(1e1+1e2+1e3)≤t1b之0或1的整數。 In formula (Ba1c12), I, R'', and R1 have the same definitions as in formula (Ba1a), and 1e1, 1e2, and 1e3 are integers of 0 or 1 that satisfy (1e1+1e2+1e3)≤t1b.

作為化合物B,較佳為包含在組成物中附加有溶劑之化合物。 附加有溶劑之化合物,例如可列舉:由下述式(Ba1-tl)、(Ba1-x)或(Ba1-eb)所表示的化合物。 (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同。) (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同。) (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同。) As compound B, it is preferred that the compound to which a solvent is added is included in the composition. Examples of the compound to which a solvent is added include compounds represented by the following formula (Ba1-tl), (Ba1-x) or (Ba1-eb). (In the formula, I, R 1 , R”, R d , t1 to t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1).) (In the formula, I, R 1 , R”, R d , t1 to t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1).) (In the formula, I, R 1 , R”, R d , t1 to t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1).)

由式(DM0-1)和式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物,其中不含碘原子的化合物的實例如下所示。 Examples of the compounds represented by formula (DM0-1) and formula (BP0-1) that do not contain an iodine atom are shown below.

[基材(A)] 本實施方式中,所謂的基材(A)是指,化合物(B)以外的化合物,且可用作抗蝕劑的材料。基材(A)可以是樹脂。例如,所謂的基材(A),是指可以用作g線、i線、KrF準分子雷射(248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(193nm)、極紫外線(EUV)微影(13.5nm)、電子束(EB)用抗蝕劑(例如,微影用基材、抗蝕劑用基材)的基材。作為基材(A),例如可列舉:苯酚酚醛清漆型樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆型樹脂、羥基苯乙烯樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、羥基苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、環烯烴-馬來酸酐共聚物、環烯烴、乙烯基醚-馬來酸酐共聚物,及具有如鈦、錫、鉿、鋯等金屬元素的無機抗蝕劑材料,以及該些的衍生物。在這些之中,從所得抗蝕劑圖案的形狀的觀點考慮,較佳為苯酚酚醛清漆型樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆型樹脂、羥基苯乙烯樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、羥基苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物,及具有如鈦、錫、鉿、鋯等金屬元素的無機抗蝕劑材料,以及該些的衍生物。 [Substrate (A)] In this embodiment, the so-called substrate (A) refers to a compound other than compound (B) and can be used as a material for an anti-etching agent. The substrate (A) can be a resin. For example, the so-called substrate (A) refers to a substrate that can be used as an anti-etching agent for g-line, i-line, KrF excimer laser (248nm), ArF excimer laser (193nm), extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography (13.5nm), and electron beam (EB) (for example, a substrate for lithography, a substrate for an anti-etching agent). Examples of the substrate (A) include phenol novolac type resins, cresol novolac type resins, hydroxystyrene resins, (meth)acrylic resins, hydroxystyrene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymers, cycloolefin-maleic anhydride copolymers, cycloolefin-vinyl ether-maleic anhydride copolymers, and inorganic anti-corrosion agent materials having metal elements such as titanium, tin, einsteinium, zirconium, and the like, and their derivatives. Among these, from the viewpoint of the shape of the resulting anti-corrosion pattern, preferred are phenol novolac type resins, cresol novolac type resins, hydroxystyrene resins, (meth)acrylic resins, hydroxystyrene-(meth)acrylic copolymers, and inorganic anti-corrosion materials having metal elements such as titanium, tin, einsteinium, zirconium, and the like, and their derivatives.

從減低使用組成物所形成的膜的缺陷,及良好的圖案形狀的觀點考慮,基材(A)的重量平均分子量較佳為2000~49900,更佳為2000~29900,進一步較佳為2000~14900。前述重量平均分子量,可以使用GPC測定聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量而獲得的值。From the viewpoint of reducing defects in the film formed using the composition and obtaining a good pattern shape, the weight average molecular weight of the substrate (A) is preferably 2000 to 49900, more preferably 2000 to 29900, and further preferably 2000 to 14900. The weight average molecular weight can be obtained by measuring the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene using GPC.

[溶劑(S)] 本實施方式中的溶劑,只要為能溶解化合物(B)者即可,可以適當使用公知的溶劑。作為溶劑的具體例,可列舉:乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類;乙二醇單烷基醚類;丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類(例如丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯);丙二醇單烷基醚類;乳酸酯類;脂肪族羧酸酯類;其他酯類;芳香烴類;酮類;醯胺3:9類;內酯類等。該些的具體例,可列舉:如專利文獻1中所公開者。 [Solvent (S)] The solvent in this embodiment can be any solvent that can dissolve compound (B), and a known solvent can be used appropriately. Specific examples of the solvent include: ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers; propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates (e.g. propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate); propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers; lactic acid esters; aliphatic carboxylic acid esters; other esters; aromatic hydrocarbons; ketones; amide 3:9; lactones, etc. Specific examples of these include: those disclosed in Patent Document 1.

本實施方式中所使用的溶劑,較佳為安全溶劑,更佳為選自PGMEA(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯)、PGME(丙二醇單甲醚)、CHN(環己酮)、CPN(環戊酮)、2-庚酮、苯甲醚、乙酸丁酯和乳酸乙酯中的至少1種,進一步較佳為選自PGMEA、PGME、CHN、CPN和乳酸乙酯中的至少一種。The solvent used in the present embodiment is preferably a safe solvent, more preferably at least one selected from PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate), PGME (propylene glycol monomethyl ether), CHN (cyclohexanone), CPN (cyclopentanone), 2-heptanone, anisole, butyl acetate and ethyl lactate, and further preferably at least one selected from PGMEA, PGME, CHN, CPN and ethyl lactate.

在本實施方式中,固體成分的量和溶劑的量沒有特別限制,但相對於固體成分的量和溶劑的合計質量,較佳為固體成分為1~80質量%且溶劑為20~99質量%,更佳為固體成分為1~50質量%且溶劑為50~99質量%,進一步較佳為固體成分為2~40質量%且溶劑為60~98質量%,特別較佳為固體成分為2~10質量%且溶劑為90~98質量%。尚且,將固體成分的總質量(包含基材(A)、化合物(B)、酸產生劑(C)、交聯劑(G)、酸擴散控制劑(E)和其他成分(F)等之任意使用的成分的固體成分的總和,以下同樣),作為固體成分的量。In the present embodiment, the amount of the solid component and the amount of the solvent are not particularly limited, but relative to the total mass of the solid component and the solvent, it is preferably that the solid component is 1-80 mass% and the solvent is 20-99 mass%, more preferably that the solid component is 1-50 mass% and the solvent is 50-99 mass%, further preferably that the solid component is 2-40 mass% and the solvent is 60-98 mass%, and particularly preferably that the solid component is 2-10 mass% and the solvent is 90-98 mass%. In addition, the total mass of the solid component (including the sum of the solid components of any components used, such as the substrate (A), the compound (B), the acid generator (C), the crosslinking agent (G), the acid diffusion control agent (E) and other components (F), the same applies hereinafter) is taken as the amount of the solid component.

[酸產生劑(C)] 本實施方式的組成物,較佳為包含1種以上的酸產生劑(C)。所謂的酸產生劑(C),是指藉由選自可見光線、紫外線、準分子雷射、電子束、極紫外線(EUV)、X射線和離子束中的任意的放射線照射,直接或間接地產生酸的材料。作為酸產生劑(C),例如可以使用如國際公開第2013/024778號中所記載者。也可以併用2種以上的酸產生劑(C)。 [Acid Generator (C)] The composition of the present embodiment preferably contains one or more acid generators (C). The acid generator (C) refers to a material that directly or indirectly generates an acid by irradiation with any radiation selected from visible light, ultraviolet light, excimer laser, electron beam, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-ray and ion beam. As the acid generator (C), for example, those described in International Publication No. 2013/024778 can be used. Two or more acid generators (C) may also be used in combination.

酸產生劑(C)的使用量較佳為固體成分總質量的0.001~49質量%,更佳為1~40質量%,進一步較佳為3~30質量%,特別較佳為10~25質量%。藉由在上述範圍內使用酸產生劑(C),具有獲得高感度且邊緣粗糙度較低的圖案輪廓的傾向。The amount of the acid generator (C) used is preferably 0.001 to 49% by mass, more preferably 1 to 40% by mass, further preferably 3 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 25% by mass, based on the total mass of the solid component. By using the acid generator (C) within the above range, a pattern profile with high sensitivity and low edge roughness tends to be obtained.

[交聯劑(G)] 本實施方式的組成物較佳為包含一種以上的交聯劑(G)。交聯劑(G)可以使至少基材(A)或化合物(B)中的任一者交聯。前述交聯劑(G)在從酸產生劑(C)所產生的酸的存在下,使基材(A)進行分子內交聯或分子間交聯。作為此般酸交聯劑,例如可列舉:具有能使基材(A)進行交聯之1種以上的基(以下,稱為「交聯性基」)的化合物。作為具有該交聯性基的交聯劑(G),例如,可以使用如國際公開第2013/024778號中所記載者。交聯劑(G)也可以併用2種以上。 [Crosslinking agent (G)] The composition of the present embodiment preferably contains one or more crosslinking agents (G). The crosslinking agent (G) can crosslink at least one of the substrate (A) and the compound (B). The crosslinking agent (G) causes the substrate (A) to undergo intramolecular crosslinking or intermolecular crosslinking in the presence of an acid generated from the acid generator (C). Examples of such acid crosslinking agents include compounds having one or more groups (hereinafter referred to as "crosslinking groups") that can crosslink the substrate (A). As a crosslinking agent (G) having such a crosslinking group, for example, those described in International Publication No. 2013/024778 can be used. Two or more crosslinking agents (G) may also be used in combination.

本實施方式中,交聯劑(G)的使用量在固體成分的總質量中較佳為0.5~50質量%,更佳為0.5~40質量%,進一步較佳為1~30質量%,特別較佳為2~20質量%。當前述交聯劑(G)的調配比例為0.5質量%以上時,抗蝕膜對鹼顯像液的溶解性的抑制效果提高,降低殘膜率,具有可以抑制產生圖案的膨潤、蛇行的傾向。另一方面,當為50質量%以下時,具有可以抑制作為抗蝕劑的耐熱性低下的傾向。In this embodiment, the amount of the crosslinking agent (G) used is preferably 0.5-50% by mass, more preferably 0.5-40% by mass, further preferably 1-30% by mass, and particularly preferably 2-20% by mass in the total mass of the solid component. When the mixing ratio of the crosslinking agent (G) is 0.5% by mass or more, the effect of suppressing the solubility of the anti-corrosion film in the alkaline developer is improved, the residual film rate is reduced, and there is a tendency to suppress the swelling and meandering of the pattern. On the other hand, when it is 50% by mass or less, there is a tendency to suppress the decrease in heat resistance as an anti-corrosion agent.

[酸擴散控制劑(E)] 本實施方式的組成物可以包含酸擴散控制劑(E)。酸擴散控制劑(E)具有控制藉由放射線照射而從酸產生劑產生的酸在抗蝕膜中的擴散,並阻止在未曝光區域之不期望的化學反應的作用等。藉由使用酸擴散控制劑(E),本實施方式的組成物的儲存穩定性具有提高的傾向。此外,藉由使用酸擴散控制劑(E),可以提高使用本實施方式的組成物所形成的薄膜的解析度。除此以外,藉由使用酸擴散控制劑(E),可以抑制放射線照射前的曝光後顯影延遲和放射線照射後的曝光後顯影延遲的變動所致之抗蝕劑圖案的線寬的變化,具有提高製程穩定性的傾向。作為酸擴散控制劑(E),可列舉:如國際公開第2013/024778號所記載的放射線分解性鹼性化合物。也可以併用2種以上的酸擴散控制劑(E)。 [Acid diffusion control agent (E)] The composition of this embodiment may contain an acid diffusion control agent (E). The acid diffusion control agent (E) has the function of controlling the diffusion of the acid generated from the acid generator by radiation in the anti-etching film and preventing undesirable chemical reactions in the unexposed area. By using the acid diffusion control agent (E), the storage stability of the composition of this embodiment tends to be improved. In addition, by using the acid diffusion control agent (E), the resolution of the thin film formed using the composition of this embodiment can be improved. In addition, by using an acid diffusion control agent (E), the variation of the line width of the resist pattern caused by the variation of the post-exposure development delay before radiation irradiation and the post-exposure development delay after radiation irradiation can be suppressed, which tends to improve the process stability. Examples of the acid diffusion control agent (E) include radiation-decomposable alkaline compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/024778. Two or more acid diffusion control agents (E) may also be used in combination.

酸擴散控制劑(E)的摻合量較佳為在固體成分總質量的0.001~49質量%,更佳為0.01~10質量%,進一步較佳為0.01~5質量%,特別較佳為0.01~3質量%。當酸擴散控制劑(E)的摻合量在上述範圍內時,具有可以防止解析度的降低,圖案形狀、尺度保真度等的劣化的傾向。進一步地,即使從電子束照射到放射線照射後加熱為止的曝光後顯影延遲變長,也可以抑制圖案上層部的形狀的劣化。此外,當摻合量為10質量%以下時,具有可以防止感度、未曝光區域的顯影性等低下的傾向。此外,藉由使用此般酸擴散控制劑,提高抗蝕劑組成物的儲存穩定性,且提升解析度的同時,可以抑制放射線照射前的曝光後顯影延遲和放射線照射後的曝光後顯影延遲的變動所致之抗蝕劑圖案的線寬的變化,具有提高製程穩定性的傾向。The amount of the acid diffusion control agent (E) blended is preferably 0.001 to 49% by mass of the total mass of the solid component, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, further preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass. When the amount of the acid diffusion control agent (E) blended is within the above range, it tends to prevent a decrease in resolution, deterioration of pattern shape, scale fidelity, etc. Further, even if the post-exposure development delay from electron beam irradiation to heating after radiation irradiation becomes longer, the deterioration of the shape of the upper layer of the pattern can be suppressed. In addition, when the blending amount is less than 10% by mass, it tends to prevent a decrease in sensitivity, developability of unexposed areas, etc. Furthermore, by using such an acid diffusion controller, the storage stability of the resist composition is improved, and while the resolution is improved, the variation in line width of the resist pattern caused by the variation in the post-exposure development delay before radiation irradiation and the post-exposure development delay after radiation irradiation can be suppressed, which tends to improve process stability.

[其他成分(F)] 本實施方式的組成物可以包含1種以上之以下的添加劑作為其他成分(F)。 (溶解促進劑) 當固體成分在顯像液中的溶解性太低時,溶解促進劑提高其溶解性,適當提高顯影時前述化合物的溶解速度。作為前述溶解促進劑,較佳為具有低分子量者,例如可列舉:低分子量的酚性化合物。作為低分子量的酚性化合物,例如可列舉:雙酚類、參(羥基苯基)甲烷等。也可以併用2種以上的溶解促進劑。 [Other components (F)] The composition of this embodiment may contain one or more but not more than one additive as other components (F). (Dissolution promoter) When the solubility of the solid component in the developer is too low, the dissolution promoter increases its solubility and appropriately increases the dissolution rate of the aforementioned compound during development. As the aforementioned dissolution promoter, it is preferably a low molecular weight one, for example: a low molecular weight phenolic compound. As a low molecular weight phenolic compound, for example: bisphenols, tris(hydroxyphenyl)methane, etc. can be listed. Two or more dissolution promoters can also be used in combination.

溶解促進劑的摻合量,依所使用的前述固體成分的種類而適當調整,但較佳為固體成分總質量的0~49質量%,更佳為0~5質量%,進一步較佳為0~1質量%,特別較佳為0質量%。The amount of the dissolution promoter blended is appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the solid component used, but is preferably 0-49% by mass, more preferably 0-5% by mass, further preferably 0-1% by mass, and particularly preferably 0% by mass, based on the total mass of the solid component.

(溶解控制劑) 當固體成分在顯像液中的溶解性過高時,溶解控制劑控制其溶解性並適當降低顯影時的溶解速度。作為此般溶解控制劑,較佳為在抗蝕被膜的燒成、放射線照射、顯影等的步驟中不發生化學變化者。 (Dissolution control agent) When the solubility of the solid component in the developer is too high, the dissolution control agent controls its solubility and appropriately reduces the dissolution rate during development. As such a dissolution control agent, it is preferred that it does not undergo chemical changes during the steps of firing, radiation irradiation, and development of the anti-corrosion coating.

作為溶解控制劑,沒有特別限定,例如可列舉:如菲、蒽、苊烯等芳香族烴;如苯乙酮、二苯甲酮、苯基萘酮等酮類;如甲基苯基碸、二苯基碸、二萘基碸等碸類等。也可以併用2種以上的溶解控制劑。溶解控制劑的摻合量,依所使用的前述化合物的種類而適當調整,但較佳為固體成分總質量的0~49質量%,更佳為0~5質量%,進一步較佳為0~1質量%,特別較佳為0質量%。There is no particular limitation on the dissolution control agent, and examples thereof include aromatic hydrocarbons such as phenanthrene, anthracene, and acenaphthylene; ketones such as acetophenone, benzophenone, and phenylnaphthophenone; sulfones such as methylphenyl sulfone, diphenyl sulfone, and dinaphthyl sulfone. Two or more dissolution control agents may be used in combination. The amount of the dissolution control agent blended is appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the aforementioned compound used, but is preferably 0 to 49% by mass of the total mass of the solid component, more preferably 0 to 5% by mass, further preferably 0 to 1% by mass, and particularly preferably 0% by mass.

(增感劑) 增感劑吸收照射的放射線的能量,並將該能量傳達至酸產生劑(C),藉此增加酸的生成量,並提升抗蝕劑的表觀感度。作為此般增感劑,例如可列舉:二苯甲酮類、雙乙醯類、芘類、啡噻𠯤類、茀類等。也可以併用2種以上的增感劑。增感劑的摻合量,依所使用的前述化合物的種類而適當調整,但較佳為固體成分總質量的0~49質量%,更佳為0~5質量%,進一步較佳為0~1質量%,特別較佳為0質量%。 (Sensitizer) The sensitizer absorbs the energy of the irradiated radiation and transfers the energy to the acid generator (C), thereby increasing the amount of acid generated and improving the apparent sensitivity of the anti-corrosion agent. Examples of such sensitizers include benzophenones, diacetyl, pyrene, phenanthryl, fluorene, etc. Two or more sensitizers may also be used in combination. The amount of the sensitizer blended is appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the aforementioned compound used, but is preferably 0-49% by mass of the total solid content, more preferably 0-5% by mass, further preferably 0-1% by mass, and particularly preferably 0% by mass.

(界面活性劑) 界面活性劑改良本實施方式的組成物的塗佈性、條紋、抗蝕劑的顯影性等。界面活性劑可以為陰離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑或兩性界面活性劑。作為較佳的界面活性劑,可列舉:非離子系界面活性劑。非離子界面活性劑與用於製造本實施方式的組成物的溶劑具有良好的親和性,可進一步增強本實施方式的組成物的效果。作為非離子系界面活性劑的實例,可列舉:聚氧乙烯高級烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯高級烷基苯基醚類、聚乙二醇的高級脂肪酸二酯類等,但沒有特別限制。該些界面活性劑也可以使用如專利文獻1所記載的市售品。界面活性劑的摻合量,依所使用的前述固體成分的種類而適當調整,但較佳為固體成分總質量的0~49質量%,更佳為0~5質量%,進一步較佳為0~1質量%,特別較佳為0質量%。 (Surfactant) The surfactant improves the coating properties, streaks, and anti-corrosion agent developing properties of the composition of the present embodiment. The surfactant may be an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a non-ionic surfactant, or an amphoteric surfactant. As a preferred surfactant, there can be listed: non-ionic surfactants. Non-ionic surfactants have good affinity with the solvent used to prepare the composition of the present embodiment, and can further enhance the effect of the composition of the present embodiment. As examples of non-ionic surfactants, there can be listed: polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene higher alkyl phenyl ethers, higher fatty acid diesters of polyethylene glycol, etc., but there are no special restrictions. These surfactants may also be commercial products as described in Patent Document 1. The amount of surfactant blended is appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the aforementioned solid component used, but is preferably 0-49% by mass of the total mass of the solid component, more preferably 0-5% by mass, further preferably 0-1% by mass, and particularly preferably 0% by mass.

(有機羧酸或磷的含氧酸或該含氧酸的衍生物) 有機羧酸或磷的含氧酸或該含氧酸的衍生物(以下也稱為「酸或衍生物」)具有防止感度劣化、提升抗蝕劑圖案形狀或提高擱置安定性等作用。作為有機羧酸,例如可列舉:如專利文獻1所記載的丙二酸等。作為磷的含氧酸或其衍生物,可列舉:如專利文獻1中記載的膦酸或其酯等之衍生物,在這些之中,特別較佳為膦酸。 (Organic carboxylic acid or phosphorus oxygen-containing acid or derivative thereof) Organic carboxylic acid or phosphorus oxygen-containing acid or derivative thereof (hereinafter also referred to as "acid or derivative") has the effect of preventing sensitivity degradation, improving the shape of the anti-etching agent pattern or improving the stability of the shelf life. As organic carboxylic acid, for example, malonic acid described in Patent Document 1 can be listed. As phosphorus oxygen-containing acid or derivative thereof, derivatives such as phosphonic acid or its ester described in Patent Document 1 can be listed. Among these, phosphonic acid is particularly preferred.

前述酸或衍生物,可以單獨使用,也可以併用2種以上。該酸或衍生物的摻合量,依所使用的前述化合物的種類而適當調整,但較佳為固體成分總質量的0~49質量%,更佳為0~5質量%,進一步較佳為0~1質量%,特別較佳為0質量%。The aforementioned acid or derivative may be used alone or in combination of two or more thereof. The amount of the acid or derivative blended is appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the aforementioned compound used, but is preferably 0 to 49% by mass, more preferably 0 to 5% by mass, further preferably 0 to 1% by mass, and particularly preferably 0% by mass, based on the total mass of the solid component.

(其他添加劑) 進一步地,本實施方式的組成物,視需求可以包含上述成分以外的添加劑。作為此般添加劑,例如可列舉:染料、顏料及接著助劑等。例如,當調配染料或顏料時,由於使曝光部的潛像可視化,且緩和曝光時光暈的影響而較佳。此外,當調配接著助劑時,由於可以改善與基材的接著性而較佳。進一步地,作為其他添加劑,可列舉:防光暈劑、儲存穩定劑、消泡劑、形狀改良劑等,具體為4-羥基-4’-甲基查耳酮等。 (Other additives) Furthermore, the composition of the present embodiment may contain additives other than the above-mentioned components as required. Examples of such additives include dyes, pigments, and bonding aids. For example, when dyes or pigments are formulated, it is preferable because the latent image of the exposed part is visualized and the effect of the halo during exposure is alleviated. In addition, when bonding aids are formulated, it is preferable because the adhesion to the substrate can be improved. Furthermore, examples of other additives include anti-halo agents, storage stabilizers, defoaming agents, shape modifiers, etc., specifically 4-hydroxy-4'-methylchalcone, etc.

[組成物中各成分的調配比例] 本實施方式的組成物中,化合物B的量較佳為在組成物的固體成分的總質量中10ppm~10質量%。本發明中所謂的固體成分的總質量,是指包含基材(A)、化合物(B)、酸產生劑(C)、交聯劑(G)、酸擴散控制劑(E)及其他成分(F)等之任意使用的成分的固體成分的總和。基材(A)與化合物(B)的質量比,較佳為3:97~99.5:0.5,更佳為10:90~99:1。當該質量比在該範圍時,具有抑制高感度且深度方向的曝光偏差的傾向。前述質量比更佳為30:70~98:2,進一步較佳為50:50~97:3。 [Ratio of each component in the composition] In the composition of this embodiment, the amount of compound B is preferably 10ppm~10% by mass in the total mass of the solid components of the composition. The total mass of the solid components in the present invention refers to the sum of the solid components of any components used, including the substrate (A), compound (B), acid generator (C), crosslinking agent (G), acid diffusion control agent (E) and other components (F). The mass ratio of the substrate (A) to the compound (B) is preferably 3:97~99.5:0.5, and more preferably 10:90~99:1. When the mass ratio is within this range, it has a tendency to suppress exposure deviation in the high sensitivity and depth direction. The aforementioned mass ratio is more preferably 30:70~98:2, and further preferably 50:50~97:3.

本實施方式的組成物中,基材(A)和化合物(B)的總量較佳為在固體成分的總質量中的50~99.4質量%,更佳為55~95質量%,進一步較佳為60~95質量%,特別較佳為70~95質量%。當基材(A)和化合物(B)的總量為上述含量時,具有解析度進一步提高、且線邊緣粗糙度(LER)進一步降低的傾向。In the composition of the present embodiment, the total amount of the substrate (A) and the compound (B) is preferably 50-99.4% by mass of the total mass of the solid component, more preferably 55-95% by mass, further preferably 60-95% by mass, and particularly preferably 70-95% by mass. When the total amount of the substrate (A) and the compound (B) is the above content, there is a tendency that the resolution is further improved and the line edge roughness (LER) is further reduced.

本實施方式的組成物中,(A)/(B)/(C)/(G)/ (E)/(F)質量比(質量%),相對於本實施方式的組成物的固體成分總質量: 較佳為1.5~99.0/0.2~96.4/0.001~49/0~49/0.001~49/0~49, 更佳為5~98.5/0.5~89/1~40/0~40/0.01~10/0~5, 進一步較佳為15~97.5/1~69/3~30/0~30/0.01~5/0~1, 特別較佳為25~96.5/1.5~50/3~30/0~30/0.01~3/0。 In the composition of the present embodiment, the mass ratio (mass %) of (A)/(B)/(C)/(G)/ (E)/(F) relative to the total mass of the solid components of the composition of the present embodiment is: preferably 1.5~99.0/0.2~96.4/0.001~49/0~49/0.001~49/0~49, more preferably 5~98.5/0.5~89/1~40/0~40/0.01~10/0~5, further preferably 15~97.5/1~69/3~30/0~30/0.01~5/0~1, particularly preferably 25~96.5/1.5~50/3~30/0~30/0.01~3/0.

各成分的調配比例,以使其總和成為100質量%的方式,從各範圍選擇。當依前述調配時,具有使感度、解析度、顯影性等性能更優異的傾向。所謂的「固體成分」是指除去溶劑的成分,所謂的「固體成分總質量」是指,從構成組成物的成分中,將除去溶劑後的成分的合計設為100質量%。The proportion of each component is selected from various ranges so that the total is 100% by mass. When the above-mentioned proportion is adopted, the sensitivity, resolution, developing property and other performances tend to be more excellent. The so-called "solid content" refers to the components excluding the solvent, and the so-called "total solid content mass" refers to the total of the components excluding the solvent from the components constituting the composition, which is set to 100% by mass.

本實施方式的組成物,通常在使用時將各成分溶解於溶劑中以形成均勻的溶液,然後,視需求,例如藉由以孔徑為0.2μm程度的濾器等進行過濾來調製。The composition of the present embodiment is usually prepared by dissolving each component in a solvent to form a uniform solution, and then filtering through a filter with a pore size of about 0.2 μm, etc., as required.

[組成物的物性等] 本實施方式的組成物可以藉由旋轉塗佈而形成非晶質膜。此外,本實施方式的組成物可以適用於一般的半導體製造製程。此外,根據所使用的顯像液的種類,本實施方式的組成物可分別製作正型抗蝕劑圖案或負型抗蝕劑圖案中任一者。 [Physical properties of the composition, etc.] The composition of this embodiment can form an amorphous film by spin coating. In addition, the composition of this embodiment can be applied to a general semiconductor manufacturing process. In addition, depending on the type of developer used, the composition of this embodiment can be used to produce either a positive resist pattern or a negative resist pattern.

包含化合物(B)的微影用組成物,在EUV曝光中發揮優異的增感效果。因此,本發明也提供一種在EUV曝光中增化微影用組成物的感度的方法。如上所述,在該增感方法中,較佳為使用二種以上的化合物(B)。The lithography composition containing the compound (B) exhibits an excellent sensitization effect in EUV exposure. Therefore, the present invention also provides a method for enhancing the sensitivity of the lithography composition in EUV exposure. As described above, in the sensitization method, it is preferred to use two or more compounds (B).

相對於組成物,組成物中金屬雜質的殘留量較佳為未滿1ppm,更佳為未滿100ppb,進一步較佳為未滿50ppb,進一步更佳為未滿10ppb,最佳為未滿1ppb。特別是對於分類為過渡金屬之Fe、Ni、Sn、Zn、Cu、Sb、W、Al等的金屬種,當前述金屬殘留量為1ppm以上時,由於與其他化合物的相互作用,擔憂成為導致材料隨時間經過而改質、劣化的因素。此外,對於Na、K、Ca、Mg等鹼金屬、鹼性度類金屬,當殘留量為1ppm以上時,當製作使用化合物之半導體步驟用樹脂時,無法充分減低金屬殘量,擔憂成為半導體製造步驟中源自殘留金屬之缺陷、性能劣化所致之得率降低的因素。 [實施例] The residual amount of metal impurities in the composition is preferably less than 1 ppm, more preferably less than 100 ppb, further preferably less than 50 ppb, further preferably less than 10 ppb, and most preferably less than 1 ppb relative to the composition. In particular, for metal species such as Fe, Ni, Sn, Zn, Cu, Sb, W, and Al, which are classified as transition metals, when the residual amount of the above metals is more than 1 ppm, there is a concern that it may become a factor causing the material to be modified and deteriorated over time due to the interaction with other compounds. In addition, for alkaline metals and alkaline metals such as Na, K, Ca, and Mg, when the residual amount is more than 1 ppm, the metal residue cannot be sufficiently reduced when the semiconductor resin is used in the production step using the compound, and there is a concern that it may become a factor of reduced yield due to defects and performance degradation caused by the residual metal in the semiconductor manufacturing step. [Example]

[測定方法] [核磁共振(NMR)] 化合物的結構使用核磁共振裝置「Avance500III spectrometer」(製品名,Bruker公司製造),在以下條件進行NMR測定來確認。 [1H-NMR測定] 頻率:500MHz 溶劑:CDCl3或d6-DMSO 內部標準:TMS 測定溫度:23℃ [13C-NMR測定] 頻率:125MHz 溶劑:CDCl3或d6-DMSO 內部標準:使用所用溶劑 測定溫度:23℃ [Measurement method] [Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR)] The structure of the compound was confirmed by NMR measurement under the following conditions using a nuclear magnetic resonance device "Avance500III spectrometer" (product name, manufactured by Bruker). [1H-NMR measurement] Frequency: 500 MHz Solvent: CDCl3 or d6-DMSO Internal standard: TMS Measurement temperature: 23°C [13C-NMR measurement] Frequency: 125 MHz Solvent: CDCl3 or d6-DMSO Internal standard: Use the solvent used Measurement temperature: 23°C

[分子量] 化合物的分子量是使用Water公司製的Acquity UPLC/MALDI-Synapt HDMS,藉由液相層析法-質量分析(LC-MS)進行測定。 [Molecular weight] The molecular weight of the compound was measured by liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) using Acquity UPLC/MALDI-Synapt HDMS manufactured by Waters.

[實施例1]將苯作為母核的化合物 如下述流程製造化合物。反應在氮氣流下實施。 [Example 1] Compounds using benzene as a parent core The compound was produced according to the following process. The reaction was carried out under a nitrogen flow.

(化合物1-2的合成) 將具備攪拌機和冷卻管的燒瓶浸漬冰水浴中,將化合物1-1(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造) 40g(0.11mol)和丙酮120mL饋入該燒瓶內並攪拌。此時的內部溫度為4℃。接著,將二異丙基乙基胺(DIPEA) 15.6g(相對於化合物1-1為1.1當量)滴加到燒瓶內。滴加二異丙基乙基胺完畢後,滴加氯甲基乙基醚12.3g(相對於化合物1-1為1.2當量),在氮氣流下反應2小時。反應完成後,在燒瓶內加入120mL水,獲得析出物。隨後,進行過濾和水洗,進一步以甲醇清洗後,進行過濾和乾燥以獲得化合物1-2。產率為84%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為432。 (Synthesis of compound 1-2) Immerse a flask equipped with a stirrer and a cooling tube in an ice water bath, add 40 g (0.11 mol) of compound 1-1 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 120 mL of acetone into the flask and stir. The internal temperature at this time is 4°C. Then, 15.6 g (1.1 equivalents relative to compound 1-1) of diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) is added dropwise to the flask. After the addition of diisopropylethylamine is completed, 12.3 g (1.2 equivalents relative to compound 1-1) of chloromethyl ethyl ether is added dropwise, and the reaction is carried out for 2 hours under a nitrogen flow. After the reaction is completed, 120 mL of water is added to the flask to obtain a precipitate. Subsequently, the mixture was filtered and washed with water, and then further washed with methanol, filtered and dried to obtain compound 1-2. The yield was 84%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 432.

(化合物1-2的合成2) 將具備攪拌機和冷卻管的燒瓶浸漬冰水浴中,將化合物1-1(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造) 40g(0.11mol)和二甲基甲醯胺80mL饋入該燒瓶內並攪拌。此時的內部溫度為4℃。接著,將碳酸鉀15.2g(相對於化合物1-1為1.0當量)添加到燒瓶內。添加碳酸鉀完畢後,滴加氯甲基乙基醚12.3g(相對於化合物1-1為1.2當量),在氮氣流下反應1小時。反應完成後,在燒瓶內加入180mL水,獲得析出物。隨後,進行過濾和水洗,進一步以甲醇清洗後,進行過濾和乾燥以獲得化合物1-2。產率為89%。 (Synthesis of Compound 1-2 2) Immerse a flask equipped with a stirrer and a cooling tube in an ice water bath, add 40 g (0.11 mol) of Compound 1-1 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 80 mL of dimethylformamide into the flask and stir. The internal temperature at this time is 4°C. Then, add 15.2 g of potassium carbonate (1.0 equivalent to Compound 1-1) to the flask. After the addition of potassium carbonate, add 12.3 g of chloromethyl ethyl ether (1.2 equivalent to Compound 1-1) dropwise, and react for 1 hour under a nitrogen flow. After the reaction is completed, add 180 mL of water to the flask to obtain a precipitate. Subsequently, the mixture was filtered and washed with water, and then further washed with methanol, filtered and dried to obtain compound 1-2. The yield was 89%.

(化合物1-3的合成) 將具備攪拌機和冷卻管的燒瓶浸漬冰水浴中,將化合物1-2 33g和經脫水的乙醇100mL饋入該燒瓶內。此時的內部溫度為3℃。接著,將NaBH 42.88g(相對於化合物1-2為未滿1.0當量)在1小時內分批添加。之後,在氮氣流下繼續反應45分鐘。接著,添加5%氯化銨(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製試劑)78g和水100g,進行過濾、水洗和乾燥,獲得化合物1-3。產率為85%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為434。 (Synthesis of compound 1-3) Immerse a flask equipped with a stirrer and a cooling tube in an ice water bath, and add 33 g of compound 1-2 and 100 mL of dehydrated ethanol into the flask. The internal temperature at this time is 3°C. Then, add 2.88 g of NaBH 4 (less than 1.0 equivalent relative to compound 1-2) in batches within 1 hour. Thereafter, continue the reaction under a nitrogen flow for 45 minutes. Then, add 78 g of 5% ammonium chloride (reagent produced by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) and 100 g of water, filter, wash with water and dry to obtain compound 1-3. The yield is 85%. The formation is confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 434.

[實施例1a]將苯作為母核的化合物2 將丙酮60ml加入5-碘香蘭素16g(65mmol)並進行冰冷。在氮氣下添加二異丙基乙基胺8.2g(63mmol)後,在12℃以下滴加氯甲基乙基醚6.4ml(0.84mol)。在3℃攪拌15分鐘,並緩慢加入100ml的水。過濾取得析出物,並以水清洗。將所得的固體在甲醇70ml懸浮攪拌並過濾。將固體在室溫下乾燥並用於下一步驟。將乙醇 15ml加入固體2g中並進行冰冷。在5分鐘內分批添加硼氫化鈉225mg (5.9mmol)。繼續反應30分鐘,加入水20ml。加入氯化銨400mg(7.5mmol)後,滴加水20ml。加入乙酸乙酯進行提取後,以硫酸鈉進行乾燥,並藉由蒸發器餾去有機溶劑而獲得化合物2。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為338。 [Example 1a] Compound 2 with benzene as the parent nucleus Add 16 g (65 mmol) of 5-iodovanillin to 60 ml of acetone and ice-cool. After adding 8.2 g (63 mmol) of diisopropylethylamine under nitrogen, 6.4 ml (0.84 mol) of chloromethyl ethyl ether was added dropwise at below 12°C. Stir at 3°C for 15 minutes and slowly add 100 ml of water. Filter to obtain the precipitate and wash with water. Suspend the obtained solid in 70 ml of methanol, stir and filter. Dry the solid at room temperature and use in the next step. Add 15 ml of ethanol to 2 g of the solid and ice-cool. Add 225 mg (5.9 mmol) of sodium borohydride in batches over 5 minutes. Continue the reaction for 30 minutes and add 20 ml of water. After adding 400 mg (7.5 mmol) of ammonium chloride, 20 ml of water was added dropwise. After adding ethyl acetate for extraction, it was dried with sodium sulfate, and the organic solvent was distilled off by an evaporator to obtain compound 2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 338.

[實施例1b]將苯作為母核的化合物3 與實施例1同樣地,使用乙基乙烯基醚9.38g代替氯甲基乙基醚12.3g,獲得化合物3。 作為另一方法,將二氯甲烷100ml加入4-羥基-3,5-二碘苯甲醛22g(60mmol)並進行冰冷。在氮氣環境下加入乙基乙烯基醚43.2g(600mmol)後,在10℃以下加入多甲苯磺酸吡啶鹽1.5g(6mmol)。隨後,在20℃攪拌24小時,並加入水100ml。以二氯甲烷提取後,以硫酸鈉將有機層進行乾燥,藉由蒸發器餾去有機溶劑,獲得乙氧基乙基保護化體。將乙醇25ml加入保護化體4.5g(10mmol)並進行冰冷。在5分鐘內分批加入硼氫化鈉113mg(3mmol)。繼續反應30分鐘,加入水20ml。加入氯化銨240mg(4.5mmol)後,滴加水20ml。加入乙酸乙酯進行提取後,以硫酸鈉進行乾燥,並藉由蒸發器餾去有機溶劑而獲得化合物3。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為448。 [Example 1b] Compound 3 with benzene as the parent nucleus Similar to Example 1, 9.38 g of ethyl vinyl ether was used instead of 12.3 g of chloromethyl ethyl ether to obtain compound 3. As another method, 100 ml of dichloromethane was added to 22 g (60 mmol) of 4-hydroxy-3,5-diiodobenzaldehyde and ice-cooled. After adding 43.2 g (600 mmol) of ethyl vinyl ether under a nitrogen environment, 1.5 g (6 mmol) of polytoluene sulfonate pyridinium salt was added at below 10°C. Subsequently, the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 24 hours and 100 ml of water was added. After extraction with dichloromethane, the organic layer was dried with sodium sulfate, and the organic solvent was distilled off by an evaporator to obtain an ethoxyethyl protected compound. Add 25 ml of ethanol to 4.5 g (10 mmol) of the protected compound and cool with ice. Add 113 mg (3 mmol) of sodium borohydride in batches over 5 minutes. Continue the reaction for 30 minutes and add 20 ml of water. Add 240 mg (4.5 mmol) of ammonium chloride and then drop 20 ml of water. Add ethyl acetate for extraction, dry with sodium sulfate, and distill off the organic solvent with an evaporator to obtain compound 3. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 448.

[實施例1c]將苯作為母核的化合物4 與實施例1b同樣地,使用3,4-二氫-2H-吡喃50.5g代替乙基乙烯基醚43.2g,獲得化合物4。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為460。 [Example 1c] Compound 4 with benzene as the nucleus Similar to Example 1b, 50.5 g of 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran was used instead of 43.2 g of ethyl vinyl ether to obtain Compound 4. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 460.

[實施例1d]將苯作為母核的化合物5 與實施例1同樣地,使用二碳酸-二-第三丁酯14.2g代替氯甲基乙基醚12.3g,獲得化合物5。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為474。 [Example 1d] Compound 5 with benzene as the nucleus Similar to Example 1, 14.2 g of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate was used instead of 12.3 g of chloromethyl ethyl ether to obtain Compound 5. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 474.

[實施例1e]將苯作為母核的化合物6 與實施例1同樣地,獲得3,5-二碘-4-羥苄醇。加入3,5-二碘-4-羥苄醇、THF,攪拌溶解後,在氮氣環境下、冰冷下滴加光氣(相對於原料為2當量,20%甲苯溶液,Merck公司製)。進一步在冰冷下攪拌2小時。在25℃進一步攪拌12小時。然後,進行氮氣起泡2小時後,藉由減壓濃縮獲得碳酸酯體(1e0)。將所得的碳酸酯體(1e0)放入氯仿中,在冰冷下攪拌溶解。進一步在冰冷下滴加1-甲基環戊醇(相對於前述(1e0)為1.2當量)並攪拌。進一步在冰冷下滴加吡啶(相對於前述(1e0)為1.2當量)並攪拌。攪拌進行1小時後,在25℃下進行攪拌12小時。然後,加入離子交換水後,回收有機相。將所得的有機相以5%小蘇打水清洗後,以離子交換水進行5次的洗淨處理,藉由減壓濃縮而獲得化合物6。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為502。 [Example 1e] Compound 6 with benzene as the parent nucleus In the same manner as in Example 1, 3,5-diiodo-4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol was obtained. 3,5-diiodo-4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol and THF were added, stirred and dissolved, and then phosgene (2 equivalents relative to the raw material, 20% toluene solution, manufactured by Merck) was added dropwise under nitrogen atmosphere and ice-cooling. The mixture was further stirred for 2 hours under ice-cooling. The mixture was further stirred at 25°C for 12 hours. Then, nitrogen was bubbled for 2 hours, and the carbonate (1e0) was obtained by reduced pressure concentration. The obtained carbonate (1e0) was placed in chloroform and stirred and dissolved under ice-cooling. Further, 1-methylcyclopentanol (1.2 equivalents relative to the aforementioned (1e0)) was added dropwise under ice cooling and stirred. Further, pyridine (1.2 equivalents relative to the aforementioned (1e0)) was added dropwise under ice cooling and stirred. After stirring for 1 hour, stirring was performed at 25°C for 12 hours. Then, ion exchange water was added and the organic phase was recovered. The obtained organic phase was washed with 5% baking soda water, and then washed with ion exchange water 5 times, and compound 6 was obtained by reduced pressure concentration. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 502.

[實施例1f]將苯作為母核的化合物7 與實施例1同樣地,使用氯甲基甲基醚10.5g代替氯甲基乙基醚12.3g,獲得化合物7。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為420。 [Example 1f] Compound 7 with benzene as the nucleus Similar to Example 1, 10.5 g of chloromethyl methyl ether was used instead of 12.3 g of chloromethyl ethyl ether to obtain Compound 7. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 420.

[實施例1g]將苯作為母核的化合物8 如下述流程製造化合物。反應在氮氣流下實施。 [Example 1g] Compound 8 with benzene as the parent core The compound was prepared according to the following process. The reaction was carried out under a nitrogen flow.

使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹處理反應容器200L,加入4-胺基苄醇10kg、甲醇100L,並在氮氣流下以220rpm攪拌1小時以進行溶解。添加碘21kg。加入水10L並進行冰冷,滴加30wt%過氧化氫9.2kg。在那之後,在24℃、70rpm的條件下進行攪拌24小時。然後,在120rpm,一邊攪拌一邊加入10wt%亞硫酸鈉水溶液10L後,再加入純水3.5L,藉由過濾進行過濾分離以回收形成的析出物。乾燥後獲得5kg之化合物8。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為249。A 200L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube was treated, 10kg of 4-aminobenzyl alcohol and 100L of methanol were added, and the mixture was stirred at 220rpm for 1 hour under a nitrogen flow to dissolve. 21kg of iodine was added. 10L of water was added and ice-cooled, and 9.2kg of 30wt% hydrogen peroxide was added dropwise. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 24°C and 70rpm for 24 hours. Then, 10L of a 10wt% sodium sulfite aqueous solution was added while stirring at 120rpm, and then 3.5L of pure water was added, and the precipitate formed was recovered by filtration separation. After drying, 5kg of compound 8 was obtained. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 249.

[實施例1h]將苯作為母核的化合物9 如下述流程製造化合物。反應在氮氣流下實施。 [Example 1h] Compound 9 with benzene as the parent core The compound was prepared according to the following process. The reaction was carried out under a nitrogen flow.

使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹處理反應容器200L,加入化合物(8) 10kg、甲醇20L,並在氮氣流下以220rpm攪拌1小時以進行溶解。添加濃鹽酸1.2aq.並進行冰冷,滴加40wt%亞硝酸鈉水溶液1.1aq.。在那之後,在24℃、70rpm的條件下進行攪拌24小時。然後,在120rpm添加碘化鉀水溶液,再加入純水7.0L,藉由過濾進行過濾分離以回收形成的析出物。乾燥後獲得5kg之化合物9。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為360。A 200 L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube was used, and 10 kg of compound (8) and 20 L of methanol were added, and the mixture was stirred at 220 rpm for 1 hour under a nitrogen flow to dissolve. 1.2 aq. of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added and ice-cooled, and 1.1 aq. of a 40 wt% aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added dropwise. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 24°C and 70 rpm for 24 hours. Then, an aqueous potassium iodide solution was added at 120 rpm, and 7.0 L of pure water was added, and the precipitate formed was recovered by filtration separation. After drying, 5 kg of compound 9 was obtained. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 360.

[實施例1i]將苯作為母核的化合物10(1) 如下述流程製造化合物。反應在氮氣流下實施。 [Example 1i] Compound 10 (1) with benzene as the core The compound was prepared according to the following process. The reaction was carried out under a nitrogen flow.

使用連接有回流管的燒瓶200mL,饋入氫化鋁鋰 760mg、超脫水THF 100mL,並在氮氣流下以220rpm進行攪拌1小時。進一步在40分鐘內分10次逐漸添加2,3,5-三碘苯甲酸10g。在那之後,在24℃、70rpm的條件下進行攪拌24小時。加入純水3500mL,藉由過濾進行過濾分離以回收形成的析出物。乾燥後獲得0.4g之化合物10 (產率為4%)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為486。Using a 200 mL flask connected to a reflux tube, add 760 mg of lithium aluminum hydroxide and 100 mL of superdehydrated THF, and stir at 220 rpm for 1 hour under a nitrogen flow. Further, 10 g of 2,3,5-triiodobenzoic acid is gradually added in 10 portions over 40 minutes. Thereafter, stir at 24°C and 70 rpm for 24 hours. Add 3500 mL of pure water, and filter and separate by filtration to recover the formed precipitate. After drying, 0.4 g of compound 10 (yield 4%) is obtained. The formation is confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 486.

[實施例1j]將苯作為母核的化合物10(2) 除了使用硼氫化鈉代替氫化鋁鋰以外,以與實施例1i同樣地,獲得0.1g之化合物10(產率為1%)。 [Example 1j] Compound 10 (2) with benzene as the nucleus Except for using sodium borohydride instead of lithium aluminum hydride, 0.1 g of compound 10 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1i (yield: 1%).

[實施例1k]將苯作為母核的化合物10(3) 如下述流程製造化合物。反應在氮氣流下實施。 [Example 1k] Compound 10 (3) with benzene as the parent core The compound was prepared according to the following process. The reaction was carried out under a nitrogen flow.

[酯化步驟] 將2,3,5-三碘苯甲酸5g、甲苯50mL、二甲基甲醯胺0.01mL加入連接有回流管的燒瓶並進行冰冷,然後,滴加亞硫醯氯2.38g(2.0當量)並升溫至室溫,在室溫攪拌2小時,之後再升溫至60℃並攪拌2小時。然後,加入甲醇3.2g(10當量)並反應2小時。將反應液進行減壓濃縮,加入水25mL、碳酸鈉調至鹼性後,加入乙酸乙酯50mL,在室溫攪拌30分鐘後,加入水25mL進行分液,除去水層並濃縮有機層後,加入己烷並進行過濾、乾燥,獲得2,3,5-三碘苯甲酸甲酯4.6g(產率為90%)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為514。 [還原步驟] 將氯化鈣0.90g(1.05當量)、乙醇30mL加入連接有回流管的容器,並在冰冷下加入硼氫化鈉0.64g(2.2當量)。在其中加入前述酯化步驟所獲得的2,3,5-三碘苯甲酸甲酯 4g,在室溫下攪拌1.5小時,在40℃攪拌1.5小時。反應完畢後,加入水90mL,進一步加入鹽酸以調整pH至3~4。接著,加入乙酸乙酯以提取有機層,脫水濃縮後,加入己烷並過濾,以氯仿清洗乾燥而獲得化合物10的粗產物,將該粗產物以管柱層析進行純化而獲得3.0g之化合物10(產率為80%)。與實施例1i相比,化合物10的產率大幅改善。 [Esterification step] Add 5 g of 2,3,5-triiodobenzoic acid, 50 mL of toluene, and 0.01 mL of dimethylformamide to a flask connected to a reflux tube and ice-cool. Then, add 2.38 g (2.0 equivalents) of sulfinyl chloride dropwise and heat to room temperature. Stir at room temperature for 2 hours, then heat to 60°C and stir for 2 hours. Then, add 3.2 g (10 equivalents) of methanol and react for 2 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, 25 mL of water and sodium carbonate were added to make it alkaline, 50 mL of ethyl acetate was added, and after stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, 25 mL of water was added for separation, the aqueous layer was removed and the organic layer was concentrated, and then hexane was added and filtered and dried to obtain 4.6 g of methyl 2,3,5-triiodobenzoate (yield: 90%). The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 514. [Reduction step] 0.90 g (1.05 equivalents) of calcium chloride and 30 mL of ethanol were added to a container connected to a reflux tube, and 0.64 g (2.2 equivalents) of sodium borohydride was added under ice cooling. Add 4 g of methyl 2,3,5-triiodobenzoate obtained in the above esterification step, stir at room temperature for 1.5 hours, and stir at 40°C for 1.5 hours. After the reaction is completed, add 90 mL of water, and further add hydrochloric acid to adjust the pH to 3-4. Then, add ethyl acetate to extract the organic layer, dehydrate and concentrate, add hexane and filter, wash and dry with chloroform to obtain a crude product of compound 10, and purify the crude product by column chromatography to obtain 3.0 g of compound 10 (yield 80%). Compared with Example 1i, the yield of compound 10 is greatly improved.

[實施例1l]將苯作為母核的化合物10(4) 將2,3,5-三碘苯甲酸15g、甲苯150mL、甲醇20g(20當量)、硫酸1.8(0.6當量)加入連接有回流管的容器,在回流條件下進行實施例1k的酯化步驟。經過8小時後,加入硫酸1.8(0.6當量),反應16小時。冷卻後,以水100mL清洗,加入10%碳酸鈉水溶液100mL,並進一步以水100mL清洗。濃縮後加入己烷,進行過濾乾燥,透過變更為以2,3,5-三碘苯甲酸甲酯7.2g(產率為46.7%)獲得之物,獲得3.2g之化合物10(85%)。 [Example 11] Compound 10 (4) with benzene as the nucleus 15 g of 2,3,5-triiodobenzoic acid, 150 mL of toluene, 20 g of methanol (20 equivalents), and 1.8 g of sulfuric acid (0.6 equivalents) were added to a container connected to a reflux tube, and the esterification step of Example 1k was carried out under reflux conditions. After 8 hours, 1.8 g of sulfuric acid (0.6 equivalents) was added and the reaction was carried out for 16 hours. After cooling, the mixture was washed with 100 mL of water, 100 mL of a 10% sodium carbonate aqueous solution was added, and the mixture was further washed with 100 mL of water. After concentration, hexane was added, and the mixture was filtered and dried. By changing the mixture to 7.2 g of methyl 2,3,5-triiodobenzoate (yield 46.7%), 3.2 g of compound 10 (85%) was obtained.

[實施例1m]將苯作為母核的化合物10(5) 以與實施例1k同樣地,使用氯化鋰代替氯化鈣,獲得2.1g之化合物10(產率為55%)。 [Example 1m] Compound 10 (5) with benzene as the nucleus In the same manner as Example 1k, lithium chloride was used instead of calcium chloride to obtain 2.1 g of compound 10 (yield 55%).

[實施例1n]將苯作為母核的化合物10(6) 以與實施例1k同樣地,不使用氯化鈣,而添加甲醇2mL,獲得1.4g之化合物10(產率為40%)。 [Example 1n] Compound 10 (6) with benzene as the nucleus In the same manner as Example 1k, 2 mL of methanol was added without using calcium chloride to obtain 1.4 g of compound 10 (yield 40%).

[實施例1o]將苯作為母核的化合物10(7) 以與實施例1k同樣地,不使用氯化鈣,而使用氫化鋁鋰代替硼氫化鈉,獲得0.6g之化合物10 (產率為15%)。 [Example 1o] Compound 10 (7) with benzene as the nucleus In the same manner as Example 1k, instead of using calcium chloride, lithium aluminum hydride was used instead of sodium borohydride to obtain 0.6 g of compound 10 (yield 15%).

(合成實施例L1) [碘化步驟] (Synthesis Example L1) [Iodination step]

使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹處理反應容器100L,饋入4-羥基苯甲醛 700g、甲醇4900ml、純水1260mL,並在氮氣流下以220rpm攪拌1小時以進行溶解。進一步在10分鐘內分10次逐漸添加碳酸氫鈉1590g後,在40分鐘內分10次逐漸添加碘3200g。此時,液溫上升至47℃,且觀察到發泡。藉由熱水浴將內溫維持在46℃的狀態下攪拌8小時。在攪拌5小時的時間點,追加添加碘300g。在那之後,在24℃、70rpm的條件下攪拌24小時。然後,在120rpm下在1小時內滴加6M鹽酸水溶液21L後,進行攪拌30分鐘。接著,邊攪拌邊加入20wt%亞硫酸鈉水溶液2.3L後,進一步加入純水3.5L,藉由過濾進行過濾分離以回收形成的析出物。進一步使用甲醇2L進行沖洗處理後,進行乾燥以獲得4-羥基-3,5-二碘苯甲醛(1880g),產率為87%。A 100L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube was used to feed 700g of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 4900ml of methanol, and 1260mL of pure water, and stirred at 220rpm for 1 hour under a nitrogen flow to dissolve. Further, 1590g of sodium bicarbonate was gradually added 10 times within 10 minutes, and 3200g of iodine was gradually added 10 times within 40 minutes. At this time, the liquid temperature rose to 47°C, and foaming was observed. The internal temperature was maintained at 46°C by a hot water bath and stirred for 8 hours. At the time point of stirring for 5 hours, 300g of iodine was added. After that, it was stirred at 24°C and 70rpm for 24 hours. Then, 21 L of 6M hydrochloric acid aqueous solution was added dropwise at 120 rpm over 1 hour, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Then, 2.3 L of 20 wt% sodium sulfite aqueous solution was added while stirring, and 3.5 L of pure water was further added, and the formed precipitate was recovered by filtration separation. After further rinsing with 2 L of methanol, 4-hydroxy-3,5-diiodobenzaldehyde (1880 g) was obtained with a yield of 87%.

[保護基引入步驟][Protective group introduction step]

使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹反應容器100L,在氮氣流下在冰浴的狀態,將4-羥基-3,5-二碘苯甲醛1822g,與經脫水處理之二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)3650mL投入,並以攪拌槳進行攪拌以使其溶解。接著,在冰浴中攪拌的同時,加入碳酸鉀673g(相對於基質為1.0當量),並進一步攪拌60分鐘。使用滴液漏斗在60分鐘內向攪拌的反應液中滴加氯甲基乙基醚553g(相對於基質為1.2等量),並在冰浴中進一步攪拌30分鐘。然後,在冰浴下加入純水7.2L,攪拌60分鐘後,藉由過濾分離回收所形成的沉澱物。將回收的固體在冰浴下在5.8L甲醇中懸浮攪拌30分鐘後,藉由過濾分離獲得作為目標物的保護體之白色固體(2450g)。產率為99%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為432。Using a 100L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube, 1822g of 4-hydroxy-3,5-diiodobenzaldehyde and 3650mL of dehydrated dimethylformamide (DMF) were added in an ice bath under a nitrogen flow, and stirred with a stirring paddle to dissolve. Then, while stirring in an ice bath, 673g of potassium carbonate (1.0 equivalent relative to the substrate) was added, and further stirred for 60 minutes. Using a dropping funnel, 553g of chloromethyl ethyl ether (1.2 equivalent relative to the substrate) was added dropwise to the stirred reaction solution over 60 minutes, and further stirred in an ice bath for 30 minutes. Then, 7.2 L of pure water was added under ice bath, stirred for 60 minutes, and the formed precipitate was recovered by filtration. The recovered solid was suspended and stirred in 5.8 L of methanol under ice bath for 30 minutes, and then filtered to obtain a white solid (2450 g) of the protected compound as the target. The yield was 99%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 432.

[還原步驟][Reset steps]

使用可分離式燒瓶20L,在冰浴下填充乙醇(5L)後,逐漸投入前步驟所得的保護體2450g並使其懸浮。在氮氣流下,在攪拌的狀態下在60分鐘內以每次5g分批添加硼氫化鈉50g。進一步在冰浴下進行攪拌1小時後,在15分鐘內滴加5質量%氯化銨水溶液842g。在冰冷下,將所得反應液逐漸添加純水21L中並攪拌30分鐘。將攪拌中逐漸形成的析出物進行過濾分離後,進一步藉由純水5L進行沖洗處理。將所得的析出物溶解於乙酸乙酯10.5L後,使用10質量% NaCl水溶液3.5L進行3次的洗淨處理,回收獲得的乙酸乙酯溶液後,進一步添加硫酸鎂200g,並進行懸浮處理30分鐘。將藉由過濾分離所得的濾液進行濃縮至50質量%±5%程度的濃度,進一步投入庚烷9L以進行結晶。將過濾分離的結晶物進一藉由冷庚烷進行沖洗處理後,乾燥以獲得化合物(1-3)1680g,產率為77%,LC純度為99.8%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為434。Using a 20L separable flask, fill it with ethanol (5L) under an ice bath, and gradually add 2450g of the protective body obtained in the previous step and suspend it. Under a nitrogen flow, add 50g of sodium borohydride in batches of 5g each time over 60 minutes while stirring. After further stirring for 1 hour under an ice bath, 842g of a 5% by mass aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added dropwise over 15 minutes. Under ice cooling, the resulting reaction solution was gradually added to 21L of pure water and stirred for 30 minutes. After filtering and separating the precipitate gradually formed during stirring, it was further rinsed with 5L of pure water. The obtained precipitate was dissolved in 10.5 L of ethyl acetate, and then washed three times with 3.5 L of 10% by mass NaCl aqueous solution. After the obtained ethyl acetate solution was recovered, 200 g of magnesium sulfate was further added and suspended for 30 minutes. The filtrate obtained by filtration separation was concentrated to a concentration of 50% by mass ± 5%, and 9 L of heptane was further added for crystallization. The crystals separated by filtration were further rinsed with cold heptane and dried to obtain 1680 g of compound (1-3) with a yield of 77% and an LC purity of 99.8%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 434.

(合成實施例L1-1) 將所得的析出物溶於乙酸乙酯10.5L後,投入矽膠50g以進行矽膠分散,並追加藉由過濾以回收有機相的步驟,其他進行與合成實施例L1同樣之操作,獲得化合物(1-3)1660g,產率為76%,LC純度>99.9%之高純度。 (Synthesis Example L1-1) The obtained precipitate was dissolved in 10.5 L of ethyl acetate, and 50 g of silica gel was added to disperse the silica gel. The organic phase was recovered by filtration. The other operations were the same as those in Synthesis Example L1. 1660 g of compound (1-3) was obtained with a yield of 76% and a high purity of LC purity > 99.9%.

(合成實施例L2)(Synthesis Example L2)

除了使用水楊醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛,並將碘化步驟設為下述碘化步驟L2以外,實施與合成實施例L1同樣的[碘化步驟]、[保護基引入步驟]、[還原步驟],獲得化合物(1-4)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。還原步驟前後分子量從432變成434。The same [iodination step], [protecting group introduction step], and [reduction step] as those in Synthesis Example L1 were performed except that salicylic aldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and the iodination step was set to the following iodination step L2 to obtain compound (1-4). The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight before and after the reduction step changed from 432 to 434.

[碘化步驟L2] 使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹處理反應容器100L,饋入水楊醛700g、乙醇5700ml、碘1164g,並在氮氣流下,使內溫成為40℃的方式以水浴加溫,以220rpm進行攪拌1小時以進行溶解。進一步在60分鐘內緩慢滴加20質量%碘酸水溶液2490g。然後,將內溫升溫至50℃並繼續攪拌2小時。接著,邊攪拌邊加入20wt%亞硫酸鈉水溶液2.3L後,進一步加入純水7.6L,藉由過濾進行過濾分離以回收形成的析出物。進一步使用純水5L進行沖洗處理後,進行乾燥以獲得2-羥基-3,5-二碘苯甲醛(2046g),產率為95.5%。 [Iodination step L2] A 100L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube was used to feed 700g of salicylic aldehyde, 5700ml of ethanol, and 1164g of iodine. The mixture was heated in a water bath at an internal temperature of 40°C under a nitrogen flow, and stirred at 220rpm for 1 hour to dissolve. 2490g of a 20% by mass aqueous iodic acid solution was then slowly added dropwise over 60 minutes. The internal temperature was then raised to 50°C and stirring was continued for 2 hours. Next, 2.3L of a 20wt% aqueous sodium sulfite solution was added while stirring, and then 7.6L of pure water was added, and the formed precipitate was recovered by filtration separation. After further rinsing with 5L of pure water, the product was dried to obtain 2-hydroxy-3,5-diiodobenzaldehyde (2046g) with a yield of 95.5%.

(合成實施例L3) 除了使用香草醛(4-羥基-3-甲氧基苯甲醛)代替4-羥基苯甲醛,並將碘化步驟設為下述[碘化步驟L3]以外,實施與合成實施例L1同樣的[碘化步驟]、[保護基引入步驟]、[還原步驟],獲得目標化合物(1-5)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。還原步驟前後分子量從336變成338。 (Synthesis Example L3) Except that vanillin (4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzaldehyde) was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and the iodination step was set to the following [iodination step L3], the same [iodination step], [protecting group introduction step], and [reduction step] as in Synthesis Example L1 were performed to obtain the target compound (1-5). The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight before and after the reduction step changed from 336 to 338.

[碘化步驟L3] 在玻璃製反應容器30L中,饋入香草醛(4-羥基-3-甲氧基苯甲醛)1300g(8.55mol)、甲醇5.6L,以200mL/min的流量向反應容器內吹入氮氣並開始攪拌。確認香草醛溶解後,饋入離子交換水2.6L和碳酸鈉635g(6mol),在室溫22℃下攪拌3小時。藉由分批饋入碘2600g(10.3mol),在室溫22℃下攪拌20小時後,加入16.6%亞硫酸鈉水溶液,直至同時確認溶液脫色且體系到達鹼性後,添加水4.3L並攪拌1小時。以吸濾器對析出的固體進行過濾、淋洗清洗、再漿化清洗、乾燥,獲得白色固體1900g。以液相層析法-質量分析(LC-MS)分析的結果,顯示分子量為278。此外,在前述測定條件下進行 1H-NMR測定時,確認其具有4-羥基-5-碘-3-甲氧基苯甲醛的化學結構。在254 nm處的LC純度為99.8%,GPC純度為99.9%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為338。 [Iodination step L3] In a 30L glass reaction vessel, add 1300g (8.55mol) of vanillin (4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzaldehyde) and 5.6L of methanol, blow nitrogen into the reaction vessel at a flow rate of 200mL/min and start stirring. After confirming that the vanillin is dissolved, add 2.6L of ion exchange water and 635g (6mol) of sodium carbonate, and stir at room temperature of 22°C for 3 hours. After adding 2600g (10.3mol) of iodine in batches and stirring at room temperature of 22°C for 20 hours, add 16.6% sodium sulfite aqueous solution until the solution is decolorized and the system reaches alkalinity, add 4.3L of water and stir for 1 hour. The precipitated solid was filtered, rinsed, re-slurried and dried with a suction filter to obtain 1900 g of a white solid. The results of liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) analysis showed a molecular weight of 278. In addition, when 1 H-NMR was measured under the above-mentioned measurement conditions, it was confirmed that it had the chemical structure of 4-hydroxy-5-iodo-3-methoxybenzaldehyde. The LC purity at 254 nm was 99.8%, and the GPC purity was 99.9%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 338.

(合成實施例L4) 除了使用乙基香草醛1420g代替香草醛1300g以外,實施與合成實施例L3同樣的[碘化步驟]、[保護基引入步驟]、[還原步驟],獲得化合物(1-6)。 (Synthesis Example L4) Except that 1420 g of ethyl vanillin was used instead of 1300 g of vanillin, the same [iodination step], [protecting group introduction step], and [reduction step] as those in Synthesis Example L3 were performed to obtain compound (1-6).

(合成實施例L5)(Synthesis Example L5)

除了使用3-羥基苯甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,實施與合成實施例L1同樣的[碘化步驟]、[保護基引入步驟]、[還原步驟],獲得化合物(1-7)。Compound (1-7) was obtained by carrying out the same [iodination step], [protecting group introduction step] and [reduction step] as in Synthesis Example L1 except that 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde.

[碘化步驟] 使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹處理反應容器100L,饋入3-羥基苯甲醛700g、甲醇4900ml、純水1260mL,並在氮氣流下以220rpm攪拌1小時以進行溶解。進一步在10分鐘內分10次逐漸添加碳酸氫鈉730g後,在40分鐘內分10次逐漸添加碘1480g。此時,液溫上升至47℃,且觀察到發泡。藉由熱水浴將內溫維持在46℃的狀態下攪拌8小時。在攪拌5小時的時間點,追加添加碘300g。在那之後,在24℃、70rpm的條件下攪拌24小時。然後,在120rpm下在1小時內滴加6M鹽酸水溶液21L後,進行攪拌30分鐘。接著,邊攪拌邊加入20wt%亞硫酸鈉水溶液2.3L後,進一步加入純水3.5L,藉由過濾進行過濾分離以回收形成的析出物。進一步使用甲醇2L進行沖洗處理後,進行乾燥以獲得3-羥基-4-碘苯甲醛(1237g),產率為86%。 [Iodination step] Use a 100L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube, add 700g of 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 4900ml of methanol, and 1260mL of pure water, and stir at 220rpm for 1 hour under a nitrogen flow to dissolve. Further, after gradually adding 730g of sodium bicarbonate in 10 times over 10 minutes, 1480g of iodine was gradually added in 10 times over 40 minutes. At this time, the liquid temperature rose to 47°C and foaming was observed. Stir for 8 hours while maintaining the internal temperature at 46°C in a hot water bath. At the time point of stirring for 5 hours, add 300g of iodine. Thereafter, stir for 24 hours at 24°C and 70rpm. Then, 21L of 6M hydrochloric acid aqueous solution was added dropwise at 120rpm within 1 hour, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Then, 2.3L of 20wt% sodium sulfite aqueous solution was added while stirring, and 3.5L of pure water was further added, and the formed precipitate was recovered by filtration separation. After further rinsing with 2L of methanol, 3-hydroxy-4-iodobenzaldehyde (1237g) was obtained, with a yield of 86%.

[保護基引入步驟] 使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹反應容器100L,在氮氣流下在冰浴的狀態,將3-羥基-4-碘苯甲醛1237g,與經脫水處理之二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)3650mL投入,並以攪拌槳進行攪拌以使其溶解。接著,在冰浴中攪拌的同時,加入碳酸鉀689g(相對於基質為1.0當量),並進一步攪拌60分鐘。使用滴液漏斗在60分鐘內向攪拌的反應液中滴加氯甲基乙基醚565g(相對於基質為1.2等量),並在冰浴中進一步攪拌30分鐘。然後,在冰浴下加入純水7.2L,攪拌60分鐘後,藉由過濾分離回收所形成的沉澱物。將回收的固體在冰浴下在5.8L甲醇中懸浮攪拌30分鐘後,藉由過濾分離獲得作為目標物的保護體之白色固體(1511g)。產率為99%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為306。 [Protective group introduction step] Using a 100L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube, 1237g of 3-hydroxy-4-iodobenzaldehyde and 3650mL of dehydrated dimethylformamide (DMF) were added in an ice bath under a nitrogen flow, and stirred with a stirring paddle to dissolve. Then, while stirring in an ice bath, 689g of potassium carbonate (1.0 equivalent relative to the substrate) was added, and further stirred for 60 minutes. Using a dropping funnel, 565g of chloromethyl ethyl ether (1.2 equivalent relative to the substrate) was added dropwise to the stirred reaction solution over 60 minutes, and further stirred in an ice bath for 30 minutes. Then, 7.2 L of pure water was added under ice bath, stirred for 60 minutes, and the formed precipitate was recovered by filtration. The recovered solid was suspended and stirred in 5.8 L of methanol under ice bath for 30 minutes, and then filtered to obtain a white solid (1511 g) as the protective body of the target. The yield was 99%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 306.

[還原步驟] 使用可分離式燒瓶20L,在冰浴下填充乙醇(5L)後,逐漸投入前步驟所得的保護體1511g並使其懸浮。在氮氣流下,在攪拌的狀態下在60分鐘內以每次5g逐步分批添加硼氫化鈉共50g。進一步在冰浴下進行攪拌1小時後,在15分鐘內滴加5質量%氯化銨水溶液842g。在冰冷下,將所得反應液逐漸添加純水21L中並攪拌30分鐘。將攪拌中逐漸形成的析出物進行過濾分離後,進一步藉由純水5L進行沖洗處理。將所得的析出物溶解於乙酸乙酯10.5L後,使用10質量% NaCl水溶液3.5L進行3次的洗淨處理,回收獲得的乙酸乙酯溶液後,進一步添加硫酸鎂200g,並進行懸浮處理30分鐘。將藉由過濾分離所得的濾液進行濃縮至50質量%±5%程度的濃度,進一步投入庚烷9L以進行結晶。將過濾分離的結晶物進一藉由冷庚烷進行沖洗處理後,乾燥以獲得化合物(1-7)1171g,產率為77%,LC純度為99.8%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。還原步驟前後分子量從306變成308。 [Reduction step] Use a 20L separable flask, fill it with ethanol (5L) under ice bath, and gradually add 1511g of the protective body obtained in the previous step and suspend it. Under nitrogen flow, add 50g of sodium borohydride in batches of 5g each time over 60 minutes while stirring. After further stirring for 1 hour under ice bath, 842g of 5% by mass ammonium chloride aqueous solution is added dropwise over 15 minutes. Under ice cooling, the obtained reaction solution is gradually added to 21L of pure water and stirred for 30 minutes. After filtering and separating the precipitate gradually formed during stirring, it is further rinsed with 5L of pure water. The obtained precipitate was dissolved in 10.5 L of ethyl acetate and then washed three times with 3.5 L of 10% by mass NaCl aqueous solution. After the obtained ethyl acetate solution was recovered, 200 g of magnesium sulfate was further added and suspended for 30 minutes. The filtrate obtained by filtration separation was concentrated to a concentration of 50% by mass ± 5% and further added with 9 L of heptane for crystallization. The crystals separated by filtration were further rinsed with cold heptane and dried to obtain 1171 g of compound (1-7) with a yield of 77% and an LC purity of 99.8%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight changed from 306 to 308 before and after the reduction step.

(合成實施例L6) 將3,4-二羥基苯甲醛作為原料,進行合成實施例L3的保護基引入步驟。然而,相對於3,4-二羥基苯甲醛,將二異丙基甲胺和氯甲基乙基醚的量設定為2倍量。然後,實施下述[碘化步驟L6]。接著,以與合成實施例L3同樣地實施[還原步驟],獲得化合物(1-8)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。還原步驟前後分子量從380變成382。 (Synthesis Example L6) Using 3,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde as a raw material, the protective group introduction step of Synthesis Example L3 was carried out. However, the amount of diisopropylmethylamine and chloromethyl ethyl ether was set to 2 times the amount of 3,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde. Then, the following [iodination step L6] was carried out. Then, the [reduction step] was carried out in the same manner as Synthesis Example L3 to obtain compound (1-8). The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight before and after the reduction step changed from 380 to 382.

[碘化步驟L6][Iodination step L6]

在玻璃製反應容器30L中,饋入作為原料之3,4-二乙氧基甲氧基苯甲醛2172g(8.55mol)、甲醇5.6L,以200mL/min的流量向反應容器內吹入氮氣並開始攪拌。確認原料溶解後,饋入離子交換水2.6L和碳酸鈉634g (5.99mol),在室溫22℃下攪拌3小時。接著饋入碘2609g (10.3mol),將反應容器在室溫22℃下攪拌12小時後,加入16.6%亞硫酸鈉水溶液直至溶液脫色後,添加水4.3L並攪拌1小時。以吸濾器對析出的固體進行過濾、淋洗清洗、再漿化清洗、乾燥,獲得白色固體2438g。以液相層析法-質量分析(LC-MS)分析的結果,顯示分子量為380。此外,在前述測定條件下進行 1H-NMR測定時,確認其具有3,4-二乙氧基甲氧基-5-碘苯甲醛的化學結構。在254 nm處的LC純度為99.5%,GPC純度為99.9%。 In a 30L glass reaction vessel, 2172g (8.55mol) of 3,4-diethoxymethoxybenzaldehyde and 5.6L of methanol as raw materials were added, and nitrogen was blown into the reaction vessel at a flow rate of 200mL/min and stirring was started. After confirming that the raw materials were dissolved, 2.6L of ion exchange water and 634g (5.99mol) of sodium carbonate were added, and stirring was carried out at room temperature of 22°C for 3 hours. Then, 2609g (10.3mol) of iodine was added, and the reaction vessel was stirred at room temperature of 22°C for 12 hours, and then a 16.6% sodium sulfite aqueous solution was added until the solution decolorized, and 4.3L of water was added and stirred for 1 hour. The precipitated solid was filtered, rinsed, re-slurried and dried with a suction filter to obtain 2438 g of a white solid. The results of liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) analysis showed a molecular weight of 380. In addition, when 1 H-NMR was measured under the above-mentioned measurement conditions, it was confirmed that it had a chemical structure of 3,4-diethoxymethoxy-5-iodobenzaldehyde. The LC purity at 254 nm was 99.5%, and the GPC purity was 99.9%.

(合成實施例L7) 將2,4,6-三羥基苯甲醛作為原料,進行合成實施例L3的保護基引入步驟。然而,相對於2,4,6-三羥基苯甲醛,將二異丙基甲胺和氯甲基乙基醚的量設定為3倍量。然後,實施與合成實施例L3同樣的[碘化步驟]。接著,以與合成實施例L3同樣地實施[還原步驟],獲得化合物(1-9)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。還原步驟前後分子量從580變成582。 (Synthesis Example L7) Using 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzaldehyde as a raw material, the protective group introduction step of Synthesis Example L3 was carried out. However, the amount of diisopropylmethylamine and chloromethyl ethyl ether was set to 3 times the amount of 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzaldehyde. Then, the same [iodination step] as Synthesis Example L3 was carried out. Next, the [reduction step] was carried out in the same manner as Synthesis Example L3 to obtain compound (1-9). The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight before and after the reduction step changed from 580 to 582.

(合成實施例L8) 將3,5-二羥基苯甲醛作為原料,進行合成實施例L3的保護基引入步驟。然而,相對於3,5-二羥基苯甲醛,將二異丙基甲胺和氯甲基乙基醚的量設定為2倍量。然後,實施與合成實施例L3同樣的[碘化步驟]。接著,以與合成實施例L3同樣地實施[還原步驟],獲得化合物(1-10)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。還原步驟前後分子量從380變成382。 (Synthesis Example L8) Using 3,5-dihydroxybenzaldehyde as a raw material, the protective group introduction step of Synthesis Example L3 was carried out. However, the amount of diisopropylmethylamine and chloromethyl ethyl ether was set to 2 times the amount of 3,5-dihydroxybenzaldehyde. Then, the same [iodination step] as Synthesis Example L3 was carried out. Next, the [reduction step] was carried out in the same manner as Synthesis Example L3 to obtain compound (1-10). The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight before and after the reduction step changed from 380 to 382.

(合成實施例BPL1) [保護基引入步驟BPL1P] (Synthesis Example BPL1) [Protective group introduction step BPL1P]

使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹反應容器100L,在氮氣流下在冰浴的狀態,將4-羥基苯甲醛700g,與經脫水處理之二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)3650mL投入,並以攪拌槳進行攪拌以使其溶解。接著,在冰浴中攪拌的同時,以滴液漏斗在30分鐘內滴加二異丙基乙基胺822g,並進一步攪拌60分鐘。使用滴液漏斗在60分鐘內向攪拌的反應液中滴加氯甲基乙基醚553g(相對於基質為1.2等量),並在冰浴中進一步攪拌30分鐘。然後,在冰浴下加入純水7.2L,攪拌60分鐘後,藉由過濾分離回收所形成的沉澱物。將回收的固體在冰浴下在5.8L甲醇中懸浮攪拌30分鐘後,藉由過濾分離獲得作為白色固體之目標物的化合物(BPL1P)(1012g)。產率為98%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為180。Using a 100L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube, 700g of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and 3650mL of dehydrated dimethylformamide (DMF) were added in an ice bath under a nitrogen flow, and stirred with a stirring paddle to dissolve. Then, while stirring in an ice bath, 822g of diisopropylethylamine was added dropwise with a dropping funnel over 30 minutes, and further stirred for 60 minutes. 553g of chloromethylethyl ether (1.2 equivalents relative to the substrate) was added dropwise to the stirred reaction solution using a dropping funnel over 60 minutes, and further stirred for 30 minutes in an ice bath. Then, 7.2 L of pure water was added under ice bath, stirred for 60 minutes, and the formed precipitate was recovered by filtration. The recovered solid was suspended and stirred in 5.8 L of methanol under ice bath for 30 minutes, and then separated by filtration to obtain the target compound (BPL1P) (1012 g) as a white solid. The yield was 98%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 180.

[還原步驟BPL1R][Reset step BPL1R]

使用可分離式燒瓶20L,在冰浴下填充乙醇(5L)後,逐漸投入前步驟所得的保護體BPL1P 1012g並使其懸浮。在氮氣流下,在攪拌的狀態下在60分鐘內以每次5g逐步分批添加硼氫化鈉共50g。進一步在冰浴下進行攪拌1小時後,在15分鐘內滴加5質量%氯化銨水溶液842g。在冰冷下,將所得反應液逐漸添加純水21L中並攪拌30分鐘。將攪拌中逐漸形成的析出物進行過濾分離後,進一步藉由純水5L進行沖洗處理。將所得的析出物溶解於乙酸乙酯10.5L後,使用10質量% NaCl水溶液3.5L進行3次的洗淨處理,回收獲得的乙酸乙酯溶液後,進一步添加硫酸鎂200g,並進行懸浮處理30分鐘。將藉由過濾分離所得的濾液進行濃縮至50質量%±5%程度的濃度,進一步投入庚烷9L以進行結晶。將過濾分離的結晶物進一藉由冷庚烷進行沖洗處理後,乾燥以獲得化合物(BPL1R)(716g),產率為70%,純度為99.6%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為182。Using a separable flask of 20L, fill it with ethanol (5L) under an ice bath, and gradually add 1012g of the protective body BPL1P obtained in the previous step and suspend it. Under a nitrogen flow, add 50g of sodium borohydride in batches at a rate of 5g each time over 60 minutes while stirring. After further stirring under an ice bath for 1 hour, 842g of a 5% by mass aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added dropwise over 15 minutes. Under ice cooling, the resulting reaction solution was gradually added to 21L of pure water and stirred for 30 minutes. After filtering and separating the precipitate gradually formed during stirring, it was further rinsed with 5L of pure water. The obtained precipitate was dissolved in 10.5 L of ethyl acetate, and then washed three times with 3.5 L of 10% by mass NaCl aqueous solution. After the obtained ethyl acetate solution was recovered, 200 g of magnesium sulfate was further added and suspended for 30 minutes. The filtrate obtained by filtration separation was concentrated to a concentration of 50% by mass ± 5%, and 9 L of heptane was further added for crystallization. The crystals separated by filtration were further rinsed with cold heptane and dried to obtain compound (BPL1R) (716 g) with a yield of 70% and a purity of 99.6%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 182.

(合成實施例BPL1b) 將THF加入4-羥苄醇並攪拌溶解後,在氮氣環境下、冰冷下滴加光氣(相對於原料為2當量,20%甲苯溶液,Merck公司製),進一步在冰冷下攪拌2小時。在25℃進一步攪拌12小時。然後,進行氮氣起泡2小時後,藉由減壓濃縮獲得碳酸酯體(1be0)。將所得的碳酸酯體(1be0)放入氯仿中,在冰冷下攪拌溶解。進一步在冰冷下滴加1-甲基環戊醇(相對於前述(1be0)為1.2當量)並攪拌。進一步在冰冷下滴加吡啶(相對於前述(1be0)為1.2當量)並攪拌。攪拌進行1小時後,在25℃下進行攪拌12小時。然後,加入離子交換水後,回收有機相。將所得的有機相以5%小蘇打水清洗後,以離子交換水進行5次的洗淨處理,藉由減壓濃縮而獲得化合物(BPL1b)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為250。 (Synthesis Example BPL1b) After THF was added to 4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol and stirred to dissolve, phosgene (2 equivalents relative to the raw material, 20% toluene solution, manufactured by Merck) was added dropwise under nitrogen atmosphere and ice-cooling, and further stirred for 2 hours under ice-cooling. Stirring was further performed at 25°C for 12 hours. Then, nitrogen was bubbled for 2 hours, and then the carbonate body (1be0) was obtained by reduced pressure concentration. The obtained carbonate body (1be0) was placed in chloroform and stirred to dissolve under ice-cooling. 1-Methylcyclopentanol (1.2 equivalents relative to the aforementioned (1be0)) was further added dropwise under ice-cooling and stirred. Pyridine (1.2 equivalents relative to the aforementioned (1be0)) was further added dropwise under ice-cooling and stirred. After stirring for 1 hour, stir at 25°C for 12 hours. Then, add ion-exchange water and recover the organic phase. The obtained organic phase is washed with 5% baking soda water, washed with ion-exchange water 5 times, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain compound (BPL1b). The formation is confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 250.

(合成實施例BPL2) 除了使用水楊醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛作為原料以外,以與合成實施例BPL1-4同樣地合成(BPL2P)、(BPL2R)。(BPL2R)的生成以NMR和LC-MS確認。分子量為182。 (Synthesis Example BPL2) (BPL2P) and (BPL2R) were synthesized in the same manner as Synthesis Examples BPL1-4 except that salicylic aldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde as a raw material. The formation of (BPL2R) was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 182.

(合成實施例BPL3) 除了使用3-羥基苯甲醛作為原料以外,以與合成實施例BPL1同樣的方式獲得(BPL3P)、(BPL3R)。(BPL3R)的生成以NMR和LC-MS確認。分子量為182。 (Synthesis Example BPL3) (BPL3P) and (BPL3R) were obtained in the same manner as Synthesis Example BPL1 except that 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde was used as the raw material. The formation of (BPL3R) was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 182.

(合成實施例DML1) [碘化步驟DML1D] (Synthesis Example DML1) [Iodination Step DML1D]

使用連接有回流管的不鏽鋼製反應容器100L,饋入4-羥基苯甲醛 700g、甲醇4900ml,並在氮氣流下以220rpm攪拌1小時以進行溶解。將反應容器進行冰冷,向反應容器內逐漸添加溶解於純水1260mL之氫氧化鈉757g所調製的氫氧化鈉水溶液後,在60分鐘內分10次逐漸添加碘3200g。藉由熱水浴將內溫維持在60℃的狀態下攪拌8小時。然後,在冰冷下之120rpm下,在1小時內滴加6M鹽酸水溶液21L後,進行攪拌30分鐘。接著,邊攪拌邊加入20wt%亞硫酸鈉水溶液2.3L後,進一步加入純水3.5L,藉由過濾進行過濾分離以回收形成的析出物。將所得的固體藉由使用矽膠的管柱層析進行純化,藉此獲得DML1D(840g),產率為30%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為494。A 100L stainless steel reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube was used, 700g of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and 4900ml of methanol were added, and stirred at 220rpm for 1 hour under a nitrogen flow to dissolve. The reaction vessel was ice-cooled, and a sodium hydroxide aqueous solution prepared by dissolving 757g of sodium hydroxide in 1260mL of pure water was gradually added to the reaction vessel, and 3200g of iodine was gradually added in 10 portions over 60 minutes. The internal temperature was maintained at 60°C by a hot water bath and stirred for 8 hours. Then, 21L of a 6M hydrochloric acid aqueous solution was added dropwise at 120rpm under ice-cooling over 1 hour, and stirred for 30 minutes. Next, 2.3 L of a 20 wt% sodium sulfite aqueous solution was added while stirring, and then 3.5 L of pure water was added, and the precipitate formed was recovered by filtration separation. The obtained solid was purified by column chromatography using silica gel, thereby obtaining DML1D (840 g) with a yield of 30%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 494.

[保護基引入步驟DML1P][Protective group introduction step DML1P]

使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹反應容器100L,在氮氣流下在冰浴的狀態,將DML1D 840g,與經脫水處理之二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)1680mL投入,並以攪拌槳進行攪拌以使其溶解。接著,在冰浴中攪拌的同時,在30分鐘內以滴液漏斗加入二異丙基乙基胺380g,並進一步攪拌60分鐘。使用滴液漏斗在60分鐘內向攪拌的反應液中滴加氯甲基乙基醚255g(相對於基質為1.2等量),並在冰浴中進一步攪拌30分鐘。然後,在冰浴下加入純水7.2L,攪拌60分鐘後,藉由過濾分離回收所形成的沉澱物。將回收的固體在冰浴下在5.8L甲醇中懸浮攪拌30分鐘後,藉由過濾分離獲得作為目標物的保護體DML1P之白色固體996g。產率為96%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為610。Using a 100L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube, 840g of DML1D and 1680mL of dehydrated dimethylformamide (DMF) were added in an ice bath under a nitrogen flow, and stirred with a stirring paddle to dissolve. Then, while stirring in an ice bath, 380g of diisopropylethylamine was added with a dropping funnel over 30 minutes, and further stirred for 60 minutes. 255g of chloromethylethyl ether (1.2 equivalents relative to the substrate) was added dropwise to the stirred reaction solution over 60 minutes using a dropping funnel, and further stirred for 30 minutes in an ice bath. Then, 7.2 L of pure water was added under ice bath, stirred for 60 minutes, and the formed precipitate was recovered by filtration. The recovered solid was suspended and stirred in 5.8 L of methanol under ice bath for 30 minutes, and then separated by filtration to obtain 996 g of the target protected compound DML1P as a white solid. The yield was 96%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 610.

[還原步驟DML1R][Reset step DML1R]

使用可分離式燒瓶20L,在冰浴下填充乙醇(5L)後,逐漸投入調製的保護體DML1P體996g並使其懸浮。在氮氣流下,在攪拌的狀態下在60分鐘內以每次3g逐步分批添加硼氫化鈉共19g。進一步在冰浴下進行攪拌1小時後,在15分鐘內滴加5wt%氯化銨水溶液350g。在冰冷下,將所得反應液逐漸添加純水8L中並攪拌30分鐘。將攪拌中逐漸形成的析出物進行過濾分離後,進一步藉由純水2L進行沖洗處理。將所得的析出物溶解於乙酸乙酯4L後,使用10wt% NaCl水溶液1.5L進行3次的洗淨處理,回收獲得的乙酸乙酯溶液後,進一步添加硫酸鎂80g,並進行懸浮處理30分鐘。將藉由過濾分離所得的濾液進行濃縮至50wt%±5%程度的濃度,進一步投入庚烷9L以進行結晶。將過濾分離的結晶物進一藉由冷庚烷進行沖洗處理後,乾燥以獲得化合物DML1R 701g,產率為70%,純度為99.2%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為614。Using a separable flask of 20L, fill it with ethanol (5L) under an ice bath, and gradually add 996g of the prepared protective body DML1P body and suspend it. Under a nitrogen flow, add 19g of sodium borohydride in batches of 3g each time over 60 minutes while stirring. After further stirring for 1 hour under an ice bath, 350g of a 5wt% ammonium chloride aqueous solution is added dropwise over 15 minutes. Under ice cooling, the resulting reaction solution is gradually added to 8L of pure water and stirred for 30 minutes. After filtering and separating the precipitate gradually formed during stirring, it is further rinsed with 2L of pure water. The obtained precipitate was dissolved in 4L of ethyl acetate, and then washed three times with 1.5L of 10wt% NaCl aqueous solution. After the obtained ethyl acetate solution was recovered, 80g of magnesium sulfate was further added and suspended for 30 minutes. The filtrate obtained by filtration separation was concentrated to a concentration of 50wt%±5%, and 9L of heptane was further added for crystallization. The crystals separated by filtration were further rinsed with cold heptane and dried to obtain 701g of compound DML1R with a yield of 70% and a purity of 99.2%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 614.

(合成實施例DML2R)(Synthesis Example DML2R)

除了使用4-羥基苯甲醛作為原料,將保護化劑的種類設為乙基乙烯基醚,將[保護基引入步驟]變更為以下所記載的方法以外,以與合成實施例DML1同樣地合成DML2R。DML2R的生成以NMR和LC-MS確認。分子量為642。DML2R was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example DML1 except that 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde was used as a raw material, the type of protective agent was changed to ethyl vinyl ether, and the [Protective Group Introduction Step] was changed to the method described below. The formation of DML2R was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 642.

[保護基引入步驟] 使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹反應容器100L,在氮氣流下在冰浴的狀態,將DML1D體840g,與經脫水處理之四氫呋喃(THF)1680mL投入,並以攪拌槳進行攪拌以使其溶解。接著,在冰浴下攪拌的同時,在30分鐘內加入PPTS(吡啶鹽-p-甲苯磺酸) 80g,並進一步攪拌60分鐘。在60分鐘內向攪拌的反應液中滴加乙基乙烯基醚294g(相對於官能基等量為1.2等量),並進一步在35℃攪拌60分鐘。然後,在冰浴下加入純水7.2L,攪拌60分鐘後,向回收之有機相,加入乙酸乙酯2L、純水5L並攪拌之後,回收有機相,藉由減壓濃縮獲得作為目標物的保護體DML2P之白色固體833g。產率為81%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為638。 [Protective group introduction step] Using a 100L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube, 840g of DML1D body and 1680mL of dehydrated tetrahydrofuran (THF) were added in an ice bath under a nitrogen flow, and stirred with a stirring paddle to dissolve. Then, while stirring in an ice bath, 80g of PPTS (pyridinium salt-p-toluenesulfonic acid) was added over 30 minutes, and further stirred for 60 minutes. 294g of ethyl vinyl ether (1.2 equivalents relative to the functional group equivalent) was added dropwise to the stirred reaction solution over 60 minutes, and further stirred at 35°C for 60 minutes. Then, 7.2 L of pure water was added under ice bath, and after stirring for 60 minutes, 2 L of ethyl acetate and 5 L of pure water were added to the recovered organic phase and stirred. The organic phase was recovered and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 833 g of white solid of the target protected substance DML2P. The yield was 81%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 638.

(合成實施例DML3R) 除了使用4-羥基苯甲醛作為原料,將保護化劑的種類設為3,4-二氫吡喃,將[保護基引入步驟]變更為以下所記載的方法以外,以與合成實施例DML2同樣地合成DML3R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為666。 (Synthesis Example DML3R) DML3R was synthesized in the same manner as Synthesis Example DML2 except that 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde was used as a raw material, the type of protective agent was set to 3,4-dihydropyran, and the [Protective Group Introduction Step] was changed to the method described below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 666.

(合成實施例DML4R) 除了使用4-羥基苯甲醛作為原料,將保護化劑的種類設為3,4-二氫吡喃,將[保護基引入步驟]變更為以下所記載的方法以外,以與合成實施例DML1同樣地合成DML4R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為698。 (Synthesis Example DML4R) DML4R was synthesized in the same manner as Synthesis Example DML1 except that 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde was used as a raw material, the type of protective agent was set to 3,4-dihydropyran, and the [Protective Group Introduction Step] was changed to the method described below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 698.

[保護基引入步驟] 使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹反應容器100L,在氮氣流下在冰浴的狀態,將DML1D體840g,與經脫水處理之四氫呋喃(THF)1680mL投入,並以攪拌槳進行攪拌以使其溶解。接著,在冰浴下攪拌的同時,在10分鐘內加入DMAP(二甲基胺基吡啶)10g(相對於基質為0.05等量),並進一步攪拌30分鐘。在60分鐘內向攪拌的反應液中滴加二-第三丁基二碳酸酯890g(相對於官能基等量為1.2等量),並進一步在冰冷下攪拌120分鐘。經TLC(薄層層析)確認原料消失後,在冷卻化添加正庚烷1000mL,進一步在冰冷下確認內溫為10℃以下的同時,滴加1N鹽酸2800mL,進一步攪拌30分鐘。回收上層的有機相後,以5%小蘇打水7L(1次)、離子交換水7L(3次)進行洗淨處理後,投入矽膠50g以進行矽膠分散,並藉由過濾來回收有機相。向基質添加MQ(甲醌)200ppm後,藉由正庚烷進行推出(push out)濃縮(40℃),確認沒有THF流出。之後,使用高純度IPA(關東化學EL-IPA)進一步進行推出(push out)和濃縮。進一步添加高純度IPA進行溶解直到在40℃下目標物質溶解為止後,滴加與IPA等量的離子交換水,進一步藉由冰冷1小時程度進行結晶以回收目標物質。獲得作為目標物的保護體DML4P之白色固體811g。產率為69%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為694。 [Protective group introduction step] Using a 100L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube, 840g of DML1D body and 1680mL of dehydrated tetrahydrofuran (THF) were added in an ice bath under a nitrogen flow, and stirred with a stirring paddle to dissolve. Then, while stirring in an ice bath, 10g of DMAP (dimethylaminopyridine) (0.05 equivalents relative to the substrate) was added within 10 minutes, and further stirred for 30 minutes. 890g of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.2 equivalents relative to the functional group equivalents) was added dropwise to the stirred reaction solution within 60 minutes, and further stirred for 120 minutes under ice cooling. After confirming the disappearance of the raw material by TLC (thin layer chromatography), add 1000 mL of n-heptane while cooling, and while confirming that the internal temperature is below 10°C under ice cooling, add 2800 mL of 1N hydrochloric acid dropwise, and stir for 30 minutes. After recovering the upper organic phase, wash it with 7 L of 5% baking soda water (once) and 7 L of ion exchange water (three times), add 50 g of silica gel to disperse it, and recover the organic phase by filtration. After adding 200 ppm of MQ (methylquinone) to the matrix, push out and concentrate it with n-heptane (40°C), and confirm that no THF flows out. After that, high-purity IPA (Kanto Chemical EL-IPA) was used for further push out and concentration. After further adding high-purity IPA to dissolve until the target substance was dissolved at 40°C, an equal amount of ion exchange water as IPA was added dropwise, and crystallization was further performed by ice cooling for about 1 hour to recover the target substance. 811g of white solid of the target protected body DML4P was obtained. The yield was 69%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 694.

(合成實施例DML5R) 除了使用3-羥基苯甲醛作為原料以外,以與合成實施例DML1同樣地合成DML5R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為614。 (Synthesis Example DML5R) DML5R was synthesized in the same manner as Synthesis Example DML1 except that 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde was used as a raw material. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 614.

(合成實施例DML6R) 除了使用香草醛作為原料以外,以與合成實施例DML1同樣地合成DML6R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為674。 (Synthesis Example DML6R) DML6R was synthesized in the same manner as Synthesis Example DML1 except that vanillin was used as a raw material. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 674.

(合成實施例DML7R) 除了使用3,4-二羥基苯甲醛作為原料以外,以與合成實施例DML1同樣地合成DML7。然而,在保護基引入步驟中,相對於作為原料之3,4-二羥基苯甲醛,將二異丙基甲胺和氯甲基乙基醚的量設為2倍。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為762。 (Synthesis Example DML7R) DML7 was synthesized in the same manner as Synthesis Example DML1 except that 3,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde was used as a raw material. However, in the step of introducing the protecting group, the amount of diisopropylmethylamine and chloromethyl ethyl ether was set to 2 times that of 3,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde as a raw material. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 762.

(合成實施例DML8R) 除了使用乙基香草醛作為原料以外,以與合成實施例DML1同樣地合成DML8R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為702。 (Synthesis Example DML8R) DML8R was synthesized in the same manner as Synthesis Example DML1 except that ethyl vanillin was used as a raw material. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 702.

(合成實施例DML9R) 除了使用2-羥基苯甲醛作為原料以外,以與合成實施例DML1同樣地合成DML9R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為614。 (Synthesis Example DML9R) DML9R was synthesized in the same manner as Synthesis Example DML1 except that 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde was used as the raw material. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 614.

(合成實施例DML10R) 如下述流程製造化合物。反應在氮氣流下實施,獲得DML10R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為496。 (Synthesis Example DML10R) The compound was produced according to the following process. The reaction was carried out under a nitrogen flow to obtain DML10R. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 496.

使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹處理反應容器200L,加入4-胺基苄醇 10kg、甲醇100L,並在氮氣流下以220rpm攪拌1小時以進行溶解。添加碘21kg。加入水10L並進行冰冷,滴加30wt%過氧化氫9.2kg。在那之後,在24℃、70rpm的條件下進行攪拌24小時。然後,在120rpm,一邊攪拌一邊加入10wt%亞硫酸鈉水溶液10L後,再加入純水3.5L,藉由過濾進行過濾分離以回收形成的析出物。將所得的固體藉由使用矽膠的管柱層析進行純化,獲得DML10R 1kg。 A 200L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube was treated, 10kg of 4-aminobenzyl alcohol and 100L of methanol were added, and the mixture was stirred at 220rpm for 1 hour under a nitrogen flow to dissolve. 21kg of iodine was added. 10L of water was added and ice-cooled, and 9.2kg of 30wt% hydrogen peroxide was added dropwise. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 24°C and 70rpm for 24 hours. Then, 10L of a 10wt% sodium sulfite aqueous solution was added while stirring at 120rpm, and then 3.5L of pure water was added, and the formed precipitate was recovered by filtration separation. The obtained solid was purified by column chromatography using silica gel to obtain 1kg of DML10R.

(合成實施例DML11R) 如下述流程製造化合物。反應在氮氣流下實施,獲得DML11R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為718。 (Synthesis Example DML11R) The compound was prepared according to the following process. The reaction was carried out under a nitrogen flow to obtain DML11R. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 718.

使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹處理反應容器200L,加入DML10R 10kg、甲醇20L,並在氮氣流下以220rpm攪拌1小時以進行溶解。添加1.2aq.濃鹽酸,進行冰冷,滴加1.1aq.40wt%亞硝酸鈉水溶液。在那之後,在24℃、70rpm的條件下進行攪拌24小時。然後,在120rpm,添加碘化鉀水溶液,進一步加入純水7.0L,藉由過濾進行過濾分離以回收形成的析出物。乾燥後獲得DML11R 4kg。A 200L glass-lined treatment reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube was used, and 10kg of DML10R and 20L of methanol were added, and stirred at 220rpm for 1 hour under a nitrogen flow to dissolve. 1.2aq. of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added, ice-cooled, and 1.1aq. of 40wt% sodium nitrite aqueous solution was added dropwise. Thereafter, stirring was performed at 24°C and 70rpm for 24 hours. Then, potassium iodide aqueous solution was added at 120rpm, and 7.0L of pure water was further added, and the formed precipitate was recovered by filtration separation. After drying, 4kg of DML11R was obtained.

(合成實施例DML1e) 使用合成實施例L2所獲得的化合物(1-4),實施合成實施例L1的[還原步驟],獲得化合物(1-4a)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為376。 在連接有回流管的容器200mL中,加入獲得的化合物(1-4a) 5g(13.3mmol)和甲苯100mL,在回流條件下反應1小時,以管柱層析進行分離,獲得化合物1-4b 0.4g (0.55mmol)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為734。 接著,使用化合物1-4b,實施合成實施例L1的[保護基引入步驟]以獲得化合物(DML1e)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為850。 (Synthesis Example DML1e) Using the compound (1-4) obtained in Synthesis Example L2, the [reduction step] of Synthesis Example L1 was carried out to obtain compound (1-4a). The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 376. In a 200 mL container connected to a reflux tube, 5 g (13.3 mmol) of the obtained compound (1-4a) and 100 mL of toluene were added, and the reaction was carried out under reflux conditions for 1 hour. The mixture was separated by column chromatography to obtain 0.4 g (0.55 mmol) of compound 1-4b. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 734. Next, using compound 1-4b, the [protecting group introduction step] of Synthesis Example L1 was carried out to obtain compound (DML1e). The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 850.

[實施例2]將萘作為母核的化合物 如下述流程製造化合物。反應在氮氣流下實施。 [Example 2] Compounds using naphthalene as the parent nucleus The compound was produced according to the following process. The reaction was carried out under a nitrogen flow.

(化合物2-2的合成) 向配備有攪拌機和冷卻管的燒瓶內,饋入50g的化合物2-1(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)、600mL的乙醇、2.8mL的98%硫酸(相對於化合物2-1為0.2當量)。將內容物在回流下攪拌14小時以進行酯化反應。接著,以碳酸氫鈉(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製的試劑)10.6g進行中和並餾去乙醇,接著加入乙酸乙酯和水以提取有機相,以碳酸氫鈉清洗後以硫酸鈉進行脫水餾去溶劑,以丙酮進行懸浮清洗和乾燥,獲得化合物2-2。產率為64%。 (Synthesis of Compound 2-2) Into a flask equipped with a stirrer and a cooling tube, add 50 g of Compound 2-1 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), 600 mL of ethanol, and 2.8 mL of 98% sulfuric acid (0.2 equivalents relative to Compound 2-1). Stir the contents under reflux for 14 hours to carry out the esterification reaction. Then, neutralize with 10.6 g of sodium bicarbonate (a reagent manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) and distill off the ethanol, then add ethyl acetate and water to extract the organic phase, wash with sodium bicarbonate, dehydrate with sodium sulfate, distill off the solvent, and perform suspension washing and drying with acetone to obtain Compound 2-2. The yield is 64%.

(化合物2-3的合成) 向配備有攪拌機和冷卻管的燒瓶內,饋入34g的化合物2-2、48g(相對於化合物2-2為1.2當量)的碘、20g的碳酸氫鈉、160mL的甲醇和16mL的水。將內容物在室溫下攪拌5小時以進行碘化反應。接著,加入甲醇50mL,加入亞硫酸氫鈉直到碘的呈色消失,進行過濾、水洗後,以甲醇進行懸浮清洗後,進行過濾和乾燥,獲得化合物2-3。產率為97%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為342。 (Synthesis of Compound 2-3) Into a flask equipped with a stirrer and a cooling tube, add 34 g of Compound 2-2, 48 g (1.2 equivalents relative to Compound 2-2) of iodine, 20 g of sodium bicarbonate, 160 mL of methanol, and 16 mL of water. Stir the contents at room temperature for 5 hours to carry out the iodination reaction. Then, add 50 mL of methanol, add sodium bisulfite until the color of iodine disappears, filter, wash with water, and then suspend and wash with methanol, filter and dry to obtain Compound 2-3. The yield is 97%. The formation is confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 342.

(化合物2-4的合成) 將配備攪拌機和冷卻管的燒瓶浸漬於冰水浴中,向該燒瓶內饋入50g的化合物2-3和丙酮150mL並攪拌。此時的內溫為4℃。接著,將20.8g(相對於化合物2-3為1.1當量)的二異丙基乙基胺滴加到燒瓶內。滴加二異丙基乙基胺完畢後,滴加氯甲基乙基醚14.7g,進行反應1小時。反應完畢後,加入300g的乙酸乙酯和500g的水並提取有機相。將提取出的有機相的溶劑餾去,以管柱層析分離,獲得化合物2-4。產率為70%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為400。 (Synthesis of compound 2-4) Immerse a flask equipped with a stirrer and a cooling tube in an ice water bath, add 50 g of compound 2-3 and 150 mL of acetone into the flask and stir. The internal temperature at this time is 4°C. Then, 20.8 g (1.1 equivalents relative to compound 2-3) of diisopropylethylamine is added dropwise to the flask. After the addition of diisopropylethylamine is completed, 14.7 g of chloromethyl ethyl ether is added dropwise and the reaction is carried out for 1 hour. After the reaction is completed, 300 g of ethyl acetate and 500 g of water are added and the organic phase is extracted. The solvent of the extracted organic phase is distilled off and separated by column chromatography to obtain compound 2-4. The yield is 70%. The formation is confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 400.

(Na-1的合成) 除了使用6,7,8-三甲氧基萘-2-甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與合成實施例L1同樣地進行碘化步驟與還原步驟,獲得化合物Na-1。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。還原步驟前後分子量從372變成374。 (Synthesis of Na-1) Except for using 6,7,8-trimethoxynaphthalene-2-carboxaldehyde instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, the iodination step and reduction step were carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example L1 to obtain compound Na-1. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight changed from 372 to 374 before and after the reduction step.

(Na-2的合成) 除了使用2-羥基-1-萘醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與合成實施例L1同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-2。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。(Na-2-1)的分子量為298。此外,在生成(Na-2)的還原步驟之前後,分子量從356變成358。 (Synthesis of Na-2) Compound Na-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example L1 except that 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight of (Na-2-1) was 298. In addition, the molecular weight changed from 356 to 358 before and after the reduction step to generate (Na-2).

(Na-3的合成) 除了使用2-羥基萘-6-甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與合成實施例L1同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-3。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。(Na-3-1)的分子量為298。此外,在生成(Na-3)的還原步驟之前後,分子量從356變成358。 (Synthesis of Na-3) Compound Na-3 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example L1 except that 2-hydroxynaphthalene-6-carboxaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight of (Na-3-1) was 298. In addition, the molecular weight changed from 356 to 358 before and after the reduction step to generate (Na-3).

(Na-4的合成) 除了使用3-羥基-2-萘甲酸代替化合物2-1以外,以與實施例2同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-4-3。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。(Na-4-2)的分子量為342,(Na-4-3)的分子量為400。 (Synthesis of Na-4) Compound Na-4-3 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2 except that 3-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid was used instead of compound 2-1. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight of (Na-4-2) was 342, and the molecular weight of (Na-4-3) was 400.

(Na-5的合成) 除了使用1-羥基-2-萘甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與合成實施例L1同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-5。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。在生成(Na-5)的還原步驟之前後,分子量從356變成358。 (Synthesis of Na-5) Compound Na-5 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example L1 except that 1-hydroxy-2-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight changed from 356 to 358 before and after the reduction step to generate (Na-5).

(Na-6的合成) 除了使用4-羥基-2-萘甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與合成實施例L1同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-6。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。在生成(Na-6)的還原步驟之前後,分子量從356變成358。 (Synthesis of Na-6) Compound Na-6 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example L1 except that 4-hydroxy-2-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight changed from 356 to 358 before and after the reduction step to generate (Na-6).

(Na-7的合成) 除了使用4-羥基-2-萘甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與合成實施例L1同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-7。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。在生成(Na-7)的還原步驟之前後,分子量從356變成358。 (Synthesis of Na-7) Compound Na-7 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example L1 except that 4-hydroxy-2-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight changed from 356 to 358 before and after the reduction step to generate (Na-7).

(Na-8的合成) 除了使用4-羥基-1-萘甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與合成實施例L1同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-8。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。在生成(Na-8)的還原步驟之前後,分子量從356變成358。 (Synthesis of Na-8) Compound Na-8 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example L1 except that 4-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight changed from 356 to 358 before and after the reduction step to generate (Na-8).

(Na-9的合成) 除了使用5-羥基-2-萘甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與合成實施例L1同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-9。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。在生成(Na-9)的還原步驟之前後,分子量從356變成358。 (Synthesis of Na-9) Compound Na-9 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example L1 except that 5-hydroxy-2-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight changed from 356 to 358 before and after the reduction step to generate (Na-9).

(Na-10的合成) 除了使用8-羥基-2-萘甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與合成實施例L1同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-10。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。在生成(Na-10)的還原步驟之前後,分子量從356變成358。 (Synthesis of Na-10) Compound Na-10 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example L1 except that 8-hydroxy-2-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight changed from 356 to 358 before and after the reduction step to generate (Na-10).

(Na-11的合成) 除了使用8-羥基-1-萘甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與合成實施例L1同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-11。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。在生成(Na-11)的還原步驟之前後,分子量從356變成358。 (Synthesis of Na-11) Compound Na-11 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example L1 except that 8-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight changed from 356 to 358 before and after the reduction step to generate (Na-11).

(Na-12的合成) 除了使用1-羥基-2-萘羧酸代替化合物2-1以外,以與實施例2(化合物2-4的合成)同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-12。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。生成(Na-12)藉由引入保護基,分子量從342變成400。 (Synthesis of Na-12) Compound Na-12 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2 (Synthesis of Compound 2-4), except that 1-hydroxy-2-naphthalenecarboxylic acid was used instead of compound 2-1. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight of the generated (Na-12) was changed from 342 to 400 by introducing a protecting group.

(Na-13的合成) 除了使用4-羥基-2-萘羧酸代替化合物2-1以外,以與實施例2(化合物2-4的合成)同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-13。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。生成(Na-13)藉由引入保護基,分子量從342變成400。 (Synthesis of Na-13) Compound Na-13 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2 (Synthesis of Compound 2-4), except that 4-hydroxy-2-naphthalenecarboxylic acid was used instead of Compound 2-1. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight of the generated (Na-13) was changed from 342 to 400 by introducing a protecting group.

(Na-14的合成) 除了使用4-羥基-2-萘羧酸代替化合物2-1以外,以與實施例2(化合物2-4的合成)同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-14。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。生成(Na-14)藉由引入保護基,分子量從342變成400。 (Synthesis of Na-14) Compound Na-14 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2 (Synthesis of Compound 2-4) except that 4-hydroxy-2-naphthalenecarboxylic acid was used instead of Compound 2-1. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight of the generated (Na-14) was changed from 342 to 400 by introducing a protecting group.

(Na-15的合成) 除了使用5-羥基-1-萘羧酸代替化合物2-1以外,以與實施例2(化合物2-4的合成)同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-15。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。生成(Na-15)藉由引入保護基,分子量從342變成400。 (Synthesis of Na-15) Compound Na-15 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2 (Synthesis of Compound 2-4) except that 5-hydroxy-1-naphthalenecarboxylic acid was used instead of Compound 2-1. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight of the generated (Na-15) was changed from 342 to 400 by introducing a protecting group.

(Na-16的合成) 除了使用5-羥基-2-萘羧酸代替化合物2-1以外,以與實施例2(化合物2-4的合成)同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-16。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。生成(Na-16)藉由引入保護基,分子量從342變成400。 (Synthesis of Na-16) Compound Na-16 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2 (Synthesis of Compound 2-4) except that 5-hydroxy-2-naphthalenecarboxylic acid was used instead of Compound 2-1. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight of the generated (Na-16) was changed from 342 to 400 by introducing a protecting group.

(Na-17的合成) 除了使用8-羥基-2-萘羧酸代替化合物2-1以外,以與實施例2(化合物2-4的合成)同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-17。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。生成(Na-17)藉由引入保護基,分子量從342變成400。 (Synthesis of Na-17) Compound Na-17 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2 (Synthesis of Compound 2-4) except that 8-hydroxy-2-naphthalenecarboxylic acid was used instead of compound 2-1. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight of the generated (Na-17) was changed from 342 to 400 by introducing a protecting group.

(Na-18的合成) 除了使用8-羥基-1-萘羧酸代替化合物2-1以外,以與實施例2(化合物2-4的合成)同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-18。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。生成(Na-18)藉由引入保護基,分子量從342變成400。 (Synthesis of Na-18) Compound Na-18 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2 (Synthesis of Compound 2-4) except that 8-hydroxy-1-naphthalenecarboxylic acid was used instead of compound 2-1. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight of the generated (Na-18) was changed from 342 to 400 by introducing a protecting group.

(Na-19的合成) 除了使用6-羥基-2-萘甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與合成實施例L1同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-19。流程如以下所示。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。在生成(Na-19)的還原步驟之前後,分子量從356變成358。 (Synthesis of Na-19) Compound Na-19 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example L1 except that 6-hydroxy-2-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. The process is shown below. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight changed from 356 to 358 before and after the reduction step to generate (Na-19).

[合成實施例DMN2-3P] 實施以下的反應。 [Synthesis Example DMN2-3P] The following reaction was carried out.

(化合物2-2的合成) 藉由與實施例2同樣的方法獲得化合物2-2。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為216。 (Synthesis of Compound 2-2) Compound 2-2 was obtained by the same method as Example 2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 216.

(化合物DMN2-3的合成) 向配備有攪拌機和冷卻管的燒瓶內,饋入34g的化合物2-2、48g(相對於化合物2-2為1.2當量)的碘、10g的碳酸氫鈉、160mL的甲醇和16mL的水。將內容物在40℃下攪拌5小時以進行碘化反應。接著,加入甲醇50mL,加入亞硫酸氫鈉直到碘的呈色消失,進行過濾、水洗後,以甲醇進行懸浮清洗後,進行過濾和乾燥,獲得化合物DMN2-3。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為682。 (Synthesis of compound DMN2-3) Into a flask equipped with a stirrer and a cooling tube, add 34 g of compound 2-2, 48 g (1.2 equivalents relative to compound 2-2) of iodine, 10 g of sodium bicarbonate, 160 mL of methanol, and 16 mL of water. Stir the contents at 40°C for 5 hours to carry out the iodination reaction. Then, add 50 mL of methanol, add sodium bisulfite until the iodine color disappears, filter, wash with water, and then suspend and wash with methanol, filter and dry to obtain compound DMN2-3. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 682.

(化合物DMN2-3P的合成) 將配備攪拌機和冷卻管的燒瓶浸漬於冰水浴中,向該燒瓶內饋入50g的化合物DMN2-3和丙酮150mL並攪拌。此時的內溫為4℃。接著,將20.8g(相對於DMN2-3為1.1當量)的二異丙基乙基胺滴加到燒瓶內。滴加二異丙基乙基胺完畢後,滴加氯甲基乙基醚14.7g,進行反應1小時。反應完畢後,加入300g的乙酸乙酯和500g的水並提取有機相。將提取出的有機相的溶劑餾去,以管柱層析分離,獲得化合物DMN2-3P。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為798。 (Synthesis of compound DMN2-3P) Immerse a flask equipped with a stirrer and a cooling tube in an ice water bath, add 50 g of compound DMN2-3 and 150 mL of acetone into the flask and stir. The internal temperature at this time is 4°C. Then, add 20.8 g (1.1 equivalents relative to DMN2-3) of diisopropylethylamine dropwise into the flask. After the addition of diisopropylethylamine is complete, add 14.7 g of chloromethyl ethyl ether dropwise and react for 1 hour. After the reaction is complete, add 300 g of ethyl acetate and 500 g of water and extract the organic phase. Distill off the solvent of the extracted organic phase, separate by column chromatography, and obtain compound DMN2-3P. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 798.

[合成實施例BPN2-3P] 進行以下的反應。 [Synthesis Example BPN2-3P] The following reaction was carried out.

(化合物2-2的合成) 藉由與實施例2同樣的方法獲得化合物2-2。 (Synthesis of Compound 2-2) Compound 2-2 was obtained by the same method as Example 2.

(化合物BPN2-3P的合成) 將配備攪拌機和冷卻管的燒瓶浸漬於冰水浴中,向該燒瓶內饋入15.8g的化合物2-2和丙酮150mL並攪拌。此時的內溫為4℃。接著,將20.8g(相對於化合物2-2為1.1當量)的二異丙基乙基胺滴加到燒瓶內。滴加二異丙基乙基胺完畢後,滴加氯甲基乙基醚14.7g,進行反應1小時。反應完畢後,加入300g的乙酸乙酯和500g的水並提取有機相。將提取出的有機相的溶劑餾去,以管柱層析分離,獲得化合物BPN2-3P。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為274。 (Synthesis of compound BPN2-3P) Immerse a flask equipped with a stirrer and a cooling tube in an ice water bath, add 15.8 g of compound 2-2 and 150 mL of acetone into the flask and stir. The internal temperature at this time is 4°C. Then, 20.8 g (1.1 equivalents relative to compound 2-2) of diisopropylethylamine is added dropwise to the flask. After the addition of diisopropylethylamine is completed, 14.7 g of chloromethyl ethyl ether is added dropwise and the reaction is carried out for 1 hour. After the reaction is completed, 300 g of ethyl acetate and 500 g of water are added and the organic phase is extracted. The solvent of the extracted organic phase is distilled off and separated by column chromatography to obtain compound BPN2-3P. The formation is confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 274.

(DMNa-1-1的合成) 除了使用6,7,8-三甲氧基萘-2-甲醛代替化合物2-2以外,以與合成實施例DMN2-3同樣地合成化合物DMNa-1-1。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為744。 (Synthesis of DMNa-1-1) Compound DMNa-1-1 was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example DMN2-3 except that 6,7,8-trimethoxynaphthalene-2-carboxaldehyde was used instead of compound 2-2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 744.

[合成實施例DMNa2-1R] 除了使用2-羥基-3-萘甲醛代替化合物2-2以外,以與合成實施例DMN2-3同樣地合成化合物DMNa-2-1。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為594。接著,除了使用化合物DMNa-2-1代替化合物DMN2-3以外,以與化合物DMN2-3P的合成同樣地,合成化合物DMNa2-1P。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為710。進一步地,除了使用化合物DMNa2-1P代替化合物1-2以外,以與化合物1-3的合成同樣地,獲得化合物DMNa-2-1R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為714。 [Synthesis Example DMNa2-1R] Compound DMNa-2-1 was synthesized in the same manner as Synthesis Example DMN2-3, except that 2-hydroxy-3-naphthaldehyde was used instead of compound 2-2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 594. Next, compound DMNa2-1P was synthesized in the same manner as the synthesis of compound DMN2-3P, except that compound DMNa-2-1 was used instead of compound DMN2-3. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 710. Further, compound DMNa-2-1R was obtained in the same manner as the synthesis of compound 1-3, except that compound DMNa2-1P was used instead of compound 1-2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 714.

[合成實施例BPNa2-1R] 除了使用2-羥基-3-萘甲醛代替化合物DMN2-3以外,以與化合物DMN2-3P的合成同樣地,獲得化合物BPNa2-1P。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為230。進一步地,除了使用化合物BPNa2-1P代替化合物1-2以外,以與化合物1-3的合成同樣地,獲得化合物BPNa-2-1R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為232。 [Synthesis Example BPNa2-1R] Compound BPNa2-1P was obtained in the same manner as compound DMN2-3P except that 2-hydroxy-3-naphthaldehyde was used instead of compound DMN2-3. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 230. Furthermore, compound BPNa-2-1R was obtained in the same manner as compound 1-3 except that compound BPNa2-1P was used instead of compound 1-2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 232.

(化合物DMNa-3-1R的合成) 除了使用2-羥基萘-6-甲醛代替化合物2-2以外,以與合成實施例DMN2-3同樣地,獲得化合物DMNa-3-1。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為594。接著,除了使用化合物DMNa-3-1代替化合物DMN2-3以外,以與化合物DMN2-3P的合成同樣地,獲得化合物DMNa3-1P。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為710。進一步地,除了使用化合物DMNa3-1P代替化合物1-2以外,以與化合物1-3的合成同樣地,獲得化合物DMNa-3-1R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為714。 (Synthesis of compound DMNa-3-1R) Compound DMNa-3-1 was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis example DMN2-3 except that 2-hydroxynaphthalene-6-carboxaldehyde was used instead of compound 2-2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 594. Next, compound DMNa3-1P was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound DMN2-3P except that compound DMNa-3-1 was used instead of compound DMN2-3. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 710. Further, compound DMNa-3-1R was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound 1-3 except that compound DMNa3-1P was used instead of compound 1-2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 714.

[合成實施例DMNa-2b-1R] 進行以下的反應。 [Synthesis Example DMNa-2b-1R] The following reaction was performed.

除了使用2-羥基-3-萘甲醛代替4-羥基苯甲醛以外,以與碘化步驟DML1D同樣地,獲得化合物DMNa-2b-1。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為594。接著,除了使用化合物DMNa-2b-1代替5-碘香草醛以外,以與保護基引入步驟DML1P同樣地,獲得化合物Na-2b-1P。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為710。進一步地,除了使用化合物DMNa-2b-1P代替DML1P以外,以與還原步驟DML1R同樣的方式獲得化合物DMNa-2b-1R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為714。Compound DMNa-2b-1 was obtained in the same manner as the iodination step DML1D except that 2-hydroxy-3-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 594. Next, compound Na-2b-1P was obtained in the same manner as the protecting group introduction step DML1P except that compound DMNa-2b-1 was used instead of 5-iodovanillin. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 710. Further, compound DMNa-2b-1R was obtained in the same manner as the reduction step DML1R except that compound DMNa-2b-1P was used instead of DML1P. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 714.

[合成實施例:DMNa-3-2R的合成] 進行以下的反應。 [Synthesis Example: Synthesis of DMNa-3-2R] The following reaction was performed.

除了使用2-羥基萘-6-甲醛代替2-羥基-3-萘甲醛作為原料以外,以與合成實施例DMNa-2-1同樣地,進行碘化步驟、保護基引入步驟、還原步驟,獲得化合物DMNa-3-2R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為714。The iodination step, the protective group introduction step, and the reduction step were carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example DMNa-2-1, except that 2-hydroxynaphthalene-6-carboxaldehyde was used instead of 2-hydroxy-3-naphthaldehyde as the raw material to obtain compound DMNa-3-2R. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 714.

(DMNa-4-2P的合成) 除了使用3-羥基-2-萘甲酸代替化合物2-1以外,以與化合物2-2的合成同樣的方式獲得化合物Na-4-1。接著,除了使用化合物Na-4-1代替化合物2-2以外,以與合成實施例DMNa-2-1中的碘化步驟同樣地,獲得化合物DMNa-4-2。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為682。進一步地,對該化合物實施與合成實施例DMNa-2-1同樣的保護基引入步驟,獲得化合物DMNa-4-2P。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為798。 (Synthesis of DMNa-4-2P) Compound Na-4-1 was obtained in the same manner as the synthesis of compound 2-2, except that 3-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid was used instead of compound 2-1. Next, compound DMNa-4-2 was obtained in the same manner as the iodination step in Synthesis Example DMNa-2-1, except that compound Na-4-1 was used instead of compound 2-2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 682. Further, the compound was subjected to the same protective group introduction step as in Synthesis Example DMNa-2-1 to obtain compound DMNa-4-2P. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 798.

[實施例3]將金剛烷作為母核的化合物 (化合物3-2的合成1) 如下述流程製造化合物。 [Example 3] Compounds using adamantane as a parent core (Synthesis 1 of Compound 3-2) The compound was prepared according to the following process.

將配備攪拌機和冷卻管的燒瓶浸漬於油浴中,向該燒瓶內饋入80g的化合物3-1(Mitsubishi Gas Chemical股份有限公司製,0.43mol)、2.5L的甲苯並攪拌。接著,向燒瓶內加入55%碘化氫水溶液400g (1.72mol)。將內溫設在83~89℃進行反應32小時。進一步地,向燒瓶內加入55%碘化氫水溶液50g。將內溫設在83~89℃進行反應16小時。A flask equipped with a stirrer and a cooling tube was immersed in an oil bath, and 80 g of compound 3-1 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., 0.43 mol) and 2.5 L of toluene were added to the flask and stirred. Next, 400 g (1.72 mol) of a 55% aqueous hydrogen iodide solution was added to the flask. The internal temperature was set at 83-89°C and the reaction was carried out for 32 hours. Furthermore, 50 g of a 55% aqueous hydrogen iodide solution was added to the flask. The internal temperature was set at 83-89°C and the reaction was carried out for 16 hours.

在另一容器中,饋入10%亞硫酸鈉水溶液22.5mL、水1720mL,進一步將前述反應液緩慢注入。當進一步加入亞硫酸鈉2g、乙酸乙酯1L時,將有機相與水相進行分離。進一步加入水,進行分液以獲得有機相(油相)。將該有機相進行濃縮,加入500mL的甲苯,並置於冰箱中放置一晚。In another container, add 22.5 mL of 10% sodium sulfite aqueous solution and 1720 mL of water, and then slowly inject the above reaction solution. When 2 g of sodium sulfite and 1 L of ethyl acetate are further added, separate the organic phase from the aqueous phase. Further add water and separate the liquid to obtain an organic phase (oil phase). Concentrate the organic phase, add 500 mL of toluene, and place in a refrigerator overnight.

將該有機相進行過濾,以冷甲苯和己烷進行清洗,獲得145g的濕濾餅。將該濕濾餅在40℃下減壓乾燥2.5小時,獲得138g的淡紅色結晶。接著,將該晶體與1.3L的乙酸乙酯混合,加熱至70℃以溶解。將該乙酸乙酯溶液冷卻至室溫。在該液體中加入650mL的0.5%亞硫酸鈉水溶液,進行攪拌、分液,並取出乙酸乙酯相。The organic phase was filtered and washed with cold toluene and hexane to obtain 145 g of a wet cake. The wet cake was dried under reduced pressure at 40°C for 2.5 hours to obtain 138 g of light red crystals. Then, the crystals were mixed with 1.3 L of ethyl acetate and heated to 70°C to dissolve. The ethyl acetate solution was cooled to room temperature. 650 mL of 0.5% sodium sulfite aqueous solution was added to the liquid, stirred, separated, and the ethyl acetate phase was taken out.

向該乙酸乙酯相加入650mL的水,進行攪拌、分液。再次取出乙酸乙酯相,加入硫酸鎂並攪拌30分鐘,並置於冰箱中靜置兩晚。由於靜置後會析出結晶,加熱以使其溶解,再次冷卻至室溫。將冷卻後的混合物進行過濾,獲得硫酸鎂和濾液。此時,以乙酸乙酯將硫酸鎂進行清洗。將所得濾液進行濃縮,進一步在減壓下40℃進行乾燥9小時,獲得128g的白色晶體的化合物3-2的白色晶體,純度為99.2%(產率為72%)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為404。在回流反應完畢的時間點,化合物3-1的羥基中,僅1個羥基變換為碘的化合物的產率為<1%,3個羥基變換為碘的化合物的產率為<1%。Add 650 mL of water to the ethyl acetate phase, stir and separate. Take out the ethyl acetate phase again, add magnesium sulfate and stir for 30 minutes, and leave it in the refrigerator for two nights. Since crystals will precipitate after standing, heat to dissolve them and cool them to room temperature again. Filter the cooled mixture to obtain magnesium sulfate and filtrate. At this time, wash the magnesium sulfate with ethyl acetate. The obtained filtrate is concentrated and further dried at 40°C under reduced pressure for 9 hours to obtain 128 g of white crystals of compound 3-2 with a purity of 99.2% (yield of 72%). The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 404. At the time point when the reflux reaction was completed, the yield of the compound 3-1 in which only one hydroxyl group was converted to iodine was less than 1%, and the yield of the compound in which three hydroxyl groups were converted to iodine was less than 1%.

(化合物3-2的合成2) 將配備攪拌機和冷卻管、狄安-史塔克管的燒瓶浸漬於油浴中,將甲苯308g加入1,3,5-金剛烷三醇21g,進一步加入55 wt%碘化氫水溶液78.6g。在105~110℃於狄安-史塔克管餾出水26g並排出的同時,進行回流反應3小時後冷卻至室溫。加入水177.5g後,加入10%亞硫酸鈉水溶液10g。之後,加入6%氫氧化鈉水溶液61.4g進行中和。之後,將反應液進行過濾以濾出甲苯溶液和結晶31g後,將甲苯溶液以3wt%草酸88g進行2次的分液清洗,隨後,以水88g進行5次的分液清洗,獲得甲苯溶液255g。將濾出的結晶31g中加入乙酸乙酯341g使其溶解後,加入水85g和10%亞硫酸鈉水溶液0.4g進行分液清洗。進一步地,以水85g進行6次的分液清洗,獲得乙酸乙酯溶液316g。將甲苯溶液255g和溶解有結晶之乙酸乙酯溶液316g進行減壓濃縮,將析出的結晶進行濾出後,在50℃實施減壓乾燥,獲得白色結晶的化合物3-2 40.9g,純度為99.3%,產率為89%。在回流反應完畢的時間點,化合物3-1的羥基中,僅1個羥基變換為碘的化合物的產率為<1%,3個羥基變換為碘的化合物的產率為<1%。 (Synthesis 2 of Compound 3-2) Immerse a flask equipped with a stirrer, cooling tube, and Dean-Stark tube in an oil bath, add 308 g of toluene to 21 g of 1,3,5-adamantantriol, and further add 78.6 g of a 55 wt% aqueous solution of hydrogen iodide. While distilling and discharging 26 g of water in a Dean-Stark tube at 105-110°C, reflux for 3 hours and then cool to room temperature. After adding 177.5 g of water, add 10 g of a 10% aqueous solution of sodium sulfite. Then, add 61.4 g of a 6% aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide for neutralization. After that, the reaction solution was filtered to filter out a toluene solution and 31 g of crystals, and the toluene solution was washed twice with 88 g of 3 wt% oxalic acid, and then washed five times with 88 g of water to obtain 255 g of a toluene solution. 341 g of ethyl acetate was added to 31 g of the filtered crystals to dissolve them, and then 85 g of water and 0.4 g of a 10% sodium sulfite aqueous solution were added to wash the solution. Furthermore, the solution was washed six times with 85 g of water to obtain 316 g of an ethyl acetate solution. 255g of toluene solution and 316g of ethyl acetate solution containing crystals were concentrated under reduced pressure, the precipitated crystals were filtered out, and then dried under reduced pressure at 50°C to obtain 40.9g of white crystalline compound 3-2 with a purity of 99.3% and a yield of 89%. At the time point when the reflux reaction was completed, the yield of the compound in which only one hydroxyl group of compound 3-1 was converted to iodine was <1%, and the yield of the compound in which three hydroxyl groups were converted to iodine was <1%.

(化合物3-2的合成3) 將配備攪拌機和冷卻管、狄安-史塔克管的燒瓶浸漬於油浴中,將甲苯 102g加入1,3,5-金剛烷三醇7g,進一步加入55 wt%碘化氫水溶液26.6g,靜置12小時。之後,在102~108℃於狄安-史塔克管餾出水8.5g並排出的同時,進行回流反應1小時後冷卻至室溫。加入水59g後,加入10%亞硫酸鈉水溶液8g。之後,將反應液進行過濾以濾出甲苯溶液和結晶12g後,將甲苯溶液以水29g進行5次的分液清洗,獲得甲苯溶液85g。將濾出的結晶12g中加入乙酸乙酯122g使其溶解後,加入水28g和10%亞硫酸鈉水溶液0.4g進行分液清洗。進一步地,以水85g進行6次的分液清洗,獲得乙酸乙酯溶液105g。將甲苯溶液85g和乙酸乙酯溶液105g進行減壓濃縮,將析出的結晶進行濾出後,在50℃實施減壓乾燥,獲得白色結晶的化合物3-2 13.7g,純度為99.3%(產率為91%)。在回流反應完畢的時間點,化合物3-1的羥基中,僅1個羥基變換為碘的化合物的產率為<1%,3個羥基變換為碘的化合物的產率為2%。 (Synthesis 3 of Compound 3-2) A flask equipped with a stirrer, a cooling tube, and a Dean-Stark tube was immersed in an oil bath, 102 g of toluene was added to 7 g of 1,3,5-adamantantriol, and 26.6 g of a 55 wt% aqueous hydrogen iodide solution was further added, and the mixture was allowed to stand for 12 hours. Thereafter, 8.5 g of water was distilled out and discharged from the Dean-Stark tube at 102-108°C, and the mixture was refluxed for 1 hour and then cooled to room temperature. After 59 g of water was added, 8 g of a 10% aqueous sodium sulfite solution was added. Thereafter, the reaction solution was filtered to filter out 12 g of toluene solution and crystals, and the toluene solution was washed with 29 g of water 5 times to obtain 85 g of toluene solution. After adding 122g of ethyl acetate to 12g of filtered crystals to dissolve them, 28g of water and 0.4g of 10% sodium sulfite aqueous solution were added for liquid separation and washing. Furthermore, 85g of water was used for liquid separation and washing 6 times to obtain 105g of ethyl acetate solution. 85g of toluene solution and 105g of ethyl acetate solution were concentrated under reduced pressure, and the precipitated crystals were filtered and dried under reduced pressure at 50°C to obtain 13.7g of white crystalline compound 3-2 with a purity of 99.3% (yield of 91%). At the time point when the reflux reaction was completed, the yield of the compound in which only one hydroxyl group of compound 3-1 was converted to iodine was <1%, and the yield of the compound in which three hydroxyl groups were converted to iodine was 2%.

(化合物3-2的合成3-2) 除了追加向所得的乙酸乙酯溶液105g中,投入矽膠50g以進行矽膠分散,並藉由過濾以回收有機相的步驟以外,其他進行與化合物3-2的合成2同樣的操作,獲得化合物(3-2) 13.5g,產率為90%,LC純度為>99.9%之高純度。 (Synthesis 3-2 of Compound 3-2) Except for adding 50 g of silica gel to the obtained ethyl acetate solution 105 g to disperse the silica gel and recovering the organic phase by filtration, the other operations were the same as those of Synthesis 2 of Compound 3-2 to obtain 13.5 g of Compound (3-2) with a yield of 90% and a high purity of LC purity of >99.9%.

(化合物3-2的合成4) 將配備攪拌機和冷卻管、狄安-史塔克管的燒瓶浸漬於油浴中,將水17.8g加入1,3,5-金剛烷三醇21g,進一步加入55 wt%碘化氫水溶液78.6g並攪拌。在115~120℃於狄安-史塔克管餾出水28g並排出的同時,進行回流反應2小時後冷卻至室溫。加入水100g後,加入10%亞硫酸鈉水溶液15g。之後,將反應液進行過濾以濾出結晶45g。將濾出的結晶45g中加入乙酸乙酯220g使其溶解後,加入水110g和10%亞硫酸鈉水溶液4.8g進行分液清洗。進一步地,以水110g進行8次的分液清洗,獲得乙酸乙酯溶液165g。將所得之乙酸乙酯溶液進行減壓濃縮,將析出的結晶進行濾出後,在50℃實施減壓乾燥,獲得白色結晶的化合物3-2 41.9g,純度為99.1%,產率為91%。在回流反應完畢的時間點,化合物3-1的羥基中,僅1個羥基變換為碘的化合物的產率為1%,3個羥基變換為碘的化合物的產率為2%。 (Synthesis 4 of Compound 3-2) Immerse a flask equipped with a stirrer, cooling tube, and Dean-Stark tube in an oil bath, add 17.8 g of water to 21 g of 1,3,5-adamantantriol, and further add 78.6 g of a 55 wt% aqueous hydrogen iodide solution and stir. While distilling out 28 g of water in a Dean-Stark tube at 115-120°C and discharging, reflux reaction is performed for 2 hours and then cooled to room temperature. After adding 100 g of water, 15 g of a 10% aqueous sodium sulfite solution is added. Thereafter, the reaction solution is filtered to filter out 45 g of crystals. After adding 220 g of ethyl acetate to the filtered 45 g of crystals to dissolve them, 110 g of water and 4.8 g of a 10% aqueous sodium sulfite solution are added to separate and wash. Furthermore, 110 g of water was used for 8 times of liquid separation and washing to obtain 165 g of ethyl acetate solution. The obtained ethyl acetate solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the precipitated crystals were filtered out and dried under reduced pressure at 50°C to obtain 41.9 g of white crystalline compound 3-2 with a purity of 99.1% and a yield of 91%. At the time point when the reflux reaction was completed, the yield of the compound in which only one hydroxyl group of compound 3-1 was converted to iodine was 1%, and the yield of the compound in which three hydroxyl groups were converted to iodine was 2%.

(化合物3-2的合成5) 除了追加將所得的析出物溶於乙酸乙酯10.5L後,投入矽膠50g以進行矽膠分散,並藉由過濾以回收有機相的步驟以外,其他進行與合成實施例L1同樣的操作,獲得化合物(1-3)1660g,產率為76%,純度為>99.9%之高純度。 (Synthesis 5 of Compound 3-2) Except for the additional steps of dissolving the obtained precipitate in 10.5L of ethyl acetate, adding 50g of silica gel to disperse the silica gel, and recovering the organic phase by filtration, the other operations were the same as those of Synthesis Example L1 to obtain 1660g of Compound (1-3) with a yield of 76% and a high purity of >99.9%.

(Ad-A-1的合成) 將乙腈1278g加入1,3,5-金剛烷三醇150g並攪拌。在室溫、氮氣下添加177g的三甲基矽烷基氯化物,進一步分批添加碘化鈉244g(相對於1,3,5-金剛烷三醇為2當量)。將浴溫設定為85℃並反應6小時後,放冷一晚。加入水1625g後,加入10%亞硫酸鈉水溶液79g。使用蒸發器進行減壓濃縮直到內容量成為2.2kg,添加甲苯700g。在室溫下攪拌14小時後進行過濾。將固體以乙腈150ml清洗兩次。在30℃下實施減壓乾燥,獲得132g的固體。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為294。 (Synthesis of Ad-A-1) Add 1278 g of acetonitrile to 150 g of 1,3,5-adamantantriol and stir. Add 177 g of trimethylsilyl chloride under nitrogen at room temperature, and further add 244 g of sodium iodide (2 equivalents relative to 1,3,5-adamantantriol) in batches. Set the bath temperature to 85°C and react for 6 hours, then cool overnight. Add 1625 g of water, and then add 79 g of a 10% aqueous sodium sulfite solution. Use an evaporator to reduce pressure and concentrate until the internal volume becomes 2.2 kg, and add 700 g of toluene. Stir at room temperature for 14 hours and filter. Wash the solid twice with 150 ml of acetonitrile. Dry under reduced pressure at 30°C to obtain 132 g of solid. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 294.

(Ad-A-2的合成) 將脫水N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP) 100ml加入1-碘金剛烷-3,5-二醇24g並進行冰冷。在5℃以下滴加氯乙醯氯化物10g。將浴溫設定為60℃並反應1小時。將反應液在攪拌下加入添加有4%鹽酸的冰。以乙酸乙酯200ml進行提取,以2%鹽酸100ml、水100ml進行清洗。以飽和食鹽水、硫酸鈉進行脫水後,使用蒸發器餾去溶劑,並以矽膠管柱層析進行純化。獲得18.8g的固體。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為371。 (Synthesis of Ad-A-2) Add 100 ml of dehydrated N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) to 24 g of 1-iodoadamantan-3,5-diol and ice-cool. Add 10 g of chloroacetyl chloride dropwise at below 5°C. Set the bath temperature to 60°C and react for 1 hour. Add ice to which 4% hydrochloric acid has been added while stirring the reaction solution. Extract with 200 ml of ethyl acetate and wash with 100 ml of 2% hydrochloric acid and 100 ml of water. Dehydrate with saturated saline and sodium sulfate, distill off the solvent with an evaporator, and purify with silica gel column chromatography. Obtain 18.8 g of solid. Confirm the formation with NMR and LC-MS. Molecular weight is 371.

(Ad-2-2的合成) 除了使用化合物Ad-2-1代替化合物3-1以外,以與實施例1同樣的方式獲得化合物Ad-2-2。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為420。 (Synthesis of Ad-2-2) Compound Ad-2-2 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1 except that compound Ad-2-1 was used instead of compound 3-1. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 420.

(Ad-2-3的合成) 將10g的Ad2-2之10g溶解於THF30ml,進行冰冷後,滴加琥珀酸氯化物7.7g。滴加完畢後,在60℃下進行反應2小時。從反應液中餾去THF,向殘渣中添加甲苯,將析出的固體藉由過濾,獲得Ad-2-3 11g。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為657。 (Synthesis of Ad-2-3) 10 g of Ad2-2 was dissolved in 30 ml of THF, and after ice cooling, 7.7 g of succinic acid chloride was added dropwise. After the addition was completed, the reaction was carried out at 60°C for 2 hours. THF was distilled off from the reaction solution, toluene was added to the residue, and the precipitated solid was filtered to obtain 11 g of Ad-2-3. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 657.

(Ad-2-4的合成) 將10g的Ad-2-2溶解於THF50ml,進行冰冷後,滴加琥珀酸氯化物7.7g。滴加完畢後,在60℃下進行反應2小時。將反應液恢復至室溫後,滴加15%碳酸鈉40ml並攪拌1小時。向反應液中滴加濃鹽酸7ml,將析出的固體藉由過濾,獲得Ad-2-4 10g。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為620。 (Synthesis of Ad-2-4) 10g of Ad-2-2 was dissolved in 50ml of THF, and after ice cooling, 7.7g of succinic acid chloride was added dropwise. After the addition was completed, the reaction was carried out at 60°C for 2 hours. After the reaction solution was returned to room temperature, 40ml of 15% sodium carbonate was added dropwise and stirred for 1 hour. 7ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added dropwise to the reaction solution, and the precipitated solid was filtered to obtain 10g of Ad-2-4. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 620.

(Ad-A-3的合成) 如下述流程製造化合物。 (Synthesis of Ad-A-3) The compound was produced according to the following scheme.

(Ad-A-3-1的合成) 向Ad-A-3-0(3-羥基-1-金剛烷羧酸)30g(153mmol)的乙腈-水(1:1,300mL)懸浮液依序添加氯化釕(III)水合物(釕含量:42.8%)600mg(2.54mmol,1.7mol%)、吡啶1.2mL (15mmol,10mol%)、過碘酸鈉60.0g(280mmol,1.8當量)。在70℃攪拌15小時後,將丙酮加入反應液中並進行過濾。將濾液進行濃縮,以丙酮清洗所得殘渣,藉此獲得Ad-A-3-1的粗產物20.0g(GC純度為68%)。其無需純化即可用於下一步驟。 (Synthesis of Ad-A-3-1) To a suspension of 30 g (153 mmol) of Ad-A-3-0 (3-hydroxy-1-adamantan carboxylic acid) in acetonitrile-water (1:1, 300 mL) were added 600 mg (2.54 mmol, 1.7 mol%) of ruthenium (III) chloride hydrate (ruthenium content: 42.8%), 1.2 mL (15 mmol, 10 mol%) of pyridine, and 60.0 g (280 mmol, 1.8 equivalents) of sodium periodate. After stirring at 70°C for 15 hours, acetone was added to the reaction solution and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the resulting residue was washed with acetone to obtain 20.0 g of a crude product of Ad-A-3-1 (GC purity: 68%). It can be used in the next step without purification.

(Ad-A-3-2的合成) 向Ad-A-3-1的粗產物20.0g的甲醇(300mL)溶液,添加碘甲烷18mL(289mmol)、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一烯25mL(167mmol)。在60℃攪拌5小時後,將反應液進行濃縮。將殘渣進行矽膠管柱層析,藉此獲得Ad-A-3-2 18.7g(82.6mmol)。 (Synthesis of Ad-A-3-2) To a solution of 20.0 g of the crude product of Ad-A-3-1 in methanol (300 mL), 18 mL (289 mmol) of iodomethane and 25 mL (167 mmol) of 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene were added. After stirring at 60°C for 5 hours, the reaction solution was concentrated. The residue was subjected to silica gel column chromatography to obtain 18.7 g (82.6 mmol) of Ad-A-3-2.

(Ad-A-3的合成) 向Ad-A-3-2 21.4g(94.5mmol)的甲醇(100mL)溶液,加入氫氧化鈉4.6g(115mmol,1.2當量)水溶液(100mL)。在60℃攪拌12小時後,將反應液進行濃縮。向殘渣加入57%氫碘酸200mL,在60℃攪拌18小時。放冷至室溫後,將反應液加入亞硫酸鈉水溶液中。將固體過濾獲取,並以水、甲苯清洗。將其從甲醇-水中進行再沉澱,藉此獲得Ad-A-3 22.8g(70.8mmol)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。 1H-NMR:δ (ppm)(d-DMSO):12.3(1H, -COOH), 4.9(1H, -OH), 1.2~2.5 (13H, =CH-, -CH 2-),分子量為322。 (Synthesis of Ad-A-3) To a methanol (100 mL) solution of 21.4 g (94.5 mmol) of Ad-A-3-2, an aqueous solution (100 mL) of 4.6 g (115 mmol, 1.2 equivalents) of sodium hydroxide was added. After stirring at 60°C for 12 hours, the reaction solution was concentrated. 200 mL of 57% hydroiodic acid was added to the residue, and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was added to an aqueous solution of sodium sulfite. The solid was filtered and washed with water and toluene. It was reprecipitated from methanol-water to obtain 22.8 g (70.8 mmol) of Ad-A-3. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. 1 H-NMR:δ (ppm)(d-DMSO):12.3(1H, -COOH), 4.9(1H, -OH), 1.2~2.5 (13H, =CH-, -CH 2 -), molecular weight is 322.

(Ad-A-4的合成) (Synthesis of Ad-A-4)

使用連接有回流管的燒瓶300mL,饋入氫化鋁鋰0.4mg、超脫水THF 100mL,並在氮氣流下以220rpm進行攪拌1小時。進一步地,在40分鐘內分10份逐漸添加Ad-A-3 3.2g。在那之後,在24℃、70rpm的條件下進行攪拌24小時。加入純水100mL,藉由過濾進行過濾分離以回收形成的析出物。乾燥後獲得Ad-A-4 0.3g(產率為10%)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。 1H-NMR:δ(ppm)(d-DMSO):4.9 (1H, -OH), 4.2(1H, -CH 2O H), 1.0~2.5(15H, =CH-, -CH 2-),分子量為308。 Using a 300 mL flask connected to a reflux tube, add 0.4 mg of aluminum lithium hydride and 100 mL of superdehydrated THF, and stir at 220 rpm for 1 hour under a nitrogen flow. Furthermore, 3.2 g of Ad-A-3 is gradually added in 10 portions over 40 minutes. Thereafter, stir at 24°C and 70 rpm for 24 hours. Add 100 mL of pure water, and filter separate by filtration to recover the formed precipitate. After drying, 0.3 g of Ad-A-4 is obtained (yield 10%). The formation is confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. 1 H-NMR:δ(ppm)(d-DMSO):4.9 (1H, -OH), 4.2(1H, -CH 2 O H ), 1.0~2.5(15H, =CH-, -CH 2 -), molecular weight is 308.

[合成實施例DMA1P]將金剛烷作為母核的化合物 如下述流程製造化合物。 [Synthesis Example DMA1P] Compound using adamantane as a parent core The compound was prepared according to the following process.

將配備回流管和狄安-史塔克管的燒瓶浸漬於油浴中,向該燒瓶內饋入80g的化合物3-1(Mitsubishi Gas Chemical股份有限公司製,0.43mol)、2.5L的o-二甲苯並攪拌。接著,向燒瓶內加入55%碘化氫水溶液400g (1.72mol)。將內溫設在125℃進行反應3小時。之後,在25℃的水浴中進行攪拌1小時。A flask equipped with a reflux tube and a Dean-Stark tube was immersed in an oil bath, and 80 g of compound 3-1 (Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., 0.43 mol) and 2.5 L of o-xylene were added to the flask and stirred. Then, 400 g (1.72 mol) of a 55% aqueous hydrogen iodide solution was added to the flask. The internal temperature was set at 125°C and the reaction was carried out for 3 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred in a water bath at 25°C for 1 hour.

向反應容器追加添加離子交換水2.5L,使其分離成有機相和水相。回收有機相後,以5%小蘇打水1L、進一步以離子交換水1L進行3次的洗淨處理。回收有機相後並進行濃縮,獲得35g的白色固體(DMA1a)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為570。Add 2.5 L of ion exchange water to the reaction vessel to separate it into an organic phase and an aqueous phase. After the organic phase is recovered, it is washed three times with 1 L of 5% baking soda water and 1 L of ion exchange water. After the organic phase is recovered and concentrated, 35 g of a white solid (DMA1a) is obtained. The formation is confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 570.

向連接有回流管和狄安-史塔克管的燒瓶3L,在氮氣流下投入35g的DMA1a(0.06mol)和經脫水處理之甲苯182.5mL,並以攪拌槳進行攪拌以使其溶解。接著,將甲磺酸12g在攪拌的同時於30分鐘內加入並使其溶解。進一步地,將琥珀酸酐7.4g(相對於基質為1.2當量)於60分鐘內添加於攪拌的反應液後,使內溫成為100℃並攪拌2小時。之後,冷卻至室溫,加入純水360mL,進行分液處理後,回收甲苯相。進一步地,以0.5%小蘇打水溶液360mL進行洗淨處理後,以離子交換水350mL進行3次的清洗,將回收的甲苯相進行減壓濃縮,獲得作為目標物質之保護體DMA1aP體之白色固體20.6g。產率為50%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為670。In a 3L flask connected to a reflux tube and a Dean-Stark tube, 35g of DMA1a (0.06mol) and 182.5mL of dehydrated toluene were added under a nitrogen flow, and stirred with a stirring paddle to dissolve. Then, 12g of methanesulfonic acid was added and dissolved while stirring over 30 minutes. Furthermore, 7.4g of succinic anhydride (1.2 equivalents relative to the substrate) was added to the stirred reaction solution over 60 minutes, and the internal temperature was set to 100°C and stirred for 2 hours. After that, it was cooled to room temperature, 360mL of pure water was added, and after liquid separation, the toluene phase was recovered. Furthermore, after washing with 360 mL of 0.5% sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, washing was performed three times with 350 mL of ion exchange water, and the recovered toluene phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 20.6 g of a white solid of the protected DMA1aP form as the target substance. The yield was 50%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 670.

[合成實施例DMA2]將金剛烷作為母核的化合物 如下述流程製造化合物。 (DMA2a的合成) [Synthesis Example DMA2] Compounds using adamantane as a parent core The compound was produced according to the following process. (Synthesis of DMA2a)

將配備回流管和狄安-史塔克管的燒瓶浸漬於油浴中,向該燒瓶內饋入87.9g的化合物Ad-2-1(0.43mol)、2.5L的甲苯並攪拌。接著,向燒瓶內加入55%碘化氫水溶液400g(1.72mol)。將內溫設在100℃進行反應3小時。之後,在25°C的水浴中進行攪拌1小時。A flask equipped with a reflux tube and a Dean-Stark tube was immersed in an oil bath, and 87.9 g of compound Ad-2-1 (0.43 mol) and 2.5 L of toluene were added to the flask and stirred. Then, 400 g (1.72 mol) of a 55% aqueous hydrogen iodide solution was added to the flask. The internal temperature was set at 100°C and the reaction was carried out for 3 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred in a water bath at 25°C for 1 hour.

向反應容器追加添加離子交換水2.5L,使其分離成有機相和水相。回收有機相後,以5%小蘇打水1L、進一步以離子交換水1L進行3次的洗淨處理。回收有機相後並進行濃縮,獲得37g的白色固體(DMA2a)。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為602。2.5 L of ion exchange water was added to the reaction vessel to separate it into an organic phase and an aqueous phase. After the organic phase was recovered, it was washed three times with 1 L of 5% baking soda water and 1 L of ion exchange water. After the organic phase was recovered and concentrated, 37 g of a white solid (DMA2a) was obtained. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 602.

(DMA2aP的合成)(Synthesis of DMA2aP)

使用連接有回流管和狄安-史塔克管的燒瓶3L,在氮氣流下投入(DMA1a)37g(0.06mol)和經脫水處理之甲苯182.5mL,並以攪拌槳進行攪拌以使其溶解。接著,將甲磺酸12g在攪拌的同時於30分鐘內加入並使其溶解。進一步地,將琥珀酸酐7.4g(相對於基質為1.2等量)於60分鐘內添加於攪拌的反應液後,使內溫成為100℃並攪拌2小時。之後,冷卻至室溫,加入純水360mL,進行分液處理後,回收甲苯相。進一步地,以0.5%小蘇打水溶液360mL進行洗淨處理後,以離子交換水350mL進行3次的清洗,將回收的甲苯相進行減壓濃縮,獲得作為目標物質之化合物(DMA2aP)之白色固體23.8g。產率為55%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為702。Using a 3L flask connected to a reflux tube and a Dean-Stark tube, 37g (0.06mol) of (DMA1a) and 182.5mL of dehydrated toluene were added under a nitrogen flow, and stirred with a stirring paddle to dissolve. Then, 12g of methanesulfonic acid was added and dissolved while stirring over 30 minutes. Furthermore, 7.4g of succinic anhydride (1.2 equivalents relative to the substrate) was added to the stirred reaction solution over 60 minutes, and the internal temperature was set to 100°C and stirred for 2 hours. After that, it was cooled to room temperature, 360mL of pure water was added, and after liquid separation, the toluene phase was recovered. Furthermore, after washing with 360 mL of 0.5% sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, washing was performed three times with 350 mL of ion exchange water, and the recovered toluene phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 23.8 g of a white solid compound (DMA2aP) as the target substance. The yield was 55%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 702.

(DMA1aP2的合成)(Synthesis of DMA1aP2)

將脫水NMP 140ml加入DMA1a 47.1g中並進行冰冷。在5℃以下滴加氯乙醯氯化物10g。將浴溫設定為60℃並反應1小時。將反應液在攪拌下加入添加有4%鹽酸的冰。以乙酸乙酯200ml進行提取,以2%鹽酸100ml、水100ml進行清洗。以飽和食鹽水、硫酸鈉進行脫水後,使用蒸發器餾去溶劑,並以矽膠管柱層析進行純化。獲得作為目標物質之DMA1aP2之固體29.6g,產率為79.7%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為679。Add 140 ml of dehydrated NMP to 47.1 g of DMA1a and ice-cool. Add 10 g of chloroacetyl chloride dropwise below 5°C. Set the bath temperature to 60°C and react for 1 hour. Add ice to which 4% hydrochloric acid has been added while stirring the reaction solution. Extract with 200 ml of ethyl acetate and wash with 100 ml of 2% hydrochloric acid and 100 ml of water. After dehydration with saturated brine and sodium sulfate, use an evaporator to distill off the solvent and purify with silica gel column chromatography. 29.6 g of solid DMA1aP2, the target substance, is obtained with a yield of 79.7%. The formation is confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 679.

(DMA2aP2的合成)(Synthesis of DMA2aP2)

將THF 140ml加入DMA2a 49.1g並進行冰冷。在5℃以下滴加琥珀酸氯化物14g。將浴溫設定為60℃,反應2小時。滴加完畢後,在60℃下進行反應2小時。從反應液中餾去THF,向殘渣中添加甲苯,將析出的固體46.9g藉由過濾以回收,獲得作為目標物質之DMA2aP2,產率為79.8%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為721。Add 140 ml of THF to 49.1 g of DMA2a and cool with ice. Add 14 g of succinic acid chloride dropwise at a temperature below 5°C. Set the bath temperature to 60°C and react for 2 hours. After the addition is complete, react at 60°C for 2 hours. Distill THF from the reaction solution, add toluene to the residue, and recover 46.9 g of the precipitated solid by filtration to obtain DMA2aP2 as the target substance with a yield of 79.8%. Confirm the formation by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight is 721.

(DMA3a的合成)(Synthesis of DMA3a)

除了使用55%碘化氫水溶液60g(258mmol)代替碘甲烷18mL(289mmol)以外,以與Ad-A-3-2的合成同樣的方式獲得DMA3-2。接著,使用DMA3-2代替AdA-3-2,以與Ad-A-3的合成同樣的方式獲得DMA3a。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為626。DMA3-2 was obtained in the same manner as the synthesis of Ad-A-3-2, except that 60 g (258 mmol) of 55% aqueous hydrogen iodide solution was used instead of 18 mL (289 mmol) of methyl iodide. Next, DMA3-2 was used instead of AdA-3-2 to obtain DMA3a in the same manner as the synthesis of Ad-A-3. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 626.

(DMA4a的合成)(Synthesis of DMA4a)

使用DMA3a代替AdA-3,以與Ad-A-4的合成同樣的方式獲得DMA4a。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為598。DMA4a was obtained in the same manner as Ad-A-4 using DMA3a instead of AdA-3. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 598.

(DAMA1-tl的合成) 除了使用碘化氫:硫酸=1:1代替碘化氫以外,以與(化合物3-2的合成2)同樣的方式獲得DAMA1-t1。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為384。 (Synthesis of DAMA1-tl) DAMA1-t1 was obtained in the same manner as (Synthesis 2 of Compound 3-2) except that hydrogen iodide:sulfuric acid = 1:1 was used instead of hydrogen iodide. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 384.

(DAMA1-mx的合成) 除了使用間二甲苯代替甲苯以外,以與DAMA1-tl的合成同樣的方式獲得DAMA1-mx。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為398。 (Synthesis of DAMA1-mx) DAMA1-mx was obtained in the same manner as DAMA1-tl except that m-xylene was used instead of toluene. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 398.

(DAMA1-eb的合成) 除了使用乙苯代替甲苯以外,以與DAMA1-tl的合成同樣的方式獲得DAMA1-eb。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為398。 (Synthesis of DAMA1-eb) DAMA1-eb was obtained in the same manner as DAMA1-tl except that ethylbenzene was used instead of toluene. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 398.

[實施例4~7、7A~7C]微影用組成物 (基材A) 將4-羥基苯乙烯0.5g、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基甲基丙烯酸酯4.0g、γ-丁內酯甲基丙烯酸酯0.9g、羥基金剛烷基甲基丙烯酸酯1.5g溶解於45mL的四氫呋喃中,加入偶氮雙異丁腈0.20g。回流12小時後,將反應溶液滴加到2L的正庚烷中。將析出的聚合物進行過濾分離、減壓乾燥,獲得白色粉體狀之下述式(MAR)所表示的聚合物MAR。此聚合物的重量平均分子量(Mw)為11,500,分散度(Mw/Mn)為1.90。此外,根據 13C-NMR測定的結果,下述式(MA1)中的組成比(莫耳比)為a:b:c:d=60:10:15:15。尚且,為了表現的各結構單元的比例而簡略記載下述式(MAR),但各結構單元的排列順序為隨機的,各結構單元各自形成獨立的嵌段,不為嵌段共聚物。對於具有苯的單元之與苯直接結合之主鏈的碳;對於甲基丙烯酸酯系的單元(2-甲基-2-金剛烷基甲基丙烯酸酯、γ-丁內酯甲基丙烯酸酯以及羥基金剛烷基甲基丙烯酸酯)之酯鍵的羰基碳,以各自的積分比作為基準求出莫耳比。 [Examples 4 to 7, 7A to 7C] Composition for lithography (substrate A) Dissolve 0.5 g of 4-hydroxystyrene, 4.0 g of 2-methyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, 0.9 g of γ-butyrolactone methacrylate, and 1.5 g of hydroxyadamantyl methacrylate in 45 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and add 0.20 g of azobisisobutyronitrile. After refluxing for 12 hours, add the reaction solution dropwise into 2 L of n-heptane. The precipitated polymer is filtered, separated, and dried under reduced pressure to obtain a white powdery polymer MAR represented by the following formula (MAR). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of this polymer is 11,500, and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) is 1.90. In addition, according to the results of 13 C-NMR measurement, the composition ratio (molar ratio) in the following formula (MA1) is a:b:c:d=60:10:15:15. Although the following formula (MAR) is briefly described in order to express the ratio of each structural unit, the arrangement order of each structural unit is random, and each structural unit forms an independent block, and it is not a block copolymer. For the carbon of the main chain directly bonded to benzene in the unit having benzene; for the carbonyl carbon of the ester bond of the methacrylate-based unit (2-methyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, γ-butyrolactone methacrylate, and hydroxyadamantyl methacrylate), the molar ratio was calculated based on the respective integral ratios.

(組成物) 將實施例1中合成的化合物1-3、實施例2中合成的化合物2-3和化合物2-4、實施例3中合成的化合物3-2、實施例1g中合成的化合物8、實施例1h中合成的化合物9、實施例1i中合成的化合物10用作化合物B,調製如表1所示的組成物。關於酸產生劑、酸擴散控制劑和有機溶劑使用下述者。 酸產生劑:Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.製,三苯基硫鎓九氟丁烷磺酸鹽(TPS-109) 酸擴散控制劑:關東化學製,三正辛胺(TOA) 有機溶劑:關東化學製,丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) (Composition) Compound 1-3 synthesized in Example 1, compound 2-3 and compound 2-4 synthesized in Example 2, compound 3-2 synthesized in Example 3, compound 8 synthesized in Example 1g, compound 9 synthesized in Example 1h, and compound 10 synthesized in Example 1i were used as compound B to prepare the composition shown in Table 1. The following were used for the acid generator, acid diffusion control agent, and organic solvent. Acid generator: Triphenylsulfonium nonafluorobutane sulfonate (TPS-109) manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd. Acid diffusion control agent: Tri-n-octylamine (TOA) manufactured by Kanto Chemical Organic solvent: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) manufactured by Kanto Chemical

[評價方法] (EB抗蝕劑圖案的圖案評價(圖案形成)) 依表1的組成調製抗蝕劑組成物後,在潔淨的矽晶圓上進行旋轉塗佈後,在110℃的熱板上進行預曝光烘烤(PB),以形成厚度為50nm的抗蝕膜。對所獲得的抗蝕膜,使用EB描繪裝置(ELS-7500,(股) ELIONIX公司製),以50nm間隔的1:1的線與間隙設定的電子束進行照射。當該照射後,將抗蝕膜各自在110℃下加熱90秒,並浸漬於TMAH 2.38質量%鹼顯像液中60秒以進行顯影。之後,以超純水將抗蝕膜清洗30秒,並乾燥以形成抗蝕劑圖案。 [Evaluation method] (Pattern evaluation of EB anti-etching agent pattern (pattern formation)) After preparing the anti-etching agent composition according to the composition of Table 1, it was spin-coated on a clean silicon wafer and then pre-exposure baked (PB) on a hot plate at 110°C to form an anti-etching film with a thickness of 50nm. The obtained anti-etching film was irradiated with an electron beam with a line and space setting of 1:1 at a spacing of 50nm using an EB drawing device (ELS-7500, manufactured by ELIONIX Co., Ltd.). After the irradiation, the anti-etching film was heated at 110°C for 90 seconds and immersed in a TMAH 2.38 mass% alkaline developer for 60 seconds for development. Afterwards, the anti-etching film was cleaned with ultrapure water for 30 seconds and dried to form an anti-etching agent pattern.

(抗蝕劑圖案形狀評價) 將所得的50nmL/S(1:1)的抗蝕劑圖案的剖面形狀,使用日立製作所製造的電子顯微鏡(S-4800)進行觀察。關於顯影後的抗蝕劑圖案形狀,相對於圖案剖面的半值寬度,從距矽晶圓的表面之圖案高度的10%上的位置的圖案寬度,將未滿前述半值寬度的+10%者設為「A」,將半值寬度的+10%以上者設為「C」來進行評價。 (抗蝕劑圖案缺陷) 此外,關於顯影後的抗蝕劑圖案缺陷,對於長度為1μm的抗蝕劑圖案,將球狀的異物的數量作為指標來求出。 (評價基準) S:球狀的異物的數量=0個 A:0個<球狀的異物的數量≤5個 C:5個<球狀的異物的數量 (電子束描繪感度) 將可以描繪之沒有圖案倒毀形狀的最小電子束能量設為「電子束描繪感度」,將與比較例1同等以上者評價為「A」,將較比較例1低者評價為「C」。 (Evaluation of the shape of the resist pattern) The cross-sectional shape of the obtained 50 nm L/S (1:1) resist pattern was observed using an electron microscope (S-4800) manufactured by Hitachi Ltd. The shape of the resist pattern after development was evaluated by evaluating the half-value width of the pattern cross section at a position 10% of the pattern height from the surface of the silicon wafer, with those less than +10% of the half-value width being "A" and those greater than +10% of the half-value width being "C". (Anti-etching pattern defects) In addition, regarding the anti-etching pattern defects after development, the number of spherical foreign particles was used as an index for the anti-etching pattern with a length of 1μm. (Evaluation criteria) S: Number of spherical foreign particles = 0 A: 0 < Number of spherical foreign particles ≤ 5 C: 5 < Number of spherical foreign particles (Electron beam drawing sensitivity) The minimum electron beam energy that can be drawn without pattern inversion is set as "electron beam drawing sensitivity", and those that are equal to or higher than Comparative Example 1 are evaluated as "A", and those that are lower than Comparative Example 1 are evaluated as "C".

[實施例8~11]EUV曝光感度、蝕刻缺陷 (EUV曝光感度) 將實施例4~7、7A~7C所調製的組成物,在矽晶圓上進行旋轉塗佈後,在110℃下烘烤60秒以形成膜厚為100nm的光阻層。比較例3的組成物中,使用化合物3-1代替實施例4的化合物1-3。接著,以極紫外線(EUV)曝光裝置「EUVES-7000」(製品名,Litho Tech Japan Corporation製),將曝光量以每次1mJ/cm 2的方式從1mJ/cm 2逐步增加至80mJ/cm 2,進行無遮罩射出曝光後,在110℃下烘烤(PEB)90秒,並以四甲基氫氧化銨(TMAH)水溶液2.38質量%進行顯影60秒,獲得在晶圓上進行有射出曝光80射出份的晶圓。對於所獲得的各射出曝光區域,藉由光干涉膜厚儀「VM3200」(製品名,SCREEN Semiconductor Solutions Co.,Ltd.製)測定膜厚,並取得相對於曝光量之膜厚的輪廓資料,算出相對於曝光量之膜厚變化量的斜率中最大時的曝光量作為感度值(mJ/cm 2),並作為抗蝕劑的EUV感度的指標。 [Examples 8-11] EUV Exposure Sensitivity, Etching Defects (EUV Exposure Sensitivity) The compositions prepared in Examples 4-7 and 7A-7C were spin coated on a silicon wafer and then baked at 110°C for 60 seconds to form a photoresist layer with a film thickness of 100 nm. In the composition of Comparative Example 3, Compound 3-1 was used instead of Compound 1-3 of Example 4. Next, an extreme ultraviolet (EUV) exposure device "EUVES-7000" (product name, manufactured by Litho Tech Japan Corporation) was used to increase the exposure dose from 1mJ/ cm2 to 80mJ/ cm2 in steps of 1mJ/cm2 each time, and then a maskless exposure was performed. The exposure was then baked (PEB) at 110°C for 90 seconds and developed with a 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds to obtain a wafer with 80 shots of exposure performed on the wafer. The film thickness of each obtained exposure area was measured by an optical interference film thickness meter "VM3200" (product name, manufactured by SCREEN Semiconductor Solutions Co., Ltd.), and the profile data of the film thickness relative to the exposure amount was obtained. The exposure amount when the slope of the film thickness change relative to the exposure amount was the maximum was calculated as the sensitivity value (mJ/ cm2 ) and used as an indicator of the EUV sensitivity of the resist.

(蝕刻缺陷評價) 將EUV曝光感度測定所使用的組成物,塗佈到最表層形成有100nm膜厚的氧化膜的8英寸矽晶圓上,並在110℃下烘烤60秒以形成膜厚100nm的光阻層。接著,以極紫外線(EUV)曝光裝置「EUVES-7000」(製品名,Litho Tech Japan Corporation製),以相對於上述EUV感度評價所取得的EUV感度值少於10%的曝光量,對晶圓全面實施射出曝光,進一步在110℃下烘烤(PEB)90秒,以2.38質量%四甲基氫氧化銨(TMAH)水溶液進行顯影60秒,並在晶圓全面進行80射出份的射出曝光而得到晶圓。 (Etching defect evaluation) The composition used for EUV exposure sensitivity measurement was applied to an 8-inch silicon wafer with a 100nm thick oxide film formed on the outermost layer, and baked at 110°C for 60 seconds to form a photoresist layer with a film thickness of 100nm. Then, the wafer was subjected to emission exposure on the entire surface using an extreme ultraviolet (EUV) exposure device "EUVES-7000" (product name, manufactured by Litho Tech Japan Corporation) at an exposure amount less than 10% of the EUV sensitivity value obtained in the above EUV sensitivity evaluation, and then baked (PEB) at 110°C for 90 seconds, developed with a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, and subjected to emission exposure for 80 shots on the entire surface of the wafer to obtain a wafer.

(蝕刻缺陷) 對於已製作之經曝光的晶圓,以蝕刻裝置「Telius SCCM」(製品名,Tokyo Electron Ltd.製),使用CF 4/AR氣體進行蝕刻處理直到將氧化膜蝕刻50nm。對於經蝕刻製作的晶圓,以缺陷檢查裝置「Surfscan SP5」(製品名,KLA公司製)進行缺陷評價,並將19nm以上的錐體缺陷的數量設為蝕刻缺陷的指標來求出。 (評價基準) A:錐體缺陷的數量≤10個 B:10個<錐體缺陷的數量≤80個 C:80個<錐體缺陷的數量≤400個 D:400個<錐體缺陷的數量 (Etching defects) For the exposed wafers that have been manufactured, the etching device "Telius SCCM" (product name, manufactured by Tokyo Electron Ltd.) is used to perform etching processing using CF4 /AR gas until the oxide film is etched to 50nm. For the wafers manufactured by etching, defect evaluation is performed using the defect inspection device "Surfscan SP5" (product name, manufactured by KLA Corporation), and the number of pyramidal defects above 19nm is set as the indicator of etching defects. (Evaluation criteria) A: The number of pyramidal defects ≤ 10 B: 10 < the number of pyramidal defects ≤ 80 C: 80 < the number of pyramidal defects ≤ 400 D: 400 < the number of pyramidal defects

(蝕刻缺陷評價的經時變化) 將用於前述蝕刻缺陷評價的組成物,在室溫下放置7天,並再次進行蝕刻缺陷評價。將放置前後的EUV感度的變化未滿6%的情況評價為「G」,將6%以上的情況評價為「N」。 (Time-dependent change in etching defect evaluation) The composition used for the above etching defect evaluation was placed at room temperature for 7 days, and the etching defect evaluation was performed again. If the change in EUV sensitivity before and after the placement was less than 6%, it was evaluated as "G", and if it was more than 6%, it was evaluated as "N".

[實施例12]化合物3-2之酸純化物 (處理1:用酸純化) 在1000mL容量的四頸燒瓶(去底型)中,饋入溶解有化合物3-2的PGMEA溶液(10質量%)150g,在攪拌的同時加熱至80℃。接著,加入草酸水溶液(pH1.3) 37.5g,攪拌5分鐘後,靜置30分鐘。藉此分離油相和水相,並除去水相。重複進行此操作1次後,在所得的油相中饋入超純水37.5g,攪拌5分鐘後,靜置30分鐘,除去水相。重複進行此操作3次後,加熱至80℃的同時,將燒瓶內減壓至200hPa以下,藉此濃縮餾去殘餘水分和PGMEA。之後,將EL級的PGMEA(關東化學公司製的試劑)進行稀釋,將濃度進行調整至10質量%,藉此獲得金屬含量減低的化合物3-2的PGMEA溶液。 [Example 12] Acid-purified compound 3-2 (Treatment 1: Purification with acid) In a 1000 mL four-necked flask (bottomless type), add 150 g of a PGMEA solution (10 mass %) containing compound 3-2, and heat to 80°C while stirring. Then, add 37.5 g of an oxalic acid aqueous solution (pH 1.3), stir for 5 minutes, and let stand for 30 minutes. The oil phase and the water phase are separated, and the water phase is removed. After repeating this operation once, add 37.5 g of ultrapure water to the obtained oil phase, stir for 5 minutes, let stand for 30 minutes, and remove the water phase. After repeating this operation three times, the flask was heated to 80°C and the pressure in the flask was reduced to below 200 hPa to concentrate and remove residual water and PGMEA. After that, EL grade PGMEA (reagent produced by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) was diluted and the concentration was adjusted to 10% by mass to obtain a PGMEA solution of compound 3-2 with a reduced metal content.

(處理2:不使用酸的處理) 除了使用超純水代替草酸水溶液以外,以與實施例12同樣的方式,獲得濃度調整為10質量%的化合物3-2的PGMEA溶液。 (Treatment 2: Treatment without using acid) In the same manner as in Example 12, except that ultrapure water was used instead of the aqueous oxalic acid solution, a PGMEA solution of compound 3-2 adjusted to a concentration of 10 mass % was obtained.

對於未處理的化合物3-2的10質量%PGMEA溶液、經處理1的化合物3-2的10質量%PGMEA溶液、經處理2的化合物3-2的10質量%PGMEA溶液,藉由ICP-MS測定各種金屬含量。測定結果如下表所示。The contents of various metals in the 10 mass % PGMEA solution of the untreated compound 3-2, the 10 mass % PGMEA solution of the compound 3-2 after treatment 1, and the 10 mass % PGMEA solution of the compound 3-2 after treatment 2 were measured by ICP-MS. The measurement results are shown in the following table.

(EUV曝光感度、蝕刻缺陷) 與實施例8同樣地,使用純化後的化合物3-2測定EUV曝光感度、蝕刻缺陷。測定結果如下表所示。 (EUV exposure sensitivity, etching defects) Similar to Example 8, the purified compound 3-2 was used to measure EUV exposure sensitivity and etching defects. The measurement results are shown in the following table.

[實施例13]將苯作為母核的醛的合成 藉由下述流程製造化合物。反應在氮氣流下實施。 [Example 13] Synthesis of aldehydes with benzene as the nucleus The compound was produced by the following process. The reaction was carried out under a nitrogen flow.

(化合物1-1、化合物1-1a、化合物1-1b的合成) 在附接有攪拌機和氮氣流的3L三頸燒瓶中,秤量加入4-羥基苯甲醛150g(1.2mol)和甲醇(關東化學)1L。將該燒瓶浸漬於水浴中,水浴溫度設定為40℃,在氮氣流下攪拌的同時進行加熱,添加水200mL。當內溫成為34℃的時間點,將309.4g(3.7mol)的碳酸氫鈉(NaHCO 3)整批添加。 (Synthesis of Compound 1-1, Compound 1-1a, and Compound 1-1b) 150 g (1.2 mol) of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and 1 L of methanol (Kanto Chemical) were weighed and added to a 3 L three-neck flask equipped with a stirrer and a nitrogen flow. The flask was immersed in a water bath set at 40°C, and heated while stirring under a nitrogen flow, and 200 mL of water was added. When the internal temperature reached 34°C, 309.4 g (3.7 mol) of sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO 3 ) was added in batches.

當內溫成為38℃的時間點,在注意發泡的同時,分批加入654.5g(2.6mol)的碘(I 2),在40℃攪拌3小時。之後,將燒瓶進行水冷,並滴加亞硫酸鈉水溶液(Na 2SO 3)直到反應液的顏色成為黃白色。 When the internal temperature reached 38°C, 654.5 g (2.6 mol) of iodine (I 2 ) was added in portions while paying attention to foaming, and stirred at 40°C for 3 hours. The flask was then cooled with water, and a sodium sulfite aqueous solution (Na 2 SO 3 ) was added dropwise until the reaction solution turned yellow-white.

在附接有攪拌機的容器中加入水3L,將前述反應液注入並攪拌15分鐘。過濾沉澱物,以500mL的水進行清洗。在附接有攪拌機的容器中加入過濾物,加入水1L並攪拌15分鐘。將沉澱物進行過濾,並以300mL的水進行清洗。Add 3L of water to a container with a stirrer, inject the above reaction solution and stir for 15 minutes. Filter the precipitate and wash it with 500mL of water. Add the filtrate to a container with a stirrer, add 1L of water and stir for 15 minutes. Filter the precipitate and wash it with 300mL of water.

在附接有攪拌機的容器中加入過濾物,加入甲醇500mL並攪拌15分鐘。將沉澱物進行過濾,並以150mL的甲醇進行清洗。使用管柱層析(關東化學公司製球狀二氧化矽60N),以乙酸乙酯:己烷的比例成為1:9~9:1的方式作為展開溶劑,將沉澱物進行梯度分離,獲得化合物1-1、化合物1-1a、化合物1-1b,各自的量的相對值比為1:0.9:0.5程度的比例。將混合物的各成分藉由LC-MS測定分子量,化合物1-1的分子量為374,化合物1-1a為248,化合物1-1b為494。Add the filtrate to a container with a stirrer, add 500 mL of methanol and stir for 15 minutes. Filter the precipitate and wash with 150 mL of methanol. Use column chromatography (spherical silica 60N manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) and gradient separate the precipitate with a developing solvent of ethyl acetate:hexane in a ratio of 1:9 to 9:1 to obtain compound 1-1, compound 1-1a, and compound 1-1b, with the relative value ratio of each amount being about 1:0.9:0.5. The molecular weight of each component of the mixture was measured by LC-MS, and the molecular weight of compound 1-1 was 374, compound 1-1a was 248, and compound 1-1b was 494.

(化合物1-3a、化合物1-3b的合成) 藉由與實施例1同樣的方法,從化合物1-1a經由化合物1-2a而獲得化合物1-3a。從化合物1-1b經由化合物1-2b而獲得化合物1-3b。 (Synthesis of Compound 1-3a and Compound 1-3b) Compound 1-3a was obtained from Compound 1-1a via Compound 1-2a by the same method as in Example 1. Compound 1-3b was obtained from Compound 1-1b via Compound 1-2b.

(化合物1-2、1-2a、1-2b、化合物1-3、1-3a、1-3b的混合物的合成) 藉由與實施例1同樣的方法,從化合物1-1、1-1a、1-1b的混合物,獲得化合物1-2、1-2a、1-2b的混合物。進一步地,從化合物1-2、1-2a、1-2b的混合物,獲得化合物1-3、1-3a、1-3b的混合物。混合物的各成分藉由LC-MS測定分子量,化合物1-2a為306,化合物1-3a為308,化合物1-2b為610,化合物1-3b為614。 (Synthesis of a mixture of compounds 1-2, 1-2a, 1-2b, compounds 1-3, 1-3a, 1-3b) By the same method as in Example 1, a mixture of compounds 1-2, 1-2a, 1-2b was obtained from a mixture of compounds 1-1, 1-1a, 1-1b. Furthermore, a mixture of compounds 1-3, 1-3a, 1-3b was obtained from a mixture of compounds 1-2, 1-2a, 1-2b. The molecular weights of the components of the mixture were determined by LC-MS, and the molecular weights of the components 1-2a, 1-3a, 1-3a, 1-3b, 1-3b, and 1-3b were 306, 308, 610, and 614, respectively.

[實施例14~18]EUV曝光感度、蝕刻缺陷的評價 與實施例4同樣地,使用以下的化合物作為化合物B來調製組成物。尚且,表中顯示組成物中所含的各化合物的質量比。以與實施例8同樣地,評價EUV曝光感度、蝕刻缺陷。然而,關於蝕刻缺陷依以下的基準進行評價。 (評價基準) S:錐體缺陷的數量≤6個 A’:6個<錐體缺陷的數量≤10個 B:10個<錐體缺陷的數量≤80個 C:80個<錐體缺陷的數量≤400個 D:400個<錐體缺陷的數量 [Examples 14-18] Evaluation of EUV exposure sensitivity and etching defects As in Example 4, the following compound was used as compound B to prepare the composition. The table shows the mass ratio of each compound contained in the composition. EUV exposure sensitivity and etching defects were evaluated in the same way as in Example 8. However, the etching defects were evaluated according to the following criteria. (Evaluation criteria) S: Number of pyramidal defects ≤ 6 A’: 6 < Number of pyramidal defects ≤ 10 B: 10 < Number of pyramidal defects ≤ 80 C: 80 < Number of pyramidal defects ≤ 400 D: 400 < Number of pyramidal defects

(合成實施例BPL1Rc) 使用連接有回流管的玻璃襯裹反應容器100L,在氮氣流下在冰浴的狀態,將4-羥基苯甲醛 700g,與經脫水處理之四氫呋喃(THF)1600mL投入,並以攪拌槳進行攪拌以使其溶解。接著,在冰浴下攪拌的同時,在30分鐘內加入PPTS(吡啶鹽-p-甲苯磺酸)80g,並進一步攪拌60分鐘。在60分鐘內向攪拌的反應液中滴加乙基乙烯基醚500g(相對於官能基等量為1.2等量),並進一步在35℃攪拌60分鐘。然後,在冰浴下加入純水7.2L,攪拌60分鐘後,回收有機相。在回收的有機相中加入乙酸乙酯2L、純水5L並攪拌後,回收有機相,並藉由減壓濃縮,獲得作為目標物的保護體BPL1Pc之白色固體840g。產率為75%。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為194。 (Synthesis Example BPL1Rc) Using a 100L glass-lined reaction vessel connected to a reflux tube, 700g of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and 1600mL of dehydrated tetrahydrofuran (THF) were added in an ice bath under a nitrogen flow, and stirred with a stirring paddle to dissolve. Then, while stirring in an ice bath, 80g of PPTS (pyridinium salt-p-toluenesulfonic acid) was added within 30 minutes, and further stirred for 60 minutes. 500g of ethyl vinyl ether (1.2 equivalents relative to the functional group equivalent) was added dropwise to the stirred reaction solution within 60 minutes, and further stirred at 35°C for 60 minutes. Then, 7.2 L of pure water was added under ice bath, stirred for 60 minutes, and the organic phase was recovered. 2 L of ethyl acetate and 5 L of pure water were added to the recovered organic phase and stirred, and then the organic phase was recovered and concentrated by reduced pressure to obtain 840 g of white solid of the target protected substance BPL1Pc. The yield was 75%. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 194.

將所得BPL1Pc作為原料,以與還原步驟BPL1R同樣的方式獲得BPL1c。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為196。The obtained BPL1Pc was used as a raw material to obtain BPL1c in the same manner as the reduction step BPL1R. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 196.

(合成實施例BPL3R) 將4-羥基-3-甲氧基苯甲醛作為原料,以與合成實施例BPL1同樣的方式獲得BPL3R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為212。 (Synthesis Example BPL3R) BPL3R was obtained in the same manner as Synthesis Example BPL1 using 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzaldehyde as a raw material. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 212.

(合成實施例BPL4R) 將4-羥基-3-乙氧基苯甲醛作為原料,以與合成實施例BPL1同樣的方式獲得BPL4R。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為226。 (Synthesis Example BPL4R) BPL4R was obtained in the same manner as Synthesis Example BPL1 using 4-hydroxy-3-ethoxybenzaldehyde as a raw material. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 226.

(合成實施例DML1bR) 使用碘酸代替碘,以與合成實施例DML1同樣的方式獲得DML1bR。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為362。 (Synthesis Example DML1bR) DML1bR was obtained in the same manner as Synthesis Example DML1 using iodic acid instead of iodine. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 362.

(合成實施例Na-0b) 在實施例L1中,使用6-羥基-2-萘甲醛代替4-羥基-3,5-二碘苯甲醛,進行[保護基引入步驟],然後進行[還原步驟],藉此獲得化合物Na-0b。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為232。 (Synthesis Example Na-0b) In Example L1, 6-hydroxy-2-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxy-3,5-diiodobenzaldehyde, and the [protecting group introduction step] was performed, and then the [reduction step] was performed to obtain compound Na-0b. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 232.

(合成實施例Na-0c) 在實施例2的化合物2-4的合成中,使用化合物2-2代替化合物2-3,藉此獲得化合物Na-0c。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為274。 (Synthesis Example Na-0c) In the synthesis of compound 2-4 in Example 2, compound 2-2 was used instead of compound 2-3 to obtain compound Na-0c. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 274.

(合成實施例Na-2b) 在實施例L1中,使用2-羥基-1-萘甲醛代替4-羥基-3,5-二碘苯甲醛,進行[保護基引入步驟],然後進行[還原步驟],藉此獲得化合物Na-2b。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為232。 (Synthesis Example Na-2b) In Example L1, 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde was used instead of 4-hydroxy-3,5-diiodobenzaldehyde, and the [protecting group introduction step] was performed, and then the [reduction step] was performed to obtain compound Na-2b. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 232.

(合成實施例DMNa2-1bR) 使用碘酸代替碘,以與合成實施例DMN2-1同樣的方式獲得DMNa2-1bR。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為463。 (Synthesis Example DMNa2-1bR) DMNa2-1bR was obtained in the same manner as Synthesis Example DMN2-1 using iodic acid instead of iodine. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 463.

(合成實施例DMN2-3cP) 使用碘酸代替碘,以與合成實施例DMN2-3同樣的方式獲得DMN2-3c。隨後使用DMN2-3c代替DMN2-3,以與DMN2-3P同樣的方式獲得化合物DMN2-3cP。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為547。 (Synthesis Example DMN2-3cP) Using iodic acid instead of iodine, DMN2-3c was obtained in the same manner as Synthesis Example DMN2-3. Subsequently, using DMN2-3c instead of DMN2-3, the compound DMN2-3cP was obtained in the same manner as DMN2-3P. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 547.

(合成實施例Ad-A-2b) 使用1,3,5-金剛烷三醇代替1-碘金剛烷-3,5-二醇,以與Ad-A-2的合成同樣的方式獲得Ad-A-2b。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為414。 (Synthesis Example Ad-A-2b) Using 1,3,5-adamantantriol instead of 1-iodoadamantan-3,5-diol, Ad-A-2b was obtained in the same manner as the synthesis of Ad-A-2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 414.

(合成實施例Ad-A-2c) 使用1,3,5-金剛烷三醇代替Ad2-2,以與Ad-2-3的合成同樣的方式獲得Ad-A-2c。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為540。 (Synthesis Example Ad-A-2c) Using 1,3,5-adamantantriol instead of Ad2-2, Ad-A-2c was obtained in the same manner as the synthesis of Ad-2-3. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 540.

(合成實施例Ad-A-2d) 使用1,3,5-金剛烷三醇代替Ad2-2,以與Ad-2-4的合成同樣的方式獲得Ad-A-2d。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為484。 (Synthesis Example Ad-A-2d) Using 1,3,5-adamantantriol instead of Ad2-2, Ad-A-2d was obtained in the same manner as the synthesis of Ad-2-4. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 484.

(合成實施例Ad-2-3b) 使用1,3,5,7-金剛烷四醇代替Ad-A-1,以與Ad-A-2的合成同樣的方式獲得Ad-2-3b。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為506。 (Synthesis Example Ad-2-3b) Using 1,3,5,7-adamantanetrol instead of Ad-A-1, Ad-2-3b was obtained in the same manner as the synthesis of Ad-A-2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 506.

(合成實施例DMA1bP) 使用碘酸代替碘化氫,以與DMA1a的合成同樣的方式獲得DMA1b。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。分子量為350。接著,使用DMA1b代替DMA1a,以與DMA1aP的合成同樣的方式獲得DMA1bP和DMA1bP2的混合物。將其以管柱層析法進行純化、分離,獲得DMA1bP和DMA1bP2。以NMR和LC-MS確認生成。DMA1bP的分子量為656,DMA1bP2的分子量為194。 (Synthesis Example DMA1bP) Using iodic acid instead of hydrogen iodide, DMA1b was obtained in the same manner as the synthesis of DMA1a. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight was 350. Next, using DMA1b instead of DMA1a, a mixture of DMA1bP and DMA1bP2 was obtained in the same manner as the synthesis of DMA1aP. It was purified and separated by column chromatography to obtain DMA1bP and DMA1bP2. The formation was confirmed by NMR and LC-MS. The molecular weight of DMA1bP was 656, and the molecular weight of DMA1bP2 was 194.

由以上結果可知,本實施方式的化合物,例如可以提供在維持良好的圖案形狀的同時,具有EUV曝光的高感度且缺陷少的微影用組成物等,具有產業上的利用性。From the above results, it can be seen that the compounds of this embodiment can, for example, provide lithography compositions that have high sensitivity to EUV exposure and few defects while maintaining a good pattern shape, and have industrial applicability.

[實施例19-1] 除了使用下述表所記載的化合物B代替實施例14所記載的化合物1-3,並進一步將作為評價條件之曝光後的烘烤溫度設為100℃、120秒以外,以與實施例4和8同樣的方式進行評價。其結果,如下表所示,對於抗蝕劑圖案、EUV曝光感度,都可以確認與實施例4和8同樣地良好的評價結果。 [Example 19-1] Evaluation was performed in the same manner as in Examples 4 and 8, except that Compound B described in the following table was used instead of Compound 1-3 described in Example 14, and the baking temperature after exposure as the evaluation conditions was set to 100°C and 120 seconds. As a result, as shown in the following table, good evaluation results similar to those of Examples 4 and 8 were confirmed for both the resist pattern and EUV exposure sensitivity.

[實施例19-2] 除了使用下述表所記載的化合物B1代替實施例14所記載的化合物1-3,並進一步將作為評價條件之曝光後的烘烤溫度設為100℃、120秒以外,以與實施例4和8同樣的方式進行評價。其結果,如下表所示,對於抗蝕劑圖案、EUV曝光感度,都可以確認與實施例4和8同樣地良好的評價結果。 [Example 19-2] Evaluation was performed in the same manner as in Examples 4 and 8, except that Compound B1 described in the following table was used instead of Compound 1-3 described in Example 14, and the baking temperature after exposure as the evaluation conditions was set to 100°C and 120 seconds. As a result, as shown in the following table, good evaluation results similar to those of Examples 4 and 8 were confirmed for both the resist pattern and EUV exposure sensitivity.

[實施例20-1] 除了使用下述表所記載的化合物B1、化合物B2並各自依下述的比例來代替化合物1-3和化合物1-3a以外,以與實施例14~18同樣的方式,進行EUV感度、蝕刻缺陷的評價。 [Example 20-1] Except that Compound B1 and Compound B2 listed in the following table were used in place of Compound 1-3 and Compound 1-3a in the following proportions, the EUV sensitivity and etching defect evaluation were performed in the same manner as in Examples 14 to 18.

[實施例20-2] 除了使用下述表所記載的化合物B1、化合物B2並各自依下述的比例來代替化合物1-3和化合物1-3a以外,以與實施例14~18同樣的方式,進行EUV感度、蝕刻缺陷的評價。 [Example 20-2] Except that Compound B1 and Compound B2 listed in the following table were used in place of Compound 1-3 and Compound 1-3a in the following proportions, the EUV sensitivity and etching defect evaluation were performed in the same manner as in Examples 14 to 18.

[實施例21] 除了使用下述表所示的化合物代替化合物3-2以外,以與實施例12同樣的方式取得經處理1或處理2的化合物,並進行EUV感度和蝕刻缺陷的評價。其結果,與實施例12同樣地,任一化合物都可以確認對EUV感度和蝕刻缺陷具有良好的結果。 [Example 21] Except that the compound shown in the following table was used instead of compound 3-2, the compound after treatment 1 or treatment 2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 12, and the EUV sensitivity and etching defects were evaluated. As a result, as in Example 12, it was confirmed that any compound had good results for EUV sensitivity and etching defects.

[實施例22] 按照實施例4的方法,調製以下的組成物。(數值:質量份) [Example 22] According to the method of Example 4, prepare the following composition. (Value: parts by mass)

依下述條件對上述組成物進行經時試驗,並對試驗後的液體狀態藉由使用分光光度計之吸光度來進行評價。具體而言,對經時試驗後的試樣,測定可見光區域的光譜,求出「450nm、550nm、650nm各自的吸光度的平均值A1」,算出其與試驗開始前的「450nm、550nm、650nm各自的吸光度的平均值A0」的差ΔA來進行評價。 The composition was subjected to a time test under the following conditions, and the state of the liquid after the test was evaluated by absorbance using a spectrophotometer. Specifically, the spectrum of the sample after the time test was measured in the visible light region, and the "average value A1 of the absorbance at 450nm, 550nm, and 650nm" was obtained, and the difference ΔA between it and the "average value A0 of the absorbance at 450nm, 550nm, and 650nm" before the start of the test was calculated for evaluation.

其結果,在任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。相較於僅使用1種化合物的L1-NA,以預定量併用化合物B2的組成物的ΔA值較低。從該些結果發現,藉由該組成物使經時穩定性提升。As a result, in any composition, by using the compound B2 in a predetermined amount, it was found that the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after the time test was suppressed. Compared with L1-NA using only one compound, the composition using the compound B2 in a predetermined amount had a lower ΔA value. From these results, it was found that the stability over time was improved by the composition.

[實施例23] 按照實施例4的方法,調製以下的組成物(數值:質量份)。以與實施例22同樣的方法,評價組成物的經時穩定性。 [Example 23] According to the method of Example 4, the following composition was prepared (value: mass parts). The time stability of the composition was evaluated in the same way as in Example 22.

其結果,在任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。從該些結果發現,藉由該組成物使經時穩定性提升。As a result, it was found that in any composition, by using the compound B2 in a predetermined amount together, the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after the time test was suppressed. From these results, it was found that the stability over time was improved by the composition.

[實施例24] 按照實施例4的方法,調製以下的組成物(數值:質量份)。以與實施例22同樣的方法,評價組成物的經時穩定性。 [Example 24] According to the method of Example 4, the following composition was prepared (value: mass parts). The time stability of the composition was evaluated in the same way as in Example 22.

其結果,在任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。從該些結果發現,藉由該組成物使經時穩定性提升。As a result, it was found that in any composition, by using the compound B2 in a predetermined amount together, the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after the time test was suppressed. From these results, it was found that the stability over time was improved by the composition.

[實施例25][Example 25]

按照實施例4的方法,調製以下組成物(數值:質量份)。以與實施例22同樣的方法,評價組成物的經時穩定性。The following composition (value: parts by mass) was prepared according to the method of Example 4. The temporal stability of the composition was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 22.

其結果,在任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。從該些結果發現,藉由該組成物使經時穩定性提升。As a result, it was found that in any composition, by using the compound B2 in a predetermined amount together, the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after the time test was suppressed. From these results, it was found that the stability over time was improved by the composition.

[實施例26] 按照實施例4的方法,調製以下組成物(數值:質量份)。以與實施例22同樣的方法,評價組成物的經時穩定性。 [Example 26] According to the method of Example 4, the following composition was prepared (value: mass parts). The time stability of the composition was evaluated in the same way as in Example 22.

其結果,在任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。從該些結果發現,藉由該組成物使經時穩定性提升。As a result, it was found that in any composition, by using the compound B2 in a predetermined amount together, the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after the time test was suppressed. From these results, it was found that the stability over time was improved by the composition.

[實施例27] 按照實施例4的方法,調製以下組成物(數值:質量份)。以與實施例22同樣的方法,評價組成物的經時穩定性。 [Example 27] According to the method of Example 4, the following composition was prepared (value: mass parts). The time stability of the composition was evaluated in the same way as in Example 22.

其結果,在任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。從該些結果發現,藉由該組成物使經時穩定性提升。As a result, it was found that in any composition, by using the compound B2 in a predetermined amount together, the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after the time test was suppressed. From these results, it was found that the stability over time was improved by the composition.

[實施例28] 除了將實施例22的化合物B1、化合物B2變更為下表所記載的化合物以外,以與實施例22同樣地進行經時試驗。其結果,與實施例22同樣地,在任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。 [Example 28] Except that Compound B1 and Compound B2 in Example 22 were replaced with the compounds listed in the table below, a time-dependent test was performed in the same manner as in Example 22. As a result, similarly to Example 22, in any composition, by using Compound B2 in combination at a predetermined amount, it was found that the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after the time-dependent test was suppressed.

除了將實施例23的化合物B1、化合物B2變更為下表所記載的化合物以外,以與實施例23同樣地進行經時試驗。其結果,與實施例23同樣地,在任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。The time test was conducted in the same manner as in Example 23 except that Compound B1 and Compound B2 in Example 23 were replaced with the compounds shown in the following table. As a result, similarly to Example 23, in any composition, by using Compound B2 in a predetermined amount, it was found that the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after the time test was suppressed.

其結果,在上述任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。從該些結果發現,藉由該組成物使經時穩定性提升。As a result, it was found that in any of the above compositions, by using a predetermined amount of compound B2 together, the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after time testing was suppressed. From these results, it was found that the composition improves the stability over time.

[實施例29] 除了將實施例22的化合物B1、化合物B2變更為下表所記載的化合物以外,以與實施例22同樣地進行經時試驗。其結果,與實施例22同樣地,在任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。 [Example 29] Except that Compound B1 and Compound B2 of Example 22 were replaced with the compounds listed in the table below, a time-dependent test was performed in the same manner as in Example 22. As a result, similarly to Example 22, in any composition, by using Compound B2 in combination at a predetermined amount, it was found that the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after the time-dependent test was suppressed.

其結果,在上述任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。從該些結果發現,藉由該組成物使經時穩定性提升。As a result, it was found that in any of the above compositions, by using a predetermined amount of compound B2 together, the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after time testing was suppressed. From these results, it was found that the composition improves the stability over time.

除了將實施例23的化合物B1、化合物B2變更為下表所記載的化合物以外,以與實施例23同樣地進行經時試驗。其結果,與實施例23同樣地,在任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。The time test was conducted in the same manner as in Example 23 except that Compound B1 and Compound B2 in Example 23 were replaced with the compounds shown in the following table. As a result, similarly to Example 23, in any composition, by using Compound B2 in a predetermined amount, it was found that the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after the time test was suppressed.

其結果,在上述任何組成物中,藉由以預定量併用化合物B2,發現經時試驗後的分光光譜中吸光度的上升受到抑制。從該些結果發現,藉由該組成物使經時穩定性提升。As a result, it was found that in any of the above compositions, by using a predetermined amount of compound B2 together, the increase in absorbance in the spectroscopic spectrum after time testing was suppressed. From these results, it was found that the composition improves the stability over time.

Claims (61)

一種化合物,由下述式(1)所表示: (式中,RG為包含至少1個環狀結構的基, I為碘原子, R 1為可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵的1價官能基, n為1~5的整數, m為1~5的整數)。 A compound represented by the following formula (1): (wherein, RG is a group containing at least one cyclic structure, I is an iodine atom, R1 is a monovalent functional group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms and not containing a polymerizable unsaturated bond, which may be the same or different, n is an integer of 1 to 5, and m is an integer of 1 to 5). 如請求項1之化合物,其中前述RG為源自可以具有取代基之苯、萘、蒽、芘、雜芳香環或多環脂環的基, 前述R 1為選自: 選自由羥基及具有保護基之醚基所組成的群組之R f,以及 可以具有取代基之碳數為0〜30的烴基R g中的一種。 The compound of claim 1, wherein the aforementioned RG is a group derived from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, pyrene, a heteroaromatic ring or a polycyclic aliphatic ring which may have a substituent, and the aforementioned R1 is one selected from: Rf selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and an ether group having a protecting group, and Rg , a alkyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. 如請求項2之化合物,其中前述R f是選自由1個以上的羥基,及具有可藉由酸、鹼或熱脫去的保護基的醚基所組成的群組之R f’The compound of claim 2, wherein the aforementioned R f is R f' selected from the group consisting of one or more hydroxyl groups and ether groups having a protecting group that can be removed by acid, base or heat. 如請求項1之化合物,其中RG為源自可以具有取代基之苯、萘、蒽、菲、芘、茀或金剛烷的基。The compound of claim 1, wherein RG is a group derived from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, pyrene, fluorene or adamantane which may have a substituent. 如請求項4之化合物,其中RG為源自可以具有取代基之苯、萘或金剛烷的基。The compound of claim 4, wherein RG is a group derived from benzene, naphthalene or adamantane which may have a substituent. 如請求項1之化合物,其中R 1選自-OR 2、-COOR 3、-CH 2-OR 4或-CHO, 其中, R 2為氫原子、可以具有取代基之碳數為1~30的烷基或碳數為1~30的芳基, R 3為氫原子、可以具有取代基之碳數為1~29的烷基或碳數為1~29的芳基, R 4為氫原子、可以具有取代基之碳數為1~29的烷基或碳數為1~29的芳基。 The compound of claim 1, wherein R 1 is selected from -OR 2 , -COOR 3 , -CH 2 -OR 4 or -CHO, wherein R 2 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms, R 3 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 29 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group with 1 to 29 carbon atoms, and R 4 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 29 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group with 1 to 29 carbon atoms. 如請求項1之化合物,其中R 1具有保護基。 The compound of claim 1, wherein R 1 has a protecting group. 如請求項1之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,Z為I、R 1或用於成為二聚物的連接基, I、R 1與式(1)中的定義相同, A為具有保護基的基, R為不是官能基的有機基, R 1、A、R在可以結合的位置進行結合, r1~r4為0~5的整數,且1個苯中的r1~r4的合計為苯的價數以下); (式中,I、A、R 1的定義如同前述, R”為氫原子或R 1以外的有機基, s1為1~7,s2~s3為0~7,s4為1~7的整數;然而,s1~s4的合計為萘的價數以下,且以s2及s3的至少任一者成為1以上的方式來選擇); (式中,I、R 1、R”的定義如同前述, t1為1~10,t2為1~9的整數,t3為1~14的整數;然而,t1~t3的合計為金剛烷的價數以下)。 The compound of claim 1, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, Z is I, R1 or a linking group for forming a dimer, I and R1 have the same definitions as in formula (1), A is a group having a protecting group, R is an organic group that is not a functional group, R1 , A, and R are bonded at positions where they can be bonded, r1 to r4 are integers of 0 to 5, and the total of r1 to r4 in one benzene is less than the valence of benzene); (wherein, I, A, and R1 are defined as above, R" is a hydrogen atom or an organic group other than R1 , s1 is 1 to 7, s2 to s3 are 0 to 7, and s4 is an integer of 1 to 7; however, the total of s1 to s4 is less than the valence of naphthalene, and at least one of s2 and s3 is selected so as to be 1 or more); (wherein, I, R1 , and R" are defined as above, t1 is an integer from 1 to 10, t2 is an integer from 1 to 9, and t3 is an integer from 1 to 14; however, the total of t1 to t3 is less than the valence of adamantane). 如請求項8之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、Z、R、R 1及A與式(Bz)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、A、R”與式(N)中的定義相同, x、y為0或1,然而至少任一方為1, s4’表示可與萘的1、7、8位結合之R”的數量,其為1~3的整數); (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(Ad)中的定義相同,D之中一方為I,D之中另一方為R 1)。 The compound of claim 8, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, Z, R, R1 and A have the same meanings as in formula (Bz)); (wherein, I, R 1 , A, and R" are the same as those defined in formula (N); x and y are 0 or 1, but at least one of them is 1; s4' represents the number of R" that can be combined with the 1, 7, and 8 positions of naphthalene, which is an integer of 1 to 3); (wherein, I, R 1 , and R" have the same definitions as in formula (Ad), one of D is I, and the other of D is R 1 ). 如請求項9之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、Z、R、R 1、A與式(Bz)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、A、x、y、s4’與式(n)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(Ad)中的定義相同)。 The compound of claim 9, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, Z, R, R 1 , and A have the same definitions as in formula (Bz)); (wherein, I, R 1 , R ″, A, x, y, s4 ′ have the same meanings as in formula (n)); (wherein, I, R 1 , and R" have the same definitions as in formula (Ad)). 如請求項8之化合物,其中前述R 1為羥基、羧酸基、酯基或羥烷基, 當前述A為-O-R a-O-R b所表示的A’時(R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基;R b為1價的碳數為1~3的直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或者為2價環狀烷基並與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環),包含1以上的該A’。 The compound of claim 8, wherein the aforementioned R 1 is a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group or a hydroxyalkyl group, when the aforementioned A is A' represented by -OR a -OR b (R a is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; R b is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group that forms a ring together with an adjacent oxygen atom), the number of said A's is 1 or more. 如請求項5之化合物,其中RG為源自可以具有取代基之苯的基。The compound of claim 5, wherein RG is a group derived from benzene which may have a substituent. 如請求項1之化合物,其中當RG為含苯的基,且存在複數個R 1時,該R 1不包含烷氧基(然而具有保護基的情況除外)與醛基的組合、該烷氧基與羥基的組合以及羥基與醛基的組合, 當RG為含萘的基,且存在複數個R 1時,該R 1不包含羥基與羧酸基的組合。 The compound of claim 1, wherein when RG is a benzene-containing group and there are multiple R 1s , the R 1s do not include a combination of an alkoxy group (except for a protecting group) and an aldehyde group, a combination of the alkoxy group and a hydroxyl group, and a combination of a hydroxyl group and an aldehyde group; when RG is a naphthalene-containing group and there are multiple R 1s , the R 1s do not include a combination of a hydroxyl group and a carboxylic acid group. 如請求項12之化合物,其由下述式(Bz4)所表示: (式中,I、R、A及Z與式(Bz)中的定義相同; R 1’為除羥基以外之可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵的1價官能基, r1’、r2’、r4’為0~5的整數,且r1’、r2’、r4’的合計為苯的價數以下)。 The compound of claim 12 is represented by the following formula (Bz4): (wherein, I, R, A and Z have the same definitions as in formula (Bz); R1 ' is a monovalent functional group other than a hydroxyl group, which may be the same or different, has a carbon number of 0 to 30 and does not contain a polymerizable unsaturated bond; r1', r2', r4' are integers of 0 to 5, and the total of r1', r2', r4' is less than the valence of benzene). 如請求項14之化合物,其由下述式(Bz4-1)所表示: (式中,I、R、Z及R 1’與式(Bz4)中的定義相同; r1’、r2’、r4’為0~5的整數,且r1’、r2’、r4’的合計為苯的價數以下)。 The compound of claim 14 is represented by the following formula (Bz4-1): (wherein, I, R, Z and R1' have the same definitions as in formula (Bz4); r1', r2', r4' are integers from 0 to 5, and the total of r1', r2', r4' is less than the valence of benzene). 如請求項15之化合物,其由下述式(Bz4-2)所表示: (式中,I與式(Bz4)中的定義相同, r4’為0~4的整數,r5’為0~4的整數)。 The compound of claim 15, which is represented by the following formula (Bz4-2): (wherein, I has the same definition as in formula (Bz4), r4' is an integer between 0 and 4, and r5' is an integer between 0 and 4). 如請求項15之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示; The compound of claim 15, which is represented by any one of the following formulae; . 如請求項12之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R、Z、A及R 1與式(Bz)中的定義相同, A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-CO-O-R b所表示; R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基;R b為1價的碳數為1~3的直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或者為2價環狀烷基並與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環)。 The compound of claim 12, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R, Z, A and R1 have the same definitions as in formula (Bz); A' is a group having a protecting group, represented by -ORa - ORb , -O-CO- ORb or -ORa - CO- ORb ; Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; Rb is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group that forms a ring together with an adjacent oxygen atom). 如請求項12之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1、A與式(Bz)中的定義相同, A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-CO-O-R b所表示; R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基;R b為1價的碳數為1~3的直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或者為2價環狀烷基並與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環; Z’為I、R 1或氫原子)。 The compound of claim 12, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R1 and A have the same definitions as in formula (Bz); A' is a group having a protecting group, represented by -ORa - ORb , -O-CO- ORb or -ORa - CO- ORb ; Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; Rb is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group that forms a ring together with an adjacent oxygen atom; Z' is I, R1 or a hydrogen atom). 如請求項5之化合物,其中RG為源自可以具有取代基之萘的基。The compound of claim 5, wherein RG is a group derived from naphthalene which may have a substituent. 如請求項20之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1、R”、A、x、y、s4’與式(n)中的定義相同)。 The compound of claim 20, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R 1 , R ″, A, x, y, and s4′ have the same definitions as in formula (n)). 如請求項21之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(n)中的定義相同, A’為具有保護基的基,由-O-R a-O-R b、-O-CO-O-R b或-O-R a-CO-O-R b所表示; R a為碳數為1~3的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基;R b為1價的碳數為1~3的直鏈狀、支鏈狀烷基,或環狀烷基,或者為2價環狀烷基並與鄰接的氧原子共同形成環)。 The compound of claim 21, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R1 and R" have the same definitions as in formula (n); A' is a group having a protecting group, represented by -ORa - ORb , -O-CO- ORb or -ORa - CO- ORb ; Ra is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; Rb is a monovalent linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group, or a divalent cyclic alkyl group which forms a ring together with the adjacent oxygen atom). 如請求項22之化合物,其中前述R 1為羥基、羧酸基、酯基或羥烷基。 The compound of claim 22, wherein the aforementioned R 1 is a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group or a hydroxyalkyl group. 如請求項21之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1、A、A’、x、y與式(n)中的定義相同)。 The compound of claim 21, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R 1 , A, A′, x, and y have the same meanings as in formula (n)). 如請求項5之化合物,其中RG為源自可以具有取代基之金剛烷的基。The compound of claim 5, wherein RG is a group derived from adamantane which may have a substituent. 如請求項25之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(Ad)中的定義相同)。 The compound of claim 25, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I, R 1 , and R" have the same definitions as in formula (Ad)). 如請求項26之化合物,其中前述R 1為羥基、羧酸基、酯基或羥烷基。 The compound of claim 26, wherein the aforementioned R 1 is a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group or a hydroxyalkyl group. 如請求項27之化合物,其由下述式中的任一者所表示: (式中,I、R 1與式(Ad)中的定義相同)。 The compound of claim 27, which is represented by any one of the following formulae: (wherein, I and R 1 have the same definitions as in formula (Ad)). 一種組成物,其包含如請求項1之化合物。A composition comprising the compound of claim 1. 如請求項29之組成物,其用於微影。A composition as claimed in claim 29, which is used for lithography. 如請求項30之組成物,其包含2種以上之由前述式(1)所表示的化合物。The composition of claim 30 comprises two or more compounds represented by the aforementioned formula (1). 如請求項29之組成物,其進一步包含下述式(DM0-1)或下述式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物或該些的組合: (式中,RG、I、R 1與式(1)中的定義相同, Q為結合分子間的基所引起的基或單鍵, n’為0~5且為n以下的整數, m’為1~5且為m以下的整數, b為1~4的整數)。 The composition of claim 29, further comprising a compound represented by the following formula (DMO-1) or the following formula (BP0-1) or a combination thereof: (wherein, RG, I, R1 have the same definitions as in formula (1), Q is a group or a single bond caused by a group that binds molecules, n' is an integer from 0 to 5 and less than n, m' is an integer from 1 to 5 and less than m, and b is an integer from 1 to 4). 如請求項32之組成物,其中前述式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物為由下述式(DM1a)、(Dn1)或(Da1)所表示的化合物,前述式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物為由下述式(BP1a)、(Bn1)或(Ba1)所表示的化合物: (式中,Z為I、R 1或用於成為二聚物的連接基, I、R 1與式(1)中的定義相同, A為具有保護基的基, R為不是官能基的有機基, R 1、A、R在可以結合的位置進行結合, r1~r4為0~5的整數,且1個苯中的r1~r4的合計為苯的價數以下); (式中,I、R 1、A與式(DM1a)中的定義相同, R”為氫原子或R 1以外的有機基, I、R 1、A、R”在可以結合的位置進行結合, Q與式(DM0-1)中的定義相同, s1為1~7,s2~s3為0~7,s4為1~7的整數;然而,s1~s4的合計為萘的價數以下,且以s2及s3的任一者成為1以上的方式來選擇; nd為1~4的整數); (式中,I、R 1與式(Dn1)中的定義相同, R”為氫原子或R 1以外的有機基, R d為單鍵或-O-(醚鍵), t1為1~10,t2為1~9的整數,t3為1~13的整數;然而,t1~t3的合計為金剛烷的價數以下); (式中,I、Z、R、R 1、A與式(DM1a)中的定義相同, r1、r2、r3為0~5的整數, a1及r4a為0~4的整數, a1、r4a滿足a1+r4a≤r4;其中,r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、A與式(Dn1)及(Da1)中的定義相同, s2~s4與式(Dn1)中的定義相同, s1b為0~6的整數,且為滿足s1b≤(s1-1)的整數;其中,s1與式(Dn1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(Dn1)及(Da1)中的定義相同, t2及t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同, t1b為0~9的整數,且為滿足t1b≤(t1-1)的整數;其中,t1與式(Da1)中的定義相同)。 The composition of claim 32, wherein the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (DM0-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (DM1a), (Dn1) or (Da1), and the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (BP0-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (BP1a), (Bn1) or (Ba1): (wherein, Z is I, R1 or a linking group for forming a dimer, I and R1 have the same definitions as in formula (1), A is a group having a protecting group, R is an organic group that is not a functional group, R1 , A, and R are bonded at positions where they can be bonded, r1 to r4 are integers of 0 to 5, and the total of r1 to r4 in one benzene is less than the valence of benzene); (wherein, I, R1 , and A are the same as defined in formula (DM1a), R" is a hydrogen atom or an organic group other than R1 , I, R1 , A, and R" are bonded at a bondable position, Q is the same as defined in formula (DM0-1), s1 is 1 to 7, s2 to s3 are 0 to 7, and s4 is an integer of 1 to 7; however, the total of s1 to s4 is less than the valence of naphthalene, and is selected so that any one of s2 and s3 is 1 or more; nd is an integer of 1 to 4); (wherein, I and R1 have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1), R" is a hydrogen atom or an organic group other than R1 , Rd is a single bond or -O- (ether bond), t1 is an integer of 1 to 10, t2 is an integer of 1 to 9, and t3 is an integer of 1 to 13; however, the total of t1 to t3 is less than the valence of diamond); (wherein, I, Z, R, R1 , A have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a), r1, r2, r3 are integers ranging from 0 to 5, a1 and r4a are integers ranging from 0 to 4, a1 and r4a satisfy a1+r4a≤r4; wherein, r4 has the same definition as in formula (DM1a)); (wherein, I, R1 , R", and A have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1) and (Da1), s2-s4 have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1), s1b is an integer from 0 to 6 and is an integer satisfying s1b≤(s1-1); wherein s1 has the same definition as in formula (Dn1)); (wherein, I, R1 , and R" have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1) and (Da1), t2 and t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1), t1b is an integer from 0 to 9 and satisfies t1b≤(t1-1); and t1 has the same definition as in formula (Da1)). 如請求項32之組成物,其包含前述式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物。The composition of claim 32, which comprises the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (DM0-1). 如請求項34之組成物,其中式(1)、式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物滿足以下的關係: 0.1≧[式(DM0-1)化合物的量(mol)]÷[式(1)化合物的量(mol)]≧0.000001。 As claimed in claim 34, the compounds represented by formula (1) and formula (DM0-1) satisfy the following relationship: 0.1≧[amount of compound of formula (DM0-1) (mol)]÷[amount of compound of formula (1) (mol)]≧0.000001. 如請求項32之組成物,其包含式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物。The composition of claim 32, which comprises a compound represented by formula (BP0-1). 如請求項36之組成物,其中式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物為:式(BP1a)所表示,且Z不為I的化合物、式(Bn1)、或式(Ba1)所表示的化合物。The composition of claim 36, wherein the compound represented by formula (BP0-1) is: a compound represented by formula (BP1a) wherein Z is not I, a compound represented by formula (Bn1), or a compound represented by formula (Ba1). 如請求項32之組成物,其中式(1)、式(DM0-1)、式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物滿足以下的關係式: 0.1≧([式(DM0-1)化合物與式(BP0-1)化合物的總量(mol)])÷[式(1)化合物的量(mol)]≧0.000001。 The composition of claim 32, wherein the compounds represented by formula (1), formula (DM0-1), and formula (BP0-1) satisfy the following relationship: 0.1≧([the total amount of the compound of formula (DM0-1) and the compound of formula (BP0-1) (mol)])÷[the amount of the compound of formula (1) (mol)]≧0.000001. 如請求項33之組成物,其中前述式(DM0-1)所表示的化合物為下述式(DM1a-Dt)、(DM1a-Dt2)、(Dn1-Dt)、(Dn1-Dt2)、(Da1-Dt)、(Da1-Dt2)、(Ba1-tl)、(Ba1-x)或(Ba1-eb)所表示的化合物,前述式(BP0-1)所表示的化合物為下述式(BP1a-Dt)、(Bn1-Dt)或(Ba1-Dt)所表示的化合物: (式中,Z、R、R 1、A、r1、r2、r3、r4a與式(BP1a)中的定義相同); (式中,Z、I、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同); (式中,Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同); (式中,R 1、R”、A、s2~s4與式(Bn1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、A、R”、Q、s1~s4與式(Dn1)中的定義相同); (式中,R 1、A、R”、Q、s2~s4與式(Dn1)中的定義相同); (式中,R 1、R”、t2、t3與式(Ba1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同); (式中,R 1、R”、R d、t2~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同); (式中,I、R 1、R”、R d、t1~t3與式(Da1)中的定義相同)。 The composition of claim 33, wherein the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (DM0-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (DM1a-Dt), (DM1a-Dt2), (Dn1-Dt), (Dn1-Dt2), (Da1-Dt), (Da1-Dt2), (Ba1-tl), (Ba1-x) or (Ba1-eb), and the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (BP0-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (BP1a-Dt), (Bn1-Dt) or (Ba1-Dt): (wherein, Z, R, R 1 , A, r1, r2, r3, and r4a have the same meanings as in Formula (BP1a)); (wherein, Z, I, R 1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a)); (wherein, Z, R 1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a)); (wherein, R 1 , R ”, A, s2 to s4 have the same definitions as in formula (Bn1)); (wherein, I, R 1 , A, R”, Q, s1 to s4 have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1)); (wherein, R 1 , A, R”, Q, s2 to s4 have the same definitions as in formula (Dn1)); (wherein, R 1 , R ″, t2, t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Ba1)); (wherein, I, R 1 , R ″, R d , t1-t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1)); (wherein, R 1 , R ″, R d , t2-t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1)); (wherein, I, R 1 , R ″, R d , t1-t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1)); (wherein, I, R 1 , R ″, R d , t1-t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1)); (wherein, I, R 1 , R″, R d , t1 to t3 have the same definitions as in formula (Da1)). 如請求項30之組成物,其中前述式(1)的RG為源自可以具有取代基之苯的基。The composition of claim 30, wherein RG in the aforementioned formula (1) is a group derived from benzene which may have a substituent. 如請求項30之組成物,其中前述式(1)的RG為源自可以具有取代基之萘的基。The composition of claim 30, wherein RG of the aforementioned formula (1) is a group derived from naphthalene which may have a substituent. 如請求項30之組成物,其中式(1)的RG為源自可以具有取代基之金剛烷的基。The composition of claim 30, wherein RG in formula (1) is a group derived from adamantane which may have a substituent. 如請求項29之組成物,其在放射線照射時表現增感效果。The composition of claim 29 exhibits a sensitizing effect when exposed to radiation. 如請求項29之組成物,其中金屬雜質的含量為未滿1ppm。The composition of claim 29, wherein the content of metal impurities is less than 1 ppm. 一種表現增感效果的方法,其為使用如請求項1之化合物,在微影用組成物的放射線照射時表現增感效果的方法。A method for exhibiting a sensitizing effect, which is a method for exhibiting a sensitizing effect when a lithographic composition is irradiated with radiation using the compound of claim 1. 如請求項45之方法,其中使用2種以上的前述化合物。The method of claim 45, wherein two or more of the aforementioned compounds are used. 一種如請求項1之化合物的製造方法,其具備向包含前述RG基的化合物,引入碘原子或R 1基的步驟。 A method for producing the compound of claim 1, comprising the step of introducing an iodine atom or an R1 group into the compound containing the aforementioned RG group. 一種如請求項1之化合物的製造方法,其為前述式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法, 前述式(1)所表示的化合物為式(Bz)所表示者, (式中,I、Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同);該製造方法包含: 1)準備式(MB)所表示的化合物的步驟; (式中,I、R 1、R、r1、r2與式(Bz)中的定義相同,且R 1、R、OH在可以結合的任意位置進行結合); 2)將該化合物進行碘化的碘化步驟; 3)向該化合物引入保護基的保護基引入步驟;以及 4)將該化合物進行還原的還原步驟。 A method for producing a compound according to claim 1, which is a method for producing a compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1), wherein the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1) is represented by formula (Bz), (wherein, I, Z, R 1 , A, R, r1-r4 are the same as those defined in formula (DM1a)); the preparation method comprises: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (MB); (wherein, I, R1 , R, r1, r2 are the same as defined in formula (Bz), and R1 , R, OH are bonded at any bondable position); 2) an iodination step of iodinating the compound; 3) a protecting group introduction step of introducing a protecting group into the compound; and 4) a reduction step of reducing the compound. 如請求項48之化合物的製造方法,其中,前述保護基引入步驟包含使用無機鹼向式(MB)的羥基引入保護基的步驟。A method for producing a compound according to claim 48, wherein the aforementioned step of introducing a protecting group comprises the step of introducing a protecting group into the hydroxyl group of formula (MB) using an inorganic base. 一種如請求項1之化合物的製造方法,其為前述式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法, 前述式(1)所表示的化合物為式(Bz)所表示者, (式中,I、Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同);該製造方法包含: 1)準備式(Bz4)所表示的化合物的步驟, (式中,I、R、A、Z與式(Bz)中的定義相同, R 1’為可以相同也可以不同之碳數為0~30且不包含聚合性不飽和鍵的1價之除羥基以外的官能基, r1’、r2’、r4’為0~5的整數,且r1’、r2’、r4’的合計為苯的價數以下); 2)將該化合物進行碘化之碘化步驟進行1次或2次以上的步驟。 A method for producing a compound according to claim 1, which is a method for producing a compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1), wherein the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1) is represented by formula (Bz), (wherein, I, Z, R 1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a)); the preparation method comprises: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (Bz4), (wherein, I, R, A, and Z have the same definitions as in formula (Bz), R1 ' is a monovalent functional group other than a hydroxyl group, which may be the same or different, has a carbon number of 0 to 30 and does not contain a polymerizable unsaturated bond, r1', r2', and r4' are integers of 0 to 5, and the total of r1', r2', and r4' is less than the valence of benzene); 2) the iodination step of iodizing the compound is performed once or twice or more. 一種如請求項1之化合物的製造方法,其為前述式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法, 前述式(1)所表示的化合物為式(Bz)所表示者, (式中,I、Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同);該製造方法包含: 1)準備式(Bz5)所表示的化合物的步驟; (式中,I、Z、R 1、A、R、r1~r4與式(DM1a)中的定義相同); 2)將式(Bz5)所表示的化合物的羧酸進行酯化的步驟; 3)將所得酯基進行還原以變換成羥甲基的步驟。 A method for producing a compound according to claim 1, which is a method for producing a compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1), wherein the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1) is represented by formula (Bz), (wherein, I, Z, R 1 , A, R, r1 to r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a)); the preparation method comprises: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (Bz5); (wherein, I, Z, R1 , A, R, r1-r4 have the same definitions as in formula (DM1a)); 2) a step of esterifying the carboxylic acid of the compound represented by formula (Bz5); 3) a step of reducing the obtained ester group to convert it into a hydroxymethyl group. 一種如請求項1之化合物的製造方法,其為前述式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法, 前述式(1)所表示的化合物為式(N)所表示者, (式中,I、R 1、A、R”與式(Dn1)及(Bn1)中的定義相同, 然而,I、R 1、R”及A在可以結合的任意位置進行結合, s1為1~7,s2~s3為0~7,s4為1~7的整數;然而,s1~s4的合計為萘的價數以下,且以s2及s3的任一者成為1以上的方式來選擇);該製造方法包含: 1)準備式(MN)所表示的化合物的步驟; (式中,R 1、R”、s3、s4與式(N)中的定義相同); 2)將該化合物進行碘化的碘化步驟; 3)向該化合物引入保護基的保護基引入步驟;以及 4)將該化合物進行還原的還原步驟。 A method for producing a compound according to claim 1, which is a method for producing a compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1), wherein the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1) is represented by formula (N), (wherein, I, R 1 , A, and R" are the same as those defined in formula (Dn1) and (Bn1), however, I, R 1 , R" and A are bonded at any bondable position, s1 is 1 to 7, s2 to s3 are 0 to 7, and s4 is an integer of 1 to 7; however, the total of s1 to s4 is less than the valence of naphthalene, and is selected in such a way that any one of s2 and s3 is 1 or more); the production method comprises: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (MN); (wherein, R 1 , R", s3 and s4 have the same meanings as in formula (N)); 2) an iodination step of iodizing the compound; 3) a protecting group introduction step of introducing a protecting group into the compound; and 4) a reduction step of reducing the compound. 一種如請求項1之化合物的製造方法,其為前述式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法, 前述式(1)所表示的化合物為式(Ad)所表示者, (式中,I、R 1、R”與式(Da1)中的定義相同, I、R 1、R”在可以結合的任意位置進行結合, t1為1~10,t2為1~9,t3為1~14的整數;然而,t1~t3的合計為金剛烷的價數以下);該製造方法包含: 1)準備式(MA)所表示的化合物的步驟; (式中,R 1、R”、t2、t3與式(Ad)中的定義相同); 2)將該化合物進行碘化的碘化步驟。 A method for producing a compound according to claim 1, which is a method for producing a compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1), wherein the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (1) is represented by formula (Ad), (wherein, I, R 1 , and R” are the same as those defined in formula (Da1); I, R 1 , and R” are bonded at any position where they can be bonded; t1 is an integer of 1 to 10, t2 is an integer of 1 to 9, and t3 is an integer of 1 to 14; however, the total of t1 to t3 is less than the valence of adamantane); the preparation method comprises: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (MA); (wherein, R 1 , R", t2, and t3 have the same meanings as in formula (Ad)); 2) subjecting the compound to an iodination step. 如請求項53之化合物的製造方法,其中,前述碘化步驟包含:由包含含有有機溶劑作為溶劑的有機相與含有水作為溶劑的水相之多相所構成的系進行碘化的步驟。A method for producing a compound as claimed in claim 53, wherein the iodination step comprises: a step of performing iodination on a system consisting of a multiphase system comprising an organic phase containing an organic solvent as a solvent and an aqueous phase containing water as a solvent. 如請求項53之化合物的製造方法,其中,前述碘化步驟包含在反應時一邊餾去水一邊將反應液進行濃縮的步驟。A method for producing a compound as claimed in claim 53, wherein the iodination step comprises a step of concentrating the reaction solution while distilling off water during the reaction. 如請求項53之化合物的製造方法,其中,前述碘化步驟包含將基質及碘化劑饋入後靜置1~48小時的步驟。The method for producing the compound of claim 53, wherein the iodination step comprises the step of feeding the substrate and the iodination agent and then standing for 1 to 48 hours. 一種如請求項1之化合物的製造方法,其包含選自: 1)準備式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物的步驟; 2)準備式(Ad-A-3-1)所表示的化合物的步驟;以及 3)準備式(Ad-A-3-2)所表示的化合物的步驟中任一之1以上的步驟, A method for preparing a compound as claimed in claim 1, comprising any one or more steps selected from: 1) a step of preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0); 2) a step of preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-1); and 3) a step of preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-2), . 如請求項57之化合物的製造方法,其包含: 1)準備式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物的步驟; 2)將式(Ad-A-3-0)所表示的化合物進行氧化之氧化步驟; 3)將所得化合物的羧酸進行酯化的步驟; 4)將所得化合物的酯基進行水解而變換為羧酸的步驟; 5)進行碘化之碘化步驟。 A method for preparing the compound of claim 57, comprising: 1) preparing a compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0); 2) an oxidation step of oxidizing the compound represented by formula (Ad-A-3-0); 3) a step of esterifying the carboxylic acid of the obtained compound; 4) a step of hydrolyzing the ester group of the obtained compound to convert it into a carboxylic acid; 5) an iodination step of iodination. 如請求項47~58中任一項之製造方法,其進一步包含使用吸附劑進行處理的步驟。The manufacturing method of any one of claims 47 to 58 further comprises a step of treating with an adsorbent. 如請求項1之化合物,其由下述式(Ad-A-3)所表示: The compound of claim 1, which is represented by the following formula (Ad-A-3): . 如請求項1之化合物,其由下述式(Ad-A-4)所表示: The compound of claim 1 is represented by the following formula (Ad-A-4): .
TW112138810A 2023-04-10 2023-10-11 Compound, composition, method for expressing sensitivity-enhancing effect, and preparation method TW202441289A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
WOPCT/JP2023/015256 2023-04-10
PCT/JP2023/015256 WO2023195546A1 (en) 2022-04-08 2023-04-10 Iodine atom-containing cyclic compound
JP2023131361 2023-08-10
JP2023-131361 2023-08-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202441289A true TW202441289A (en) 2024-10-16

Family

ID=93059291

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112138810A TW202441289A (en) 2023-04-10 2023-10-11 Compound, composition, method for expressing sensitivity-enhancing effect, and preparation method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202441289A (en)
WO (2) WO2024214321A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4022814A (en) * 1974-08-28 1977-05-10 Lafayette Pharmacal, Inc. Iodine containing organic carbonates for use as radiographic agents
JPH07248624A (en) * 1994-03-09 1995-09-26 Hitachi Ltd Pattern forming material and pattern forming method
GB9419203D0 (en) * 1994-09-23 1994-11-09 Nycomed Innovation Ab Contrast media
JP2004509064A (en) * 2000-04-27 2004-03-25 アボット・ラボラトリーズ Substituted phenylfarnesyltransferase inhibitors
FR2892412B1 (en) * 2005-10-26 2008-05-16 Galderma Res & Dev BIAROMATIC COMPOUNDS MODULATORS OF PPARS
US9079864B2 (en) * 2010-11-24 2015-07-14 Allergan, Inc. Modulators of S1P receptors
EA024106B1 (en) * 2011-11-08 2016-08-31 Актелион Фармасьютиклз Лтд. 2-(1,2,3-triazol-2-yl)benzamide and 3-(1,2,3-triazol-2-yl)picolinamide derivatives
WO2014133620A2 (en) * 2012-12-07 2014-09-04 University Of Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization Thermally-activated self-immolative materials
KR101614524B1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2016-04-21 주식회사 엘지화학 Polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, liquid crystal composition comprising the compounds, and optical film comprising the composition
WO2015152128A1 (en) * 2014-03-31 2015-10-08 長瀬産業株式会社 Amino acid precursor, amino acid, and production method for amino acid, and pet diagnostic tracer using amino acid
JP2019034932A (en) * 2017-08-10 2019-03-07 大正製薬株式会社 Drugs containing an azole substituted pyridine compound as an active ingredient
FR3072679B1 (en) * 2017-10-25 2020-10-30 Servier Lab NEW MACROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
WO2020040161A1 (en) * 2018-08-24 2020-02-27 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Compound, composition containing same, method for forming resist pattern, and method for forming insulating film
EP3854789A1 (en) * 2020-01-22 2021-07-28 Cygnet Biosciences B.V. Macrocyclic compounds useful as chitinase inhibitors
CN115053183A (en) * 2020-02-06 2022-09-13 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Composition for lithography and pattern formation method
JPWO2021230300A1 (en) * 2020-05-15 2021-11-18
JP2021188041A (en) * 2020-06-01 2021-12-13 住友化学株式会社 Methods for Producing Compounds, Resins, Resist Compositions and Resist Patterns
JP2022008155A (en) * 2020-06-26 2022-01-13 住友化学株式会社 Method for producing compound, resin, resist composition and resist pattern
KR20230104122A (en) * 2020-09-28 2023-07-07 에르미움 테라퓨틱스 Cyclic isothiourea derivatives as CXCR4 modulators
JP2022123840A (en) * 2021-02-12 2022-08-24 住友化学株式会社 Carboxylate, carboxylic acid generator, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP2022135974A (en) * 2021-03-04 2022-09-15 住友化学株式会社 RESIST COMPOSITION AND RESIST PATTERN MANUFACTURING METHOD
JP2022141598A (en) * 2021-03-15 2022-09-29 住友化学株式会社 Carboxylate, carboxylic acid generator, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP2022164584A (en) * 2021-04-15 2022-10-27 住友化学株式会社 Carboxylate, carboxylic acid generator, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern
JP2023001099A (en) * 2021-06-18 2023-01-04 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resin, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern
JP2023018671A (en) * 2021-07-27 2023-02-08 住友化学株式会社 Carboxylate, carboxylic acid generator, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
CN114805644B (en) * 2022-06-24 2022-09-16 苏州美创医疗科技有限公司 Nontransmissive polymer and preparation method and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2025033019A1 (en) 2025-02-13
WO2024214321A1 (en) 2024-10-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7582193B2 (en) Compound, polymer, composition, film-forming composition, pattern forming method, insulating film forming method, compound manufacturing method, and iodine-containing vinyl polymer and its acetylated derivative manufacturing method
TWI474122B (en) Organic film forming compound, organic film material using the same, organic film forming method, and pattern forming method
TWI403846B (en) Positive resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, and polymeric compound
TW201100963A (en) Positive resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
CN110317125B (en) Compound, composition for forming organic film, substrate for manufacturing semiconductor device, method for forming organic film, and method for forming pattern
TWI530481B (en) Adamantyl (meth) acryl monomer and (meth) acryl polymer comprising the monomer in repeating unit
TW202142957A (en) Composition for lithography and method for forming patterns
TW202112734A (en) Compound, (co)polymer, composition and method for forming pattern
KR20190143412A (en) Compound and composition for forming organic film
KR20160064879A (en) Polymer, organic layer composition, organic layer, and method of forming patterns
CN107324978B (en) Biphenyl substituted adamantane derivative monomolecular resin, positive photoresist composition and negative photoresist composition
WO2017126780A1 (en) Organic film composition and pattern forming method
KR20230123513A (en) Compound, polymer, composition, composition for film formation, pattern formation method, insulating film formation method, and compound manufacturing method
TW202206405A (en) Compound, (co)polymer, composition, method for forming resist pattern, and method for producing compound and (co)polymer
De Silva et al. Hydroxyphenylbenzene derivatives as glass forming molecules for high resolution photoresists
CN107266319B (en) Dendritic polyphenyl substituted adamantane derivative monomolecular resin, positive photoresist composition and negative photoresist composition
TW202441289A (en) Compound, composition, method for expressing sensitivity-enhancing effect, and preparation method
TW202411185A (en) Iodine atom-containing cyclic compound
TW202400552A (en) Resist composition, resist pattern formation method, compound, and acid generation agent
CN108314785A (en) Octaphenyl substituted cage-like silsesquioxane derivative molecular glass and application thereof
CN105980347A (en) Method for producing novel alicyclic ester compound, novel alicyclic ester compound, (meth)acrylic copolymer produced by polymerizing said compound, and photosensitive resin composition using said copolymer
KR101757809B1 (en) Monomer for hardmask composition and hardmask composition including the monomer and method of forming patterns using the hardmask composition
JP2008063309A (en) Method for producing polymerizable compound
TW202440507A (en) Method for producing compound, polymer, composition, and method for forming pattern
CN119451998A (en) Composition, resin composition, film-forming composition, pattern forming method, and compound